HomeMy WebLinkAbout124025 WORK A HAULICS - CONTRACT - BID - 5683 2203303 CABLE 27 WORK A HAULICS (2)CABLE 27 STUDIO at CITY HALL
Fort Collins, Colorado
PHASE 1
BID #5683
OWNER
City of Fort Collins
300 Laporte Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
PMPD Operations Services
117 N. Mason Street
Fort Collins, CO 80522
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
FACILITIES PROJECT MANAGER
Steve Seefeld, CCCA
(970) 221-6227
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
Shaun Moscrip
Aller-Lingle Architects, P.C.
(970) 223-1820
PURCHASING
John Stephen, CPPB
Senior Buyer
(970) 221-6777
indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a
substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or
used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such
acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective
date of the Agreement". ,The procedure for submittal of any such
application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the
General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of -I
principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section
00430 contained within these Documents.
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable
objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of .J
Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an
acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent
successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the
contract to the next 'lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes
to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons _
or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written
objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed —
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
J
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor,
supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable
objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by
OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of
the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may
be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for J
submission with the Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on
the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words
will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the J
president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by
evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and
attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address ._J
and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name.
11,.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and
signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the
official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature.
7/96 Section 00100 Page 4
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
34 w,/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
(This page left blank intentionally.)
E1CDC GENERAL, CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 3$
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions
of the Construction Contract Between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR
DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT
OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that
Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction
Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is
amended to include the following agreement of the parties:
16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in
question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising
out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach
thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the
making or acceptance of final payment as provided by
paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in
accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association then
obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This
agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or
consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as
provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction.
16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute
or other matter that is required to be referred to
ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date
on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or
(b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their
evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been
rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for
arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will
be made later than thirty days after the date on which
ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect
thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure
to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will
result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER
renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been
initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will
not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the
decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand
for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER
rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made
later than ten days after the party making such demand has
delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided
in paragraph 9.10.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be
filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and
with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will
be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for
arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day
period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all
other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute
or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall
any such demand be made after the date when institution of
legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute
or other matter in question would be barred by the
applicable statute of limitations.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below,
no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any
other manner any other person or entity (including
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers,
directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them)
who is not a party to this contract unless:
16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among
those who are already parties to the arbitration, and
16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially
involved in a question of law or fact which is common
to those who are already parties to the arbitration and
which will arise in such proceedings, and
16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or
entity sought to be included and of OWNER and
CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion,
which consent shall make specific reference to this
paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent
to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described
in such consent or to arbitration with any party not
specifically identified in such consent.
16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim,
dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor,
either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall
include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a
specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to
being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such
Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the
provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall
create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of
Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist.
16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be
final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having
jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to
modification or appeal.
16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they
shall first submit any and all unsettled claims,
counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question
between them arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation
by the American Arbitration Association under the
Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American
Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating
against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to
paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating
arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties.
The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which
to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs
16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a
dispute submitted to mediation within those same
applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten
days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator
of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement
shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise
agreed.
GC -A]
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SC-8.10 OWNER's Project Manager
A. Add the following language to ARTICLE 8:
8.10. The OWNER will provide a Project Manager. The
CONTRACTOR shall direct all questions concerning
Contract interpretation, Change Orders, and other
requests for clarification or instruction to the
Project Manager.
8.10.lAuthority: The Project Manager will be the OWNER's
representative during the construction of the
project. The Project Manager shall have the
authority set forth in the OWNER's Capital Project
Procedures Manual. The Project Manager shall have
the authority to reject work and materials whenever
such rejection may be necessary to ensure the
proper performance of the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager
will make periodic visits to the project site to
observe the progress and quality of the Work and to
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The
Project Manager shall not be required to make
comprehensive or continuous inspections to check
the progress or quality of the Work. The Project
Manager shall not be responsible for construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures, or for safety precautions or programs
in connection with the Work, or for any failure of
the Contractor to comply with laws and regulation
applicable to the performance or furnishing of the
Work. Visits and observations made by the Project
Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his
obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of
the Work, to furnish materials and perform
acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety
precautions in conformance with the Contract
Documents. The Project Manager shall at all times
have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide facilities for such access so the Project _
Manager may perform his or her functions under the
Contract Documents.
8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s)
(RCI) may be assigned to assist the Project Manager
in providing observation of the Work, to determine
whether or not the Work is proceeding according to
the construction documents. CONTRACTOR will
receive written notification from the OWNER of any _
RCI assignments. The RCI shall not supervise,
direct or have control or authority over, nor be
responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction
or the safety precautions and programs incident
thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply _
with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
furnishing or performance of the Work. The RCI —
will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to
perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The RCI's dealings in matters
pertaining to the on -site work will be to keep the _
Project Manager properly apprised about such
matters.
8. 10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and
decisions of the Project Manager shall be in
writing. The CONTRACTOR may not rely on
instructions, approvals, or decisions of the
Project Manager until the same are reduced to —
writing.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph
5.4.8.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the
paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below
are as follows: ^
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy
will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits
(CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion,
Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the
Owner.
5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single
limits (CSL).
5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations
coverage/product liability coverage with limits of
$1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
KII:i1Z1ai',
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
00950Contract Change Order
00960Application for Payment
DE
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE: CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE
1; Bid
No. 5683
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT NUMBER:
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost
9. Change in Contract Time:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST
$
.00
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER
0.00
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER
0.00
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER
0.00
TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST
$
0.00
(Assuming all change orders approved)
ACCEPTED BY:
DATE:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY:
ect Manager
DATE:
REVIEWED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
cc: City Clerk Contractor
Project File Architect
Engineer Purchasing
9/99 Section 00950 Page 1
Section 00960
Application for Payment
Insert pages 1 - 4
9/99
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PROJECT:
PAY ESTIMATE NO:
DATE:
CONTRACTOR:
ADDRESS:
CONTRACT FOR:
PARTIAL TO
The undersigned Contractor certifies that to
the best of his knowledge, information and
belief the work covered by this application
for Payment has been completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents,
that all accounts have been paid by him for
Work for which previous Certificates for
Payment were issued and payments
received, in this current payment shown
herein is now due.
CONTRACTOR:
Date:
FINAL TO
In accordance with the Contract Documents,
based on site observations and the data
comprising the above application, the
Architects Certifies to the Owner that the
Work has progressed to the point indicated;
that the best of his knowledge, information
and belief, the quality of the Work is in
accordance with the Contract Documents,
and that the Contractor is entitled to payment
of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED.
ENGINEER:
Date:
Application is made for Payment, as shown below, in connection with the Contract. Schedule of Values is
attached.
The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows
ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT
APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS TO DATE
ADJUSTED CONTRACT AMOUNT
TOTAL WORK COMPLETED AND MATERIALS USED
RETAINAGE (10% OF TOTAL)
TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WITHHELD
TOTAL EARNED LESS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS
CURRENT PAYMENT DUE
APPROVED BY:
(Title)
cc: Accounting City Clerk
Contractor Engineer
Project File
DA
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the
point venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name
of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid
Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda
(the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by
erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such
alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may
require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the
Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked
with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and
accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders
Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section
00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the
sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation
"BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time
and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any
extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date
for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full
responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt
of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and
will not receive consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under
different names will not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly
executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the
place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of
Bids.
7/96 Section 00100 Page 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010
Summary of Work
01024
Multiple Bid Packages
01026
Application for Payment
01027
Change Order Procedures
01040
Coordination
01041
Superintendent
01045
Cutting and Patching
01046
Access to Site
01060
Regulatory Requirements
01070
Abbreviations
01200
Project Meetings
01310
Construction Schedules
01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
01370
Schedule of Values
01400
Quality Control
01410
Testing
01510
Temporary Utilities
01520
Construction Equipment and Aids
01530
Barriers and Enclosures
01560
Temporary Controls
01590
Field Offices and Sheds
01600
Material and Equipment
01605
Construction Standards and Specifications
01700
Contract Close -Out
01710
Cleaning
DIVISION 2 SITEWORK
Section 02070 Selective Demolition
02100 Site Preparation
02115 Selective Clearing
02220 Excavating, Filling and Grading
02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
02225 Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
02930 Sodding and Seeding
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
Section 03100
Concrete Formwork
03150
Expansion and Fixed Joints
03200
Concrete Reinforcement
03250
Concrete Accessories
03300
Cast -In -Place Concrete
03510
Gyp -Crete Floor Underiayment
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
Section 04100 Mortar and Masonry Grout
04210 Brick Masonry
DIVISION 5 METALS
Section 05521 Pipe and Tube Railings
05999 Miscellaneous Metals
DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS
NOT USED
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07130 Waterproofing
07150 Dampproofing
07215 Foundation Insulation
07621 Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim
07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames
08800 Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
Section 09900 Painting
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
NOT USED
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
NOT USED
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT USED
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
NOT USED
DIVISION 15_MECHANICAL
Section 15010 Mechanical Special Conditions
15050 Materials and Methods
15440 Plumbing
15850 Ventilating and Air Conditioning
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
NOT USED
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT SITE
A. Location: The site is located at 300 LaPorte Avenue, Fort Collins, Colorado. - B. Related requirements or conditions specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01030, Alternates.
2. Section 01046, Access to Site.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
A. General: The work consists of the demolition of existing solar tanks, and related system and
the construction of new stairwell and concrete vault, complete with related sitework and _
landscaping.
B. Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall provide, at his expense, all materials, labor,
equipment, tools, transportation and utilities, including cost of connection necessary for
successful completion of the project.
C. It is the intent of the Owner not to disturb the normal functions of the complex, its visitors,
employees, vendors, suppliers, contractors or related outside businesses during the work of
this project.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers
and workmen associated with the project conduct themselves in a professional and
businesslike manner while on the site.
1. Alcoholic beverages and smoking will not be permitted on the site, anywhere within
the Owner's facilities or on the Owner's property. —
2. All workers shall refrain from the use of profane or abusive language and other forms
of harassment on the site.
3. Other specific conditions of this Section shall be as arranged at the Pre -Construction _-
Conference.
4. Refer to Section 01046 for specific rights of the Owner's principal representative.
E. Where referred to in documents architect and engineer are to be considered the same.
1.03 FORM OF BID AND/OR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
A. The work of this Project shall be bid and construction contracts awarded on the following —
basis, unless otherwise modified in the General or Supplementary Conditions of the Contract:
1. Lump sum basis.
END OF SECTION
01010-1
SECTION 01024
MULTIPLE BID PACKAGES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work of this Project will be bid in multiple packages to allow material fabrication and
construction to proceed on certain elements of the work prior to releasing the balance of the
Drawings and Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the complete coordination of all of the work,
including related work referenced toffrom other Sections or other Bid Packages.
C. Related work specked elsewhere:
1. Table of Contents of this Project Manual.
2. Invitation to Bid.
3. Bid Form.
4. Section 01010, Summary of Work.
5, Section 01040, Coordination.
1.02 MULTIPLE BID PACKAGES
A. Work of Bid Package No. 1 shall include, but may not be limited to:
1. Site preparation, sitework improvements.
2. On- and off -site utilities.
3. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting.
4. Rough and finish grading.
6. Cast -in -place concrete foundations, footings, and slabs -on -grade.
7. Site furnishings, landscaping, and irrigation system.
8. Concrete unit masonry.
9. Pipe railing and miscellaneous metal fabrications.
10. Insulation, and dampproofing.
11. Flashings and sheet metal.
B. Work of Bid Package No. 2 shall include the balance of work for the Project, including but
not limited to:
1. Rough and finish carpentry.
2. Doors, windows, and glazing.
3. Light -gage steel interior framing and gypsum wallboard.
4. Painting, staining, and other wall finishes.
5. Carpeting, resilient flooring, and base.
6. Acoustical ceilings.
7. Miscellaneous building specialties and equipment.
8. Mechanical and plumbing systems.
9. Electrical systems.
END OF SECTION
01024-1
SECTION 01026 '
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED —
A. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect in accordance with the schedule established
by the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and Owner -Contractor
Agreement.
B. Related requirements speared elsewhere:
1. Owner -Contractor Agreement:
a. Lump sum and unit prices. —
b. Progress payments, retainages and final payment.
C. Allowable progress payments for Contractor overhead, profit and Division I
expenses. —
2. Bid Form.
3. General and Supplementary Conditions:
a. Retainages.
b. Liquidated damages, if applicable.
C. Partial release of lien affidavits.
4. Section 01370, Schedule of Values.
5. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out.
1.02 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED
A. Submit itemized Applications typed on AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate for
Payment, and continuation sheets G703A. B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet:
1. Format, Schedule, Line Items and Values: Those of the Schedule of Values accepted
by Architect. ..
1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT
A. Application Form: -
1. Form shall be completed and notarized by a Notary Public, state of Colorado. —
2. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date
of submittal of Application. -
3. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continua-
tion sheets.
4. Certification shall be executed with signature of a responsible officer of contract firm.
B. Continuation Sheets:
1. Fill in total list of all schedule component items of work with item number and
scheduled dollar value for each item.
2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been
performed or products stored, as of date of Application.
3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of Application at the end of the
continuation sheets. `-
a. List by Change Order number and description, as for an original component item of _
work.
C. Retainage: The Owner shall withhold retainage from each progress payment, as stipulated ,
in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Contractor shall reflect the amount retained
on each Application for Payment. '
01026-1
D. Partial Release of Liens Affidavit: Contractor shall submit a Partial Release of Liens Affidavit
with each Application for Payment certifying payment to subcontractors, material suppliers
or other entities having provided labor, materials and equipment related to the Work covered
by the previous Application for Payment, as specified in the General and Supplementary
Conditions.
E. Prior to acceptance of Application for Payment, Contractor shall show that project record
drawings are current and up to date per Section 01720, as requested by the Architect or
Owner.
1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. When the Owner or the Architect requires substantiating data, Contractor shall submit
suitable information with a cover letter identifying:
I. Project name, Application number and date.
2. Detailed list of enclosures.
3. Stored materials may be submitted for payment, provided they are stored on site or
in a bonded warehouse facility.
a. Submit item number and identification as shown on Application, description of specific
material.
b. Submit certificate of insurance indicating coverage of stored materials, if
requested by the Owner.
B. Submit one (1) copy of data for each copy of Application.
1.05 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT
A. Fill in Application form as specked for progress payments.
B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in
Section 01700, Contract Close -Out.
1.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
A. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect within the time limitations and deadlines
stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Number: Four (4) copies of each Application, or as established at the Pre -Construction
Conference.
C. When Architect finds Application properly completed and correct, he will transmit Certificate
for Payment to Owner within seven (7) calendar days.
END OF SECTION
01026-2
SECTION 01027
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Promptly implement Change Order procedures:
1. Provide full written data required to evaluate proposed changes in the Contract Sum
or extensions of the Contract Time.
2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-materiaVforce-account basis.
3. Maintain detailed records of weather -related delays to substantiate claims for —
additional time.
B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization who is authorized to accept _
changes in the work.
C. Related requirements specified elsewhere:
1. Owner -Contractor Agreement and Conditions of the Contract:
a. Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in the work
made on a time -and -material basis.
b. Contractor's claims for additional costs.
C. Allowable limits for Contractor's overhead and profit.
d. Established unit prices.
2. Section 01026, Applications for Payment.
3. Section 01046, Access to Site: Designation of Owner's Principal Representative,
authorized to execute change orders.
4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules.
5. Section 01370, Schedule of Values.
6. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Substitutions.
7. Section 01720, Project Record Documents.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Change Order. See General Conditions.
B. Architect's Supplemental Instructions, ALA Document G710: A written order, instructions or
interpretations signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change —
in Contract Sum or Contract Time.
C. Proposal Request, AIA Document G709: A written request by the Owner or Architect —
describing proposed changes in the work and requesting change order pricing from the
Contractor, but not authorizing the work to be completed until approved in writing by the
Owner.
D. Construction Change Authorization, AIA Document G714: A written order to the Contractor
signed by Owner and Architect which amends the Contract Documents as described and —
authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order.
1.03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
A. Owner or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to Contractor. —
Request will include:
1. Detailed description of the change, products and location of the change in the project. _
2. Supplementary or revised drawings and specifications.
3. The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement as to
whether overtime work is or is not authorized.
01027-1
4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid.
5. Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes
nor to stop work in progress.
B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Architect containing:
1. Description of the proposed changes.
2. Statement of the reason for making the changes.
3. Statement of the affect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
4. Statement of the affect on the work of separate contractors.
5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time as
appropriate.
C. Changes in the work for construction cost or contract time shall not be begun without a fully -
executed Change Order or other written authorization from the Owner and Architect, in
accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.
1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION
A. In lieu of a Proposal Request, Architect may issue a Construction Change Authorization for
Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. Authorization will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with
attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change and will
designate the method of determining any change in the Contract Sum and any change in
Contract Time.
C. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization as
authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes.
D. Contractor will sign and date the Construction Change Authorization to indicate agreement
with the terms therein.
1.05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS
A. Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal and for each unit price which has not
previously been established with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect and Owner
to evaluate the quotation.
1. Labor and equipment required.
2. Materials required:
a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost.
b. Quantities required.
3. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
4. Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented.
5. Overhead and profit. Refer to Supplemental Conditions of the Contract for
established limits, if applicable.
6. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
B. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a lime-and-materiaVforce-
account basis, with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal plus additional
information:
1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work and date of the order.
2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom.
3. Time record, summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid.
4. Receipts and invoices for:
a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use.
b. Products used, listing quantities.
C. Subcontracts.
C. Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600.
01027-2
D. Support each claim for additional time due to weather -related delays with the following daily
information: _
1. Statement of the reason for requesting an extension to the Contract Time due to the
weather, including the materials or trades affected and the adverse effects of the -.
weather upon these items.
2. Weather conditions at the site of the project for each day requested.
3. Temperature in Fahrenheit at the site for each day requested.
4. Any additional information requested by the Owner.
1.06 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. Architect will prepare each Change Order, unless Contractor is authorized to prepare Change
Orders at the Pre -Construction Conference.
B. Form: Change Order, AIA Document G701, or Owner -provided form. C. Change Order will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with
attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change.
D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and the _
Contract Time.
1.07 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either:
1. Architect's Proposal Request and Contractor's response as mutually agreed between
Owner and Contractor; or
2. Contractor's proposal for a change as recommended by Architect.
B. Owner and Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor
to proceed with the changes.
C. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein.
1.08 TIME AND MATERIA JFORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHO-
RIZATION
A. Architect and Owner will issue a Construction Change Authorization directing Contractor to y
proceed with the changes.
B. At completion of the change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting
data as provided in paragraph 1.05, Documentation of Proposals and Claims. "
C. Architect will determine the allowable cost of such work as provided in General Conditions
and Supplementary Conditions.
D. Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and
in Contract Time.
E. Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement
therein.
F. Owner must approve in writing and on a daily basis all time and material Change Orders.
1.09 CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
r
A. General: Allowable limits to the Contractor's and Subcontractors' mark-ups on Change
Orders shall be as established in the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract.
1.10 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
A. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment fortes to record each _
change as a separate item of work and to record the adjusted Contract Sum.
01027-3
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an
authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority
at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the
receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud
publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts
of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after
the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the
Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and
return the Bid Security prior to that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any
and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to
negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to
disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids.
Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make
an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the
Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any
other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum
thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the
Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements,
and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the
Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for
those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by
OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance
requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials
and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is
required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
7/96
Section 00100 Page 6
B. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time.
1. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the
changes.
C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record
Documents.
END OF SECTION
01027-4
SECTION 01040 —
COORDINATION
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS —
A. Contractor shall be responsible for the overall coordination of all civil, architectural, structural,
mechanical and electrical components and systems that are a part of this project. —
1. Coordinate components and systems prior to purchasing or fabricating.
2. Coordinate materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by various trades for
compatibility with the final installation. B. Coordinate all work included in the Construction Documents, including but not limited to the
following construction trades: `
1. Demolition.
2. Earthwork, excavation and grading.
3. Existing on -site utilities. --
4. Landscaping and irrigation systems.
5. Cast -in -place concrete.
6. Masonry.
7. Structural steel and metalwork.
8. Carpentry. —
9. Flashings.
10. Doors. "
11. Painting and finishing.
12. Specialties.
C. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and work of the Drawings and various Sections of
Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent
construction elements. '
D. Coordinate and verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are
compatible with the building utilities. Interruption of utility services shall be scheduled with
and subject to the approval of the Owner seven (7) business days prior to the interruption.
E. Coordinate utility locates with the City of Fort Collins and other jurisdictions having authority
over the project. Refer to Section 01060. -"
F. Related requirements specified elsewhere: ._
1. General and Supplementary Conditions: Contractor's Responsibilities.
2. Section 01010, Summary of Work. —
3. Section 01050, Field Engineering.
4. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
5. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Substitutions.
6. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: General Project Coordination.
1.02 COORDINATION OF SCHEDULES A. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner's continued use of the facility and
site. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site.
B. Coordinate schedule of construction activity with the Owner and other Contractors as
necessary to facilitate the related work by others described above.
01040-1
1.03 COORDINATION MEETINGS
A. In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, Contractor shall hold
coordination meetings and pre -installation conferences with personnel and subcontractors
to assure coordination of work.
1.04 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. General: Schedule and coordinate all submittals specified in Section 01340 or other Sections.
B. Coordinate work of various Sections and on the Drawings having interdependent
responsibilities for installing, connecting to and placing in service such equipment.
C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, operating elements
and the effect on work of other Sections.
1.05 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT
A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate Sections in preparation for
Substantial Completion.
B. Assemble and coordinate close-out submittals specified in Section 01700.
C. After Owner's occupancy of premises, coordinate access to the site by various Sections for
correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents to
minimize the disruption of Owner's activities.
END OF SECTION
01040-2
SECTION 01041
SUPERINTENDENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, who shall
be in attendance at the project site during performance of the work.
B. Superintendent shall be on the jobsite to the minimum level specified herein, but in all cases v
whenever a Subcontractor is working on the project.
C. Related work specified elsewhere: —
1. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract.
2. Section 01010, Summary of Work.
3. Section 01040, Coordination. _
4. Section 01046, Access to Site.
1.02 QUALIFICATIONS _
A. Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent to supervise and coordinate all _
construction and jobsite administration tasks for the duration of the project.
1. Superintendent shall be a regular employee of the Contractor's firm, unless the use
of a contract employee is approved and authorized by the Owner in writing.,
2. Superintendent shall have a general knowledge of the building type and type of
construction proposed for this project, and shall have successfully completed at least
one (1) project of similar size and complexity in the past five (5) years, serving in a
similar capacity.
3. Contractor shall submit a written resume, references for similar completed projects
and other supporting documents to verify the qualifications of the person(s) to be
employed as superintendent for this project, if requested by the Owner.
1.03 REQUIRED LEVEL OF SUPERVISION
A. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite until Substantial Completion on a full-time
basis.
1. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite whenever a Subcontractor is working
on the project.
2. Superintendent shall be present during any municipal or utility inspection.
3. Superintendent shall be present at any scheduled or Owner- or Architect -requested
meeting.
B. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite after Substantial Completion and through
project close-out as follows:
1. Superintendent need not be on -site full time during this period, except as noted
below.
2. Superintendent shall be present at the jobsite when punchlist work is being
completed.
END OF SECTION
r.,
01041-1
SECTION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of the work. Cutting and patching shall
be as required to provide a complete and finished project.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:
1.
Structural integrity of any element of the project.
2.
Integrity of weather -exposed or moisture -resistant elements.
3.
Efficiency, maintenance or safety of any operational element.
4.
Visual qualities of sight -exposed elements.
B. Include in request:
1.
Location and description of affected work.
2.
Necessity for cutting or alteration.
3.
Description of proposed work and products to be used.
4.
Alternatives to cutting and patching.
5.
Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor, if any.
6.
Written permission of affected separate Contractor, if any.
7.
Date and time work will be executed.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Materials used in cutting and patching shall be those required for, or to match, original
construction.
B. For any change in materials, submit request for substitution in accordance with Section
01600.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Execute cutting, fitting and patching as required for a complete and finished project.
1. Contractor shall be responsible for cutting and patching as required for the completion
of the work. No cutting shall be done without approval of the Architect or Owner as
to location, method and extent of cutting.
2. Fit work tight to adjacent elements. Maintain integrity of wall, roof, ceiling or floor
constructions and finishes. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes.
3. Minimize extent of necessary cutting and patching. Thoroughly explore alternatives
to cutting and patching.
4. Remove and replace defective and non -conforming work.
01045-1
5. Provide openings in elements of the work for mechanical and electrical penetrations,
work of other trades or Subcontractors.
B. Cutting, patching and fitting shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in the
particular trades or Sections of the work involved.
C. Perform cutting by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the work and
provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work.
D. Perform fitting and adjusting of products to provide finished installation complying with the
specified tolerances and finishes.
END OF SECTION
01045-2
SECTION 01046
ACCESS TO SITE
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 OWNER'S USE OF PREMISES
A. City of Fort Collins shall fully occupy the existing facility, parking areas and grounds during
construction of this project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the
Contractor as specified in paragraph 1.02.
B. It is the intent of the Owner not to disturb the normal functions of the complex, employees,
vendors, suppliers, contractors or related outside businesses during the work of this project.
C. Refer to paragraph 1.04 below for special site restrictions.
D. The Owner's principal representative on this project shall be Steve Seefeld. Mr. Seefeld shall
be the only representative of the Owner with access to the site with or without the
Contractor's knowledge, permission or guidance.
E. Related conditions specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01010, Summary of Work.
2. Section 01040, Coordination.
3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
4. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
5. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds.
1.02 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. Contractor shall have access to the site of construction as required for the successful
completion of the project, as arranged at the Pre -Construction Conference.
B. Site area affected by construction access, construction activities, employee parking and
material storage areas is to be minimized.
1. Final limits shall be as determined at the Pre -Construction Conference.
2. Owner's access to non -effected areas of the site shall be maintained at all times.
Employee parking areas will be maintained throughout the duration of the project, as
determined at the Pre -Construction Conference.
3. Contractor's employees and subcontractors shall not park on the public streets
adjacent to the site.
C. Access to areas of the existing facility affected by construction activities of the project is to
be minimized.
1. Schedules for construction activities within the existing facility shall be submitted to
the Owner for approval a minimum of seven (7) days prior to beginning work.
2. Access to areas of construction through the existing facility will not be allowed after
initial demolition.
3. Contractor shall protect all existing exterior and interior materials and finishes as
determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. Contractor shall repair or replace
any existing materials or finishes damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the
Owner, including damage to adjacent properties.
4. Contractor shall provide daily cleaning of the site and areas of the existing facility
during the period of construction activity.
D. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products
under this Contract stored on the site and for completed worts.
E. Noise Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
F. Dust and Erosion Control: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
G. Construction Hours: Refer to Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
H. Toilet Facilities: Refer to Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
01046-1
1.03 CONSTRUCTION STAGING
A. Contractor shall provide a staging and phasing plan for the Owner's review and approval at
the Pre -Construction Conference, including:
1. Major materials to be stored on the site.
2. Major equipment to be used in the work, with the proposed placement of this
equipment during different phases of construction.
3. Field offices, trailers and storage sheds.
4. Limits of temporary site fencing, including access points.
5. Proposed location for construction vehicle and employee parking.
6. Proposed phasing or sequencing of construction on the site.
END OF SECTION
01046-2
SECTION 01060
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 APPROVAL AND RECOMMENDATION AGENCIES
A. The City of Fort Collins has jurisdiction for review and approval of the project, including but
not limited to, the following departments:
1. Planning and Zoning.
2. Building Inspection.
3. Fire Prevention.
4. Engineering and Traffic Engineering.
5. Water/Wastewater Utility.
6. Storm Water Utility.
7. Electric Utility.
8. Handicapped Advisory Commission.
B. Other entities having jurisdiction of this project, include but are not limited to:
1. Poudre Fire Authority.
C. Codes which have been adopted by City of Fort Collins applicable to the project include, but
may not be limited to:
1. Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition.
2. Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition.
3. Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition.
4. Uniform Conservation Code, Current Edition.
5. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, Current Edition.
6. National Electrical Code, Current Edition.
7. ANSI A117.1, American National Standards Institute Specifications for Making
Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People,
Current Edition.
8. Americans with Disabilities Act, provisions for accessibility by physically handicapped
people, 1990.
9. Miscellaneous health and safety codes and standards applied by the State of
Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment.
10. Any other local, state or federal codes which are applicable.
11. In case of a conflict between referenced applicable codes, the one having the more
stringent requirements shall govern.
1.02 SAFETY OF LIFE, HEALTH AND PUBLIC WELFARE
A. Contractor shall have sole responsibility for compliance on the job site with all applicable
portions of the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and compliance
with the Equal Employment Opportunity Act (EEO).
1. Contractor shall fully comply with OSHA requirements for maintaining Material Safety
Data Sheets (MSDS) on the site.
B. Protection of life, health and public welfare as it relates to construction of the project is the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner will not provide observation, inspection,
supervision or any comment on plans, procedures or actions employed at the project as they
relate to safety of life, health or public welfare. If conditions are imposed by the Owner which
interfere with or imply actions detrimental to safety, written notice shall be returned to the
Contractor for action prior to affecting any unsafe conditions.
01060-1
C. The Architect shall not have control or charge of, and shall not be responsible for,
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures for safety precautions
and programs in connection with the work, for the acts or omissions of the Contractor,
subcontractors or any other persons performing any of the work or for the failure of any of _
them to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1. The Architect shall have no responsibility for the discovery, presence, handling,
removal or disposal of or exposure of persons to hazardous materials in any form at the project site, including but not limited to asbestos, asbestos products, lead -based
paint, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other toxic substances.
1.03 PERMITS AND FEES
A. Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for all permits, fees and inspections required by the regulatory
agencies referenced above, including but not limited to:
1. Plan review fees.
2. Building permit fees. —
7. City use tax.
8. Storm drainage investment fees.
9. Subcontractor fees.
10. Any other local or state permits or fees.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for applying for, and acquiring, all building permits,
inspections and any other permits required for the construction of this project, except as
modified below. —
1. The Drawings and Specifications shall be in the City of Fort Collin's review process
during the bidding phase of the project. "
END OF SECTION
qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction
within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest
responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to
OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award
shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The
basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the
case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one
contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful
Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the
Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder
delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by
the required Contract Security.
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be
accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the
Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within
fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the
required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to
OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER
shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart
is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate
identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt
equipment to be
in the Contract
` Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included
Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS.
Purchasing restrictions: The .Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid
assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk
7/96 Section 00100 Page 7
SECTION 01070
ABBREVIATIONS
PART GENERAL
1.01 DEFINITIONS
A. Wherever used in these Specifications, the following abbreviations shall have the meanings
indicated:
1.
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials
2.
ADA
Americans with Disabilities Act
3.
AIA
American Institute of Architects
4.
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction
5.
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
6.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
7.
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
8.
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
9.
AWI
Architectural Woodwork Institute
10.
AWWAAmerican Water Works Association
11.
CDOT
Colorado Department of Transportation
12.
CISPI
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
13.
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
14.
CS
Commercial Standard
15.
EEI
Edison Electric Institute
16,
FS
Federal Specifications
17.
IBBM
Iron Body, Bronze Mounted
18.
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
19.
ISA
Institute Society of America
20.
IGCC
Insulating Glass Certification Council
21.
MCC
Motor Control Center
22.
MCIP
Motor Control Instrument Panel
23.
MSL
Mean Sea Level
24.
MSS
Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings
25.
NBS
National Bureau of Standards
26.
NEC
National Electric Code
27.
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
28.
NFoPA
National Forest Products Association
29.
NPT
National Pipe Thread
30.
NRS
Non -Rising Stem
31.
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association
32.
RPM
Revolutions per minute
33.
SDI
Steel Deck Institute
34.
SJI
Steel Joist Institute
35.
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.
36.
SPRI
Single Ply Roofing Institute
37.
UBC
Uniform Building Code
38.
UFC
Uniform Fire Code
38.
UCC
Uniform Conservation Code
39.
UMC
Uniform Mechanical Code
40.
UPC
Uniform Plumbing Code
END OF SECTION
01070-1
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. The Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer Pre -Bid and Pre -Construction
Conferences.
B. Contractor shall schedule and administer periodic progress meetings and specially
called meetings throughout progress of the work. _
1. Prepare agenda for meetings and preside at meetings.
2. Record the minutes, including significant proceedings and decisions.
3. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within five (5) days after each _
meeting to all participants in the meeting and parties affected by decisions
made at the meeting.
C. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall
be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
D. Architect and Owners representative will attend meetings to ascertain that work is _
expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules.
1.02 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. The Owner and Architect shall schedule and administer the Pre -Construction
Conference within five (5) working days after the date of Notice to Proceed.
B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties, designated by the Owner.
C. Attendance:
1. Owner's principal representative.
2. Architect and his professional consultants, as necessary.
3. Contractor's project manager and superintendent.
4. Major subcontractors.
D. Agenda:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors.
b. Project construction schedules.
C. Schedule of Values. _
d. Contractor's staging plan.
2. Critical work sequencing.
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. _
4. Project coordination.
a. Designation of responsible personnel.
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions.
b. Proposal requests.
C. Submittals, shop drawings and samples.
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
8. Use of premises:
r.,
01200-1
a. Field office, work and storage areas.
b. Owner's use of site and grounds.
9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids.
10. Temporary utilities.
11. Safety and first -aid procedures.
12. Security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Pending changes and substitutions by Change Order.
1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Contractor shall schedule and administer regular weekly meetings as determined at the
Pre -Construction Conference and specially called meetings as required by progress of
the work.
B. Location of the Meetings: As designated by Contractor and coordinated with the
Owner's principal representative.
C. Attendance:
1. Owner's principal representative.
2. Architect and his professional consultants, as needed.
3. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda.
4. Others as appropriate.
D. Suggested Agenda:
1. Review of work progress since previous meeting.
2. Field observations, problems and conflicts.
3. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules.
4. Revisions to the construction schedule.
5. Progress and schedule during succeeding work period.
6. Review submittal schedules and expedite as required.
7. Maintenance of quality standards.
8. Pending changes and substitutions, with review of the proposed changes for:
a. Effect on construction schedule and on completion date.
b. Effect on other contracts of the project.
9. Review of Contractor's application for progresstfinal payment.
10. Walk-through inspection of the work in progress by the Owner's representative,
Architect and his consultants, as necessary, and General Contractor.
Subcontractors will only be involved in these walk-throughs as requested by the
Owner or Architect.
END OF SECTION
01200-2
SECTION 01310
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect estimated construction progress
—
schedules for the work with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its
—
progress.
B. Submit revised progress schedules periodically.
_
C. Related requirements specified elsewhere:
—
1. General and Supplementary Conditions, and Conditions of the Contract: Liquidated
Damages.
2. Section 01040, Coordination.
_
3. Section 01200, Project Meetings.
4. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
5. Section 01700, Contract Close -Out.
1.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES
A. Type: Schedules will be computer generated, using software specifically designed for this
—
intent, and shall be capable of automatically adjusting critical path entries.
B. Prepare schedules in a continuous flow, both daily and weekly formats.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade, supplier or subcontractor.
2. Horizontal Time Scale: Identify the first work day of each week.
3. Scale and Spacing: As required to allow space for notations and future revisions.
4. Minimum Size: 8-1/2" x 11".
C. Format of Listing: Table of Contents of this project manual.
D. Format of Scheduling: Chronological order of the start of each item of work.
E. Identification of Listings: By major specification section numbers as a minimum.
1. Listings shall be complete enough to include each item of work that is sizable enough
-.
to affect either the start of or completion of other areas of the work.
1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
,.
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
�-
1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity.
2. Show the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of
•-
construction, based upon the Schedule of Values.
_
3. Substantial completion, punch list completion, final completion and contract close-out
shall be included.
-'
B. Final Completion Schedule: Contractor shall update the latest progress schedule through
—
contract close-out.
C. Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be a usurpation of the Contractor's
authority and responsibility to plan and schedule the work as he sees fit, subject to all other
requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.04 SUBMISSIONS
A. Submit initial schedule within fifteen (15) days after Award of Contract.
1. Architect/Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days
—
after receipt, if modifications are required.
�.
2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.
01310-1
^.
B. Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment indicating actual work
progress in comparison to scheduled progress. Schedules will be reviewed at normally
scheduled meetings, as set forth in Section 01200.
C. Submit final schedule with contract close-out documentation.
1.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULES
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file.
2. Owner's representative.
3. Architect.
4. Other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems anticipated by
the projections shown in the schedules.
END OF SECTION
01310-2
SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Submit shop drawings, product data and samples required by Contract Documents.
B. Related requirements specified elsewhere:
1. Conditions of the Contract: Definitions and additional responsibilities of parties.
2. Section 01040, Coordination.
3. Section 01200, Project Meetings. —
4. Section 01310, Construction Schedules.
5. Section 01720, Project Record Documents.
1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner, with sufficient detail and
completeness to clearly illustrate all conditions of the specific installation.
1. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers
shown on Contract Drawings.
2. Shop drawings shall be returned unreviewed if, in the opinion of the Architect or _
consultants, the drawings lack sufficient completeness or clarity to allow their review.
B. Sheet size for all shop drawings shall be 8-1/2"x11" or 24"x36".
C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide the following:
1. Shop Drawings: One (1) reproducible sepia and three (3) blueprints.
D. Cover Sheet: Each copy shall contain the Shop Drawing Identification Form, located at the
end of this Section.
1.03 PRODUCT DATA _
A. Preparation:
1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.
2. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
B. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: --
1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the
work.
2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the
work.
C. Quantity and Format: Unless otherwise directed by the Architect, provide the following:
1. Product Data: Minimum five (5) complete sets.
1.04 SAMPLES
A. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product with integral related parts and attachment
devices.
2. Full range of color, textures and pattern.
B. Contractor shall coordinate and submit all samples requiring finish, texture or color selection
by the Architect so that these materials may be reviewed by the Architect as a complete
package. The Architect reserves the right to withhold finish and color selections until all such ..
samples have been submitted.
01340-1
1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a log of shop drawing, product data and
sample submittals, indicating schedules for submission and review of individual products or
I-]
Architect. Contractor shall determine and verify:
1. Field measurements and quantities.
2. Field construction criteria.
3. Catalog numbers and similar data.
4. Conformance with Specifications.
5. Completeness of submittal and compliance with the requirements of this Section.
C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall coordinate submittals between related items of work prior to purchasing or
fabricating.
D. Review of shop drawings and submittals by the Architect/Engineer is only for general
conformance with design intent of the project and general compliance with the information
given in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for meetina all
E. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submission of any deviations in the
submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor must submit in
writing any requests for modifications to the Drawings and Specifications. Shop drawings
submitted to the Architect/Engineer for this review do not constitute "in writing" unless it is
noted that specific changes are being requested. Changes by means of shop drawings
become the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
F. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals with
Architect/Engineer approval.
1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Make submittals promptly, in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as
to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other contractor.
B. Number of submittals required:
1. Shop Drawings: As specified in paragraph 1.02.C.
2. Product Data: As specified in paragraph 1.03.C.
3. Samples: Submit one sample or set of samples of each item requested.
4. The Architect reserves the right to withhold review and approval of submittals until
all required copies have been furnished.
C. Submittals shall contain the following information, to be completed on the attached Shop
Drawing Identification Form:
1. Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions.
2. Project title and number.
3. Contract identification.
4. Names of:
a. Contractor.
b. Supplier.
C. Manufacturer.
5. Field dimensions clearly identified as such.
6. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
7. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
8. Identification of any deviations from Contract Documents
01340-2
9. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the
information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of Contract
Documents.
1.07 REQUIRED SHOP DRAWING, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLE SUBMISSIONS
A. Provide complete information for products specified on Drawings but not limited to: —
1. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcing. —
2. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories.
3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
4. Section 04100, Mortar and Masonry Grout. _.
5. Section 04210, Brick Masonry.
6. Section 04220, Concrete Unit Masonry. —
7. Section 05120, Structural Steel.
8. Section 05521, Pipe and Tube Railings.
9. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals. _
10, Section 07150, Dampproofing.
11. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim. -
12. Section 07900, Sealants.
13. Section 08112, Insulated Steel Door Systems.
14. Section 08700, Finish Hardware. —
1.08 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the
Architect/Engineer and resubmit until approved. Resubmittals may be required for the _
following reasons:
1. Incomplete or unclear submittals, or submittals which have not first been reviewed and approved by the Contractor.
2. Lack of required number of copies of product data or shop drawings.
3. Extent of the revisions necessary in the submittal to meet the design intent and to be
properly reviewed.
4. Materials and/or fabrication details that do not meet the design or technical —
requirements of the specifications.
5. All color and/or finish selections have not been submitted as a complete package.
B. Shop Drawing and Product Data: Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified
for the initial submittal. Identify any revisions made.
C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
1.09 DISTRIBUTION
A. Contractor shall distribute reproductions of shop drawings and copies of product data which
carry the Architect/Engineer stamp of review to: --
1. Job site file.
2. Record Documents file. —
3. Subcontractors. .,
4. Supplier or fabricator.
B. Architect shall distribute returned copies of shop drawings and product data to: �-
1. Owner's representative. —
2. Consultants.
01340-3
SHOP DRAWING IDENTIFICATION FORM
DATE:
PROJECT:
ARCHITECT: ALLER•LINGLE ARCHITECTS, P.C.
748 WHALERS WAY, BLDG. E-200
FORT COLLINS, CO 80525
(970)223-1820
CONTRACTOR:
NAME: _
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
SUBCONTRACTOR: NAME:
CONTACT PERSON:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
PRODUCT(S):
SPEC. SECTION(S):
*STAMP*
END OF SECTION
01340-4
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED —
A. Submit to the Owner and Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to the various
portions of the work. Upon request of the Architect, support the values with data which —
will substantiate their correctness.
B. Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's Applications for
Payment. _
C. Related requirements specked elsewhere:
1. Conditions of the Contract.
2. Section 01026, Application for Payment. _
1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Schedule of Values shall be submitted to the Architect within fifteen (15) days of Award
of Contract.
B. Format: Contractor's standard forms, computer printouts or owner provided forms.
Identify schedule with:
1. Title of project and location.
2. Architect and project number.
3. Name and address of Contractor.
4. Contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
C. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient —
detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during
construction.
1. List separately the costs associated with the materials and labor for each
component part of the work.
D. Table of Contents of this Project Manual shall be used as the format for listing
component items. —
1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section
of the Specification.
E. For each major line item, list subvalues of major products or operations under the item. _
F. Contractor's overhead and profit shall be listed as a separate line item.
G. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. --
END OF SECTION
CriBYLIM
Management Division or the City Clerk's office. ^,
A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires J
that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement
to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn .
hazardous waste as a fuel.
23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham
Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized
signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a
collusive or sham Bid.
24.0 BID RESULTS
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-
addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you.
Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after
the Bid Opening. -
END OF SECTION
7/96 Section 00100 Page 8
--r
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. General quality control of the materials, equipment and labor for the project.
B. Manufacturer's field services, support, and testing requirements.
C. Related requirements specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01600, Materials and Equipment: Quality of Materials and Equipment to be
installed in the work.
1.02 QUALITY CONTROL AND WORKMANSHIP
A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and
workmanship to produce work of specified quality.
B. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified
requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
C. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.
D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed for the appropriate loads
and sized to withstand stresses, vibration and racking.
1.03 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions in full detail. Include each step in sequence. Should
instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from ArchiteevEngineer
before proceeding.
1.04 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES
A. Submit manufacturers certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
END OF SECTION
01400-1
SECTION 01410 —
TESTING
PART 1 GENERAL ^
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED _
A. Materials testing by an independent, approved testing laboratory including, but not limited to:
1. Concrete testing.
2. Compaction testing.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. There is no known geotechnical investigation of this site.
1.03 ACCESS TO SITE AND NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS _
A. Testing laboratory will be allowed access to the site as required in the performance of their -
work. Contractor shall provide testing laboratory at least 24 hours notice prior to time testing
is required prior to the next phase of work.
1.04 TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Open -Hole Inspection: Soils Engineer shall perform an open -hole inspection for each
building site within the project to verify the findings prior to placement of any foundation
structures, footings or piers. _
1. Notify the Architect at the completion of excavation, prior to placement of any
formwork. Contractor shall be responsible for notification of the Soils Engineer.
2. Do not proceed with formwork or foundation construction until results have been
verified. -'
B. Concrete:
1. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing
agent recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner.
2. Submit proposed concrete mix design to inspection and testing firm for review prior
to commencement of work. --
3. Test cylinders shall be taken and materials tested in accordance with ASTM C39. _
4. If tests indicate that materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective
work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner.
C. Compaction at Building Slabs and Utility Trenches:
1. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing agent
recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Owner.
2. Notify the Architect at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of
backfill of all foundations and utility trenches.
3. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing
laboratory to perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work
until results have been verified. _
4. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove
defective worts, replace and retest at no cost to Owner.
01410-1
1.05 TESTING FEES
A. Fees for required materials testing will be paid for by the Owner as provided in the General
and Supplementary Conditions.
B. Fees for additional testing required due to improper performance of the work will be paid by
the Contractor.
1.06 TESTING RESULTS
A. Testing laboratory shall furnish copies of the required test results to the following:
1. Owner's representative.
2. Architect.
3. Contractor.
END OF SECTION
01410-2
SECTION 01510 —
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED —
A. Fumish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction. Remove upon ~
completion of work. —
B. Furnish, install and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel.
Remove upon completion of work.
C. Related requirements specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
3. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. —
4. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds.
1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with the current editions of all applicable building codes. Refer to Section 01060. B. Comply with applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations.
C. Comply with applicable utility company requirements. —
1.03 UTILITY FEES
A. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid
by the Owner, unless indicated otherwise: --
1. Temporary electricity.
2. Temporary construction water.
B. Utility charges and expenses for temporary construction usage for the following shall be paid
by the Contractor, unless indicated otherwise:
1. Installation or connection telephone service.
2. Temporary sanitary facilities.
3. Temporary local and long-distance telephone, including cellular.
PART 2 PRODUCTS �-
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Materials for temporary construction uses may be new or used but must be —
adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not
violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.
2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING
A. Contractor may utilize existing 120/240V power service in the existing facility.
B. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for
work and for areas accessible to the public.
01510-1
2.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary heating, including
all fuel and required attendance necessary to protect and dry all work during cold weather.
B. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to
dispense humidity and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases.
1. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. Do not
store materials near sources of intense heat or open flame.
2.04 TEMPORARY COOLING
A. Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, all temporary cooling, including
all equipment as necessary.
2.05 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Contractor shall install and maintain a job telephone. Contractor shall pay all costs for
installation, maintenance, removal and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be
paid by the party who places the call.
B. Telephones within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during the
construction period.
2.06 TEMPORARY WATER
A. Contractor may utilize existing water service in the existing facility.
2.07 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities for use by construction personnel in compliance
with current laws and regulations.
1. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in accordance with local
governing health agencies.
B. Toilet facilities within the existing facility shall not be used by construction personnel during
the construction period.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when use is no longer required, or
upon completion of the work.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary construction services to original or specked
condition.
END OF SECTION
01510-2
SECTION 01520 —
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND AIDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Furnish and maintain required construction equipment.
B. Furnish, install and maintain required construction aids and remove upon completion of work
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01046, Access to Site.
2. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. —
3. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
4. Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
5. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds. —
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Equipment and construction aids for temporary construction uses may be new, used or rental equipment, suitable for the intended purpose, but must not violate
requirements of applicable codes and standards.
2.02 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
A. Provide construction equipment required by specific sections of the Specifications or as
necessary to facilitate execution of the work, including but not limited to:
1. Miscellaneous hand tools.
2. Miscellaneous power tools.
3. Goggles, masks and other personal safety equipment.
4. Cranes, forklifts and other material handling equipment.
5. Vibrating plate compactors. —
6. Concrete batching and pumping trucks and equipment. —
7. End loaders, scrapers, backhoes and other heavy equipment.
8. Air compressors.
9. Portable electrical generators.
10. Mortar batching equipment.
11. Paint spraying equipment. _
12. Other equipment as required.
2.03 CONSTRUCTION AIDS _
A. Provide construction aids and temporary equipment required by personnel to facilitate
execution of the work, including but not limited to:
1. Scaffolding, staging, ladders and platforms.
2. Stairs, ramps, runways and guardrails.
3. Warning signs and traffic barricades. _
4. Pedestrian sidewalk enclosures.
5. Hoists, platform lifts and chutes.
6. Concrete curing and thermal protection blankets. —
7. Drop clothes and other protective materials.
8. Other facilities as required.
01520-1
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Consult with Architect, review site conditions and other factors which affect construction
procedures and construction aids, including adjacent properties and public facilities which
may be affected by execution of the work.
B. Comply with applicable requirements as specked in the Drawings.
C. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work
requirements and to accommodate legitimate requirements of other subcontractors employed
at the site.
3.02 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary materials, equipment and services:
1. When construction needs can be met by use of the permanent construction; or
2. At completion of the project.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities.
1. Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids.
2. Grade areas of site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and
slopes and clean the area.
C. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified condition.
END OF SECTION
01520-2
SECTION 01530 —
BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED _
A. Furnish, install, and maintain temporary construction barriers and enclosures. _
B. Furnish, erect, and maintain temporary site security fencing and gates.
C. Related work specified elsewhere: —
1. Section 01030, Alternates.
2. Section 01046, Access to Site.
3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements. —
4. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities.
5. Section 01520, Construction Equipment and Aids.
6. Section 01560, Temporary Controls. _
7. Section 01590, Field Offices and Sheds.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. Prior to commencing site work, erect and maintain protective fencing around existing trees
and vegetation to remain as identified on the Drawings or as indicated by the Architect.
1. Approved Materials: Expanded plastic or chain link fencing. _
B. Individual trees shall have protective fencing erected beyond drip line to the satisfaction of
the Architect and Owner. —
C. Groups of trees and other vegetation shall have protective fencing erected around the entire
group to the satisfaction of the Architect.
D. Areas within protective fencing shall remain undisturbed and shall not be used for any
purpose.
E. Any trees damaged or scarred during construction shall be repaired immediately by an
approved tree surgeon. Where separations expose or damage the root system of trees
designated to remain, remedial measures shall be taken immediately at the direction of the
Owner to ensure the health of the trees. Trees designated to remain but damaged beyond _
repair or which subsequently die shall be replaced with a similar size and species chosen by
the Owner at the sole expense of the Contractor.
2.02 TEMPORARY SITE FENCING
A. Prior to commencing work, Contractor shall, at his option, erect and maintain construction
fencing to enclose an area for ground level construction activity, storage and waste removal,
as approved by the Owner.
1. Fencing Materials: Panelized, chain -link fencing with crossed X-type post supports,
minimum 6'-0" high. _
B. Provide vehicular and pedestrian access gates, with locks, as appropriate for construction
access. —
1. Furnish Owners principal representative and the Architect with keys to the lock of the
primary access gate. _
C. Do not attach temporary fencing to any existing permanent construction, including buildings,
trees, retaining walls, walks or pavements.
01530-1 —
D. Promptly remove temporary fencing materials upon completion of sitework and rough grading
and restore area to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing
materials or equipment damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the Owner.
1. Fencing shall be removed prior to finish grading, installation of underground sprinkler
system and landscaping.
END OF SECTION
01530-2
SECTION 01560 —
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART1 GENERAL —
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary facilities required for dust, erosion and pollution
control.
B. Implement and maintain temporary controls required for noise and construction work hours u
limitations.
C. Related requirements specked elsewhere: —
1. Section 01040, Coordination.
2. Section 01046, Access to Site. —
3. Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. —
4. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Materials for temporary controls may be new or used, but must be adequate in
capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate
requirements of applicable codes and standards.
2.02 DUST CONTROL
A. Furnish and maintain such facilities or procedures as may be necessary to prevent air -borne
dust generated by the construction activities of this project from affecting either the Owner's
use of this site or neighboring properties. Implementation of such requirements will be at the
sole discretion of the Owner or the City of Fort Collins.
B. Furnish materials, enact and maintain temporary dust partitions to seal portions of the building
and equipment to remain in use during the construction period from affected areas of the
project. _
1. Partition Sheeting: Translucent or clear polyethylene sheets, 6-mil thickness
minimum.
C. Partitions shall be attached to the existing building so as not to damage or mar materials or
finishes.
D. Promptly remove temporary partitions upon completion of the work and restore materials and
finishes to original condition. Contractor shall repair or replace any existing materials or
finishes damaged as a part of this work at no cost to the Owner.
2.03 EROSION CONTROL
A. Furnish and maintain such facilities as might be necessary to prevent erosion damage to the
Owner's property or to adjacent properties.
1. Comply with any restrictions placed upon the approval of this project by the City of
Fort Collins.
2. Refer to Section 01010 for other special site restrictions.
01560-1
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
2.04 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure of exterior roof and walls for successive areas of
the building as work progresses to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather
protection for materials, allowing for effective temporary heating and to prevent entry of
unauthorized persons.
1. Provide temporary exterior doors with padlocks.
2. Enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials.
3. Provide enclosures for protection of areas designated for use by Owner during
construction. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site.
2.05 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent spilling or littering of water -polluting
substances. Do not allow any foreign materials to be dumped into any portion of the sewer
or storm drainage collection system or into any water runoff collection basin. The Contractor
shall be responsible for all labor, equipment and materials necessary to remedy any such
pollution as deemed appropriate by governing agencies with such jurisdiction.
B. No burning of debris or any other air -polluting methods or equipment will be allowed. All
motorized equipment shall be adjusted to minimize exhaust pollution.
C. Contractor shall prevent fumes from roofing materials and equipment from being drawn into
the existing facilitys air intake system. Equipment shutdowns shall be scheduled as
specified in Section 01040.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Construction Work Hours: Construction activity will not be limited, except as limited in
paragraphs 3.01.6. and 3.02.
B. Specific activities that may limit the Contractor's regular working hours, if applicable, shall
be determined at the Pre -Construction Conference. Contractor will be required to perform
these functions during night hours except when city council meetings are taking place.
These include, but may not be limited to:
1. Concrete demolition.
2. Mechanical demolition.
3. Activities that will produce noise, dust or smoke.
3.02 NOISE CONTROL
A. Construction activities that generate noise in excess of 85 db shall be limited to hours as
established throughout the construction period, based upon building occupancy.
END OF SECTION
01560-2
SECTION 01590
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED —
A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary construction offices and secured storage —
facilities.
B. Related work specified elsewhere: _
1. Section 01046, Access to Site.
2. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES
A. Contractor shall provide and maintain a secured, weathertight office for use by —
Contractor, Architect, consultants, Owner's representative and subcontractors. Building
shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be promptly removed upon completion
of the project. Location for the building shall be as arranged at the Pre -Construction —
Conference.
1. Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined by the Owner's representative. -
2. Signage and other advertising allowed on the structures shall be as determined
at the Pre -Construction Conference.
2.02 STORAGE SHEDS
A. Contractor shall provide and maintain secured, weathertight storage sheds or _
enclosures for tools, materials and equipment requiring such conditions, with adequate
heat and ventilation. Provide space for organized storage and access and fighting for
inspection of stored materials.
1. Structures shall be provided and maintained in good condition, as determined
by the Owner's representative. —
2. Signage and other advertising allowed on the structures shall be as determined
at the Pre -Construction Conference. —
B. Temporary Site Fencing: Refer to Section 01530. _
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Completely remove temporary facilities when use is no longer required, or upon `-
completion of the work.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary
facilities. `
END OF SECTION
01590-1
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Material and equipment incorporated into the work:
1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards.
2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in
writing by the Architect/Engineer.
3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products:
a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop
practices.
b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages to be
interchangeable.
C. Two (2) or more items of the same kind shall be identical by the same manufacturer.
d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions.
e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to,
unless variations are specifically approved in writing.
4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is
designed or specked.
B. Provide specified maintenance materials, equipment and tools to the Owner at the
completion of the project.
C. Provide equipment or systems start-up and operational testing.
D. Related requirements specified elsewhere:
1. Conditions of the Contract.
2. Section 01010, Summary of the Work.
3. Section 01040, Coordination.
4. Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
5. Section 01400, Quality Control.
6. Section 01710, Cleaning.
1.02 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturers
printed instructions, contractor shall obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to
parties involved in the installation, including two (2) copies to the Architect
1. Maintain one (1) set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until
completion.
B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such
instructions and in conformity with specified requirements.
1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturers
instructions, consult with Architect for further instructions. Do not proceed with work
without clear instructions.
C. Perform work in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Do not omit any preparatory
step or installation procedure, unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract
Documents.
1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid
conflict with work and conditions at the site.
01600-1
1. Deliver products in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original containers or
packaging with identifying labels intact and legible.
2. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to assure that materials and equipment
are in compliance with approved submittals, required quantities have been provided and that products are properly protected and undamaged.
B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or
damage to products or packaging. —
1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Preparation for Shipment:
1. Prepare in a manner to facilitate unloading and handling. _
2. Provide skids, boxes, crates or other effective shipping devices to protect equipment
against damage from rough handling, moisture, dust, excessive heat or cold. —
3. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration and other damage.
4. Apply grease packing or lubricating oil to all bearing and similar items.
5. Tag or mark each item as identified in the delivery schedule or on the shop drawings. _
Package or bundle items consisting of multiple similar pieces. Tag or mark the
package or bundle.
6. Include complete packing lists or bills of material with each shipment. _
7. Do not ship equipment requiring cranes or special equipment for unloading or
handling without notice or until Contractor is prepared to receive and care for it _
properly.
8. Protect electrical equipment, controls and insulation from moisture or water damage.
B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact —
and legible.
1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures.
2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's
instructions.
C. Exterior Storage:
1. Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids. Prevent soiling or
staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet
coverings. Provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation.
D. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic
inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified
conditions and free from damage or deterioration.
E. Protection after Installation: —
1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage
from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer
needed. _
1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products List: —
1. Within thirty (30) days after Award of Contract, submit to Architect a complete list of
major products proposed to be used with the name of the manufacturer and the
installing Subcontractor. —
B. Contractor's Options:
1. For products specked only by reference standard, select any product meeting that
standard.
2. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one
of the products or manufacturers named which complies with the specifications.
3. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or
equal", Contractor shall submit a request for substitutions of any product or
manufacturer not specifically named. When the phrase "equal approved prior to
bidding" is used, consideration of equals will not be made after Bid Opening.
01600-2
4. Naming approved manufacturers does not relieve the Contractor from meeting all
specification requirements.
5. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there is no
option.
6. Manufacturer's material or equipment listed in Schedules, Specifications or on the
Drawings are types to be provided for establishment of size, capacity, grade and
quality. If other acceptable manufacturers are used, cost of any change in construc-
tion required by their use shall be borne by the Contractor.
C. Substitutions:
1. Architect will consider written requests from Contractors for substitution of products
after the bid period only.
2. Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data with
drawings and samples as appropriate, including:
a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified.
b. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution.
C. Effect on the construction schedule.
d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified.
e. Any required license fees or royalties.
f. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials.
3. Architect and Owner's representative shall judge, the acceptability of the proposed
substitution and respond to the Contractor in writing. Requests made before this
timeline will not be responded to by addenda; any use of these products will be at the
sole risk of the Contractor.
D. Contractor's Representation: A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that
Contractor:
1. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior
in all respects to that specified.
2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product
specified.
3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work and make
such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects.
4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may
subsequently become apparent.
E. Contractor shall use any approved equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the
Owner if the material or equipment used in his Bid is unavailable or causes undue delay in
fabrication or delivery.
F. Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify
Contractor in writing of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution.
1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Furnish to the Owner at the completion of the work all maintenance materials, equipment and
tools specified in the Drawings.
B. Materials specified for the Owner's maintenance stock shall not be used by the Contractor
for replacement of defective or damaged materials during the course of construction or to
remedy any defect in workmanship caused by the Contractor's own forces or his
subcontractors. Maintenance materials may be used, with the written permission of the
Owner, to replace materials damaged during construction as a result of vandalism or natural
causes.
C. Contractor shall certify in writing that all specified maintenance materials have been furnished
and turned over to the Owner's representative or delivered to the location on the site directed
by the Owner.
01600-3
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Use materials of commercial quality suitable for the anticipated service conditions.
B. All materials and equipment to be installed in the permanent construction shall be new,
unless otherwise permitted.
C. Unless required otherwise, use components of standard sizes to assure future availability and
permit field installation of repair parts. Make like parts of duplicate units interchangeable.
2.02 FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE
A. Workmanship and Materials: Design, fabricate and assemble equipment in accordance with
the best engineering and shop practice.
END OF SECTION
01600.4
SECTION 01605
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
A. All water system and sanitary sewer system improvements shall conform to the most
current City of Fort Collins Water & Wastewater standard specifications.
B. All street and storm sewer construction shall conform to the most current City of Fort
Collins standards and specifications.
END OF SECTION
01605-1
SECTION 01700 —
CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Comply with requirements stated in Conditions of the Contract and in Specifications for
administrative procedures in closing out the work.
B. Related requirements specified elsewhere: _
1. Conditions of the Contract: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and additional
administrative requirements. —
2. Section 01310, Construction Schedules.
3. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials.
4. Section 01710, Cleaning. _
5. Section 01720, Project Record Documents.
6. Section 01740, Warranties and Bonds. —
7. Respective Sections of Specifications: Testing requirements and close-out submittals —
required of specific trades or subcontractors.
1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Definition of Substantial Completion: Refer to General and Supplementary Conditions of the
Contract.
B. When Contractor considers the work is substantially complete, he shall submit to the _
Architect:
1. Written notice that the work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.
2. List of items to be completed or corrected. _
C. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect will make an inspection
to determine the status of completion.
D. Should Architect or Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete:
1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons
therefor.
2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a second written notice
of substantial completion to the Architect.
3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate.
E. When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete, he will:
1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA form G704 or other Owner- _
provided form, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or
corrected as verified and amended by the Architect.
2. Submit the Certificate to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the
responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate.
1.03 FINAL INSPECTION
A. When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shall submit written certification that:
1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.
4. Final cleaning has been completed and project is ready for final inspection. B. Architect will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable
promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect consider that the work is incomplete or defective:
01700-1 ..
r
1. Architect or Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the
incomplete or defective work.
2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a
second written certification to Architect that the work is complete.
3. Architect or Engineer will reinspect the work, as appropriate.
D. When the Architect finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall
request the Contractor to prepare and deliver close-out submittals.
E. Should Architect and/or Engineer perform reinspection due to failure of the work to comply
with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor:
1. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment due the
Contractor.
1.04 SYSTEMS TESTING
A. Contractor shall conduct tests for operational systems and equipment as specified herein or
as required by the Drawings, prior to Final Inspection. Testing of systems or equipment shall
include but not be limited to:
1. Domestic water service, natural gas or other pressurized site utilities.
2. Lawn irrigation system.
3. Other systems as specified on Drawings or in Section 01600, Material and
Equipment.
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS
A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities:
1. Certificate of Occupancy.
B. Final Completion Schedule: Refer to Section 01310.
C. Project Record Documents: Refer to Section 01720.
D. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel: Refer to Section 01730.
E. Warranties and Bonds: Refer to Section 01740.
F. Keys and Keying Schedule.
G. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: General and Supplementary Conditions.
H. Maintenance Materials: Evidence that all required maintenance materials have been
furnished and stored as directed by the Owner.
1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. Statement shall reflect all
adjustments to the Contract Sum:
1. The original Contract Sum, including accepted Bid Alternates.
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders.
b. Allowances.
C. Unit prices.
d. Deductions for uncorrected work.
e. Penalties and bonuses.
f. Deductions for liquidated damages.
g. Deductions for reinspection payments.
h. Other adjustments.
3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted.
4. Previous payments.
5. Sum remaining due.
B. Architect will prepare a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract
Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders.
01700-2
1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and
requirements stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
END OF SECTION
01700-3
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE 1; Bid No. 5683
Place J%JO✓iy i0iJ S'�
Date C?VD 5-
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated "ye-'�4 ?oD l-
and subject tP artl conditions thereof, t rsigned
d1LaRR��/i- / d�;GS li,,( a (Corporation Limited Liability
Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or So e Proprietor)** authorized to do
business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do
everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the
construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal
is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other
person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in
pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation
to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed
Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of
which have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certi ied or c shyer's check or standard Bidbondin the sum of ��yh'tn.� P1�e %dJ'�,��./.�i^r. (S..Z�a%Srf�
in 8ocord—ance—with the Invitation To Bid and
Instructions to Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance
Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within
fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the
award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid.
The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder
proposes to /� furnish the specified performance and pj�yment bonds is as
follows: ) 6heer �-G'�^�i.Y✓i .�+Svep4--,cC
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with
their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned,
included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective
of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or
Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. w
through _I;-- -
7/96 Section 00300 Page 1
SECTION 01710
CLEANING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Execute cleaning during progress of the work and at completion of the work.
B. Furnish, maintain and service trash removal dumpsters and/or roll -offs.
C. Related requirements specified elsewhere:
1. Conditions of the Contract.
1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with applicable codes, ordinances,
regulations and anti -pollution laws.
B. Disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish shall be at a legal dump site or landfill.
1. Contractor shall be responsible for all dump fees and expenses associated with
hauling materials to the landfill.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and
which will not damage surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturers of the
surface material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.
2.02 WASTE REMOVAL CONTAINERS
A. Furnish and maintain trash and waste removal dumpsters and/or roll -off dumpsters for the
collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish, in quantities sufficient for the Work.
1. Roll -offs shall not be required to be covered, but shall be serviced frequently enough
to prevent debris from accumulating and being blown out.
B. Location of roll -offs and trash dumpsters shall be as arranged at the Pre -Construction
Conference.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from
accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction
operations.
B. Maintain parking areas, access drives and city streets clean from mud and other debris.
C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal
dump sites or landfills away from the site.
01710-1
3.02 FINAL CLEANING
A. Final cleaning shall be performed by personnel or subcontractors skilled in this work.
B. In general, the extent of final cleaning shall be to remove grease, mastic and adhesives, dust
and dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight -exposed interior
and exterior surfaces.
C. Interior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to: —
1. Broom clean and dry vacuum all interior concrete to be left exposed.
D. Exterior cleaning shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Power -wash and/or scrub with wire brush all surfaces of brick, concrete block or
stone masonry.
2. Wash and wipe down doors and frames.
E. Site cleaning shall include, but not be limited to:
1. Broom clean and wash down all areas of exterior concrete flatwork and asphalt —
paving.
2. Rake excess mulch and other debris from shrub beds and turf areas. '
F. Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of the site, all sight -exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas to verify that work of
the entire project is clean.
END OF SECTION
01710-2
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
SECTION 02070 —
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION w
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED _
A. Furnish equipment and labor to demolish and remove materials, equipment, fixtures,
accessories and systems, including related utilities, to the extent shown on the Drawings or
required for new construction. Selective demolition includes but is not limited to:
1. Demolition of existing plumbing, mechanical, and/or electrical systems to the extent _
shown on the Drawings, or as required to make connections to new work.
2. Demolition of existing site improvements, pavements, accessory site structures and —
landscaping as required for new construction.
3. Miscellaneous demolition work related to construction of the project, as indicated on -"
the Drawings. _
B. Extent of demolition work is indicated on the Drawings. Work may include the removal and
protection of existing materials or equipment to be relocated into the new construction or --
salvaged by the Owner, as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein.
C. After removal of demolition work, leave surfaces or substrates prepared for new materials, —
equipment, finishes or other construction.
D. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01045, Cutting and Patching. —
2. Section 01046, Access to Site.
3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
4. Section 01520, Construction Equipment and Aids. _
5. Section 01560, Temporary Controls.
6. Section 01710, Cleaning: Waste Removal. —
7. Division 15, Mechanical: Demolition related to mechanical and plumbing systems.
1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall contact local building and fire authorities to become familiar with local laws
and regulations governing work of this Section.
1.03 COORDINATION AND PROTECTION
A. Provide, erect and maintain barricades, lighting and guardrails as required by applicable
regulatory requirements to protect occupants of the building, construction workers and the
public. —
B. Protect and maintain plumbing, mechanical and electrical services encountered during
demolition that are to remain in use.
C. Coordinate and pay for disconnecting, removing and capping any utility services encountered —
within areas of demolition. Notify the affected utility companies in advance and obtain
approval prior to starting this work. Flag locations of disconnected services. Identify service "
lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. —
1.04 ACCESS TO BUILDING AND SITE
A. Refer to Section 01046, Access to Site, for required access to existing buildings and new
work during construction.
B. Plan, schedule and conduct selective demolition work in a manner that will minimize the
disruption of the Owner's normal operations.
02070-1 -�
.J
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 DEMOLITION
A. General: Furnish labor, equipment and materials as required to complete demolition as
described in the Contract Documents.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. General: Materials, fixtures and equipment to be removed from the demolished work may
be salvaged by the Owner or salvaged for reuse in the new work, as scheduled below. Exact
disposition of these materials will be determined at the Pre -Construction Conference.
B. Owner shall remove fixtures, furniture and equipment from areas of demolition work prior to
start of construction.
C. Items to be salvaged from demolished work for relocation in new work shall include but not
be limited to the following:
1. Brick Veneer.
D. Contractor may salvage remaining demolished material and equipment, unless specifically
noted otherwise in this Section or on the Drawings. Immediately remove from the site. All
other material shall be removed from the site and disposed of.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. General: Coordinate and execute demolition work in an orderly, neat and timely manner. The
Owner shall fully occupy the existing facility, parking areas and grounds during construction
of this project, except for specific areas designated strictly for use by the Contractor. Refer
to Section 01046, Access to Site, for specific requirements.
B. Ensure that all utilities and services to remain in use have been adequately marked and
protected and will be maintained during construction.
C. Ensure that structures have been adequately supported and braced during removal of any
structural system or component. Consult with the Architect/Engineer as needed before
commencing work.
C. Ensure that dustproof and weathertight enclosures have been erected. Cover and protect
furniture, equipment and fixtures that cannot be removed from the area of demolition work.
3.02 DEMOLITION
A. Perform selective demolition work in a systematic and orderly manner.
1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry using
power -driven masonry saw or hand tools. Do not use power -driven impact tools in
buildings.
2. Locate demolition equipment throughout the structure to avoid imposing excessive
loads on supporting walls, floors or framing.
3. Do not cut or alter any structural member without authorization of the Architect. Refer
to Section 01045.
B. Verify and ensure required dimensions and tolerances for new construction.
C. Restore adjacent areas and damaged areas as a result of fixed furnishings or equipment
being removed to original condition.
D. Leave surfaces or substrates prepared for new materials, equipment, finishes or other
construction.
02070-2
3.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Promptly remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations
from the building site. Use trash receptacles with tightly fitted covers as specified in Section
01710. Do not allow debris to be blown onto adjacent properties.
B. Deliver materials to be salvaged by the Owner to a location as directed by the Owner.
C. Deliver materials to be salvaged for reuse in the new work to a secure and weather -protected
location until ready for refurbishing and reinstallation.
D. Keep general construction site area reasonably clean, to the satisfaction of the Owner's
principal representative.
E. Transport and dispose of materials off -site in a legal manner.
F. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on the project site.
G. Recycling/reuse of Construction Waste: Contractor shall endeavor to recycle as much
construction debris and waste materials as practicable, with a goal of recycling a minimum
of 20% of such debris.
END OF SECTION
02070-3
SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Stripping and stockpiling of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise.
B. Finish grading and placing of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 02115, Selective Clearing.
2. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
3. Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.
4. Application Division 2 Landscaping Sections: Preparation of topsoil.
5. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
specifications.
1.02 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Site information: There is no known Soils Report.
B. The Contractor shall examine the site and then determine for himself the character of
materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions normally considered foreign to
the locality, the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses resulting
from such conditions.
C. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation
and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or
otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character,
composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A.
1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Right -of -Way Work Permit: Contractor shall obtain a right-of-way work permit for any
trenching and utility work within a public street, alley or other public right-of-way, as required
by the City of Fort Collins. Refer to Section 01060.
1.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment
and vehicular traffic.
e. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with
requirements of Section 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain.
D. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the
area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work.
02100-1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225 for selected —
imported fill materials and reuse of existing on -site fill materials.
PART 3 EXECUTION —
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Obtain Right -of -Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street,
alley or other public right-of-way. B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
accordance with the requirements of this Section. If the foundation structure design shown
on the Drawings and/or specked will not strictly conform to these requirements, advise —
Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
C. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil as required for grading or new -
construction in areas within sitework boundaries. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for
later use in the site finish grading. —
1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, or as directed by the Architect/
Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing vegetative cover disturbed in
excess of these limits without written approval of the Architect/Engineer. D. Clearing and Tree/Brush Removal: Refer to Section 02115.
3.02 ROUGH GRADING, EXCAVATING AND COMPACTING —
A. Refer to applicable portions of Sections 02200, 02220, 02221 and/or 02225. W
3.03 FINISH GRADING
A. General: Provide finish grading and placing of topsoil unless arranged for otherwise. r
B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and -�
blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except
under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1/2" of required elevation. —
C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 1' in 10', unless indicated otherwise on the
Drawings, providing effective drainage of at least 1 %, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified.
Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement.
E. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features
as shown on the Drawings.
3.04 PLACING TOPSOIL
A. Place and spread topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, on -site
material, supplemented with imported material as required.
B. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather.
C. Fine grade topsoil to within 1" of finish contours eliminating rough and low areas to ensure
positive drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into
existing.
D. Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading.
E. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and
damage which may be caused by grading equipment._
02100-2
r.,
..r
Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping
specified in other Sections of Division 2.
3.05 MAINTENANCE
A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free
of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to
specified tolerances.
B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been
compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required
density prior to further construction.
3.06 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
02100-3
SECTION 02115 —
SELECTIVE CLEARING `-
PART I GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED —
A. Selective clearing of existing trees, shrubs, brush and vegetative growth. —
B. Selective pruning of trees to remain in place. —
C. Disposing of felled trees and surface debris.
D. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures: Tree and plant protection.
2. Section 02050, Building Demolition.
3. Section 02070, Selective Demolition.
1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall comply with any requirements of the City of Fort Collins and/or U.S. Forest
Service that govern this type of work. —
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish and maintain chain saws, axes and other equipment as required to complete work
of this Section.
1. Maintain saw blades in new or sharp condition to make cuts clean and smooth.
PART 3 EXECUTION r.
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Contractor shall examine the site with the Owner to verify extent of work to be performed. _
Architect shall identify the trees or groups of trees to be preserved, as shown on the
Drawings, and the Contractor shall tag and protect these as specified in Section 01530. —
3.02 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. Erect and maintain protective fencing around existing trees and vegetation identified by the
Architect to remain, as specified in Section 01530.
B. Protect tops, trunks and roots of existing vegetation to remain. Do not use heavy equipment
within branch spread.
C. Regrade around existing trees by hand when existing grade is lower than new finish grade. _
02115-1
CONTRACTOR
BY: 9a L, `iel /✓tO�?f? e �ffC
ADDRESS: r S
8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
LUMP SUM TOTAL ^�
)
9. PRICES
The foregoing prices shall include all' labor, materials, transportation,
shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover
the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid
or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement
or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed
twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price.
� CTFULLY SUBMITTED:
Signatur ate
re 5
Title
E-63 0?11
License Numbei (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:jl/f.'ia_T'i J /6 q� J�� �p
Address e3 �%1J Aug} _71 D j7 of
Telephone
7/96 D
Section 00300 Page 2
3.03 TREE AND BRUSH REMOVAL
A. General: Cut and completely remove trees, shrubs and brush not identified to be preserved.
B. Cut trees, shrubs and brush identified to be removed maximum 12" above existing grade.
C. Do not pull up, rip or otherwise damage root structures of vegetation to remain. If excavation
through roots is required, excavate by hand and cut roots with a sharp axe, making clean,
smooth, sloping cuts.
3.04 GRUBBING AND REMOVAL
A. Grub out stumps and roots of vegetation removed to minimum 12" below original existing
grade.
S. Remove cleared and grubbed trees, limbs, shrubs, uprooted stumps and surface debris from
the site.
C. Do not bury cuttings, stumps and roots or burn materials on the site.
3.05 PRUNING
A. Specific Requirements Pertaining to the Pruning of Trees:
1. No tree shall be cut back in such a manner that its health or eventual safety will be
impaired. An exception to this may occur in tree removal or emergency relief of an
immediate danger to persons or property. Any such emergency procedures must be
reported promptly to the City Forester (or other authority) with plans for completion
or follow-up work submitted for approval.
2. Authority to prune street trees does not include the cutting back of sound, healthy tree
branches in excess of 6" in diameter (outside bark) unless specifically described and
written into the permit form by the City Forester (or other authority).
3. When tree pruning cuts are made to a side branch, such remaining branch must
possess a basal thickness of at least 1/3 of the diameter of the wound so affected.
Such cuts shall be considered proper only when such remaining branch is vigorous
enough to maintain adequate foliage to produce woody growth capable of healing the
cut within a reasonable period of time.
4. All final tree pruning cuts shall be made in such a manner as to favor the earliest
possible covering of the wound by natural callus growth. Excessively deep flush cuts
which produce large wounds or weaken the tree at the cut shall not be made. Tree
pruning cuts should be made just outside the branch collar.
5. Tree branches shall be removed and controlled in such a manner as to not cause
damage to other parts of the tree or to other plants or property.
6. All tools used on a tree known to contain an infectious tree disease shall be properly
disinfected immediately after completing work in such a tree.
7. Maples, birches and walnut trees shall be pruned only when in leaf, except where
conditions hazardous to the public or property are involved.
8. All cutting tools and saws used in making tree pruning cuts shall be kept sharpened
adequately to result in final cuts with an unabrased wood surface and secure bark
remaining adjacent thereto.
9. Whenever pruning cuts are to be made while removing branches too large to hold
securely in one hand during the cutting operation, the branches shall be cut off first
1' to 2' beyond the intended final cut. Then the final cut shall be made in a manner
to prevent unnecessary tearing back of the bark and wood.
10. Any cutting of tree roots, other than when in the process of tree removal, shall give
due consideration to the future welfare and safety of the tree. Proper action shall be
taken to treat resulting wounds to prevent entry of decay organisms.
02115-2
C.
Standards of Workmanship for Pruning: —
1. Cleanup of branches, logs or any other debris resulting from any tree pruning or
removing shall be promptly and property accomplished. The work area shall be kept
safe at all times until the cleanup operation is completed. Under no condition shall
the accumulation of brush, branches, logs or other debris be allowed upon a public
property in such a manner as to result in a public hazard.
2. The use of climbing spurs or spike shoes in the act of pruning trees is prohibited.
3. Under no conditions shall it be considered proper to leave any severed or partially cut —
branches in the upper portion of any tree being worked on after the tree workers
leave the scene of the operation.
4. Whenever large tree sections are being cut in a treetop which may endanger the —
public or property, such materials shall be secured by ropes and lowered safely in a
controlled manner.
5. Unless the tree work area is totally barricaded or otherwise kept safe while pruning or removing trees, at least one (1) responsible tree worker shall serve to coordinate
safe operations on the ground at all times when work operations are in progress.
Authorized Types of Tree Pruning: —
1. Medium Prune:
a. Properly remove all dead and dying branches of 1/4" and over in diameter. —
b. Remove all broken branches or any loose branches lodged in the tree.
C. Remove all dead and live stubs of previously broken or poorly cut branches.
d. Remove any live branches which interfere with the trees structural strength —
and healthful development, which will include the following:
1. Branches which rub and abrase a more important branch. —
2. Branches of weak structure which are not important to the framework
of the tree. "
3. Branches which, if allowed to grow, would wedge apart the junction —
of more important branches.
4. Branches with twigs and foliage obstructing the development of more —
important branches.
5. Branches forming multiple leaders in a single leader type tree. --
6. Branches near the end of a limb which will produce more weight or
offer more resistance to wind than the limb is likely to support.
7. Undesirable sucker and sprout growths.
8. Selective removal to one or more developing leaders where multiple
branch growth exists near the end of broken or stubbed limbs. —
9. Removal of branches which project too far outward beyond an —
otherwise symmetrical form.
10. Removal or severance of any exposed roots which serve to restrict
or act in a girdling manner and prevent proper expansion and growth
of other major roots, or restrict the base of the tree trunk.
e. All final cuts shall be made just outside the branch collar. Extremely deep
cuts which produce excessively wide wounds or weaken the tree shall not be
made.
2. Minimum or Safety Prune: This operation of tree trimming shall consist of the
minimum performance necessary to correct one or more extreme and undesirable "
conditions existing within a tree which may be hazardous to persons or property.
a. Remove all dead and dying branches of 2" or more in diameter.
b. Remove all broken or loose branches 2" or more in diameter. C. Reduce the length of branches which extend extremely beyond the perimeter
of an otherwise symmetrical form.
d. Cut back ends of branches and reduce weight where excessive overburden _
appears likely to result in breakage of supporting limbs. Such cutting back
shall not include the removal of any live, healthy branches in excess of 6" in -,
diameter, unless a specific consent is given by the Architect.
02115-3
.a
3. Head Back Prune: This operation shall consist of reducing the height and/or spread
of a tree by not more than 1/3 and shall only be applied to trees when such work is
necessary to control extended growth which may endanger overhead utility lines or
interfere with adjacent structures.
a. This form of pruning trees shall be done by means of a method called "drop
crotching" which serves to shorten branch structure and thereby limits the
extent of the foliage canopy to a natural appearing margin. This action
consists of removing perimeter branches at their lower junction with shorter
side branches.
b. No cuts on living branches shall be made in excess of 6" in diameter without
first securing specific consent of the Architect.
C. Extended perimeter branches shall be properly cut at their junction with lower
branches having a basal diameter of at least 1/3 of the diameter of the cut so
affected.
d. The remaining lower branches so cut back to shall be retained intact to form
a reduced foliage perimeter at a speck height and/or spread.
e. This technique of tree pruning shall only be applied when larger growing trees
endanger overhead utility lines or where excessive growth of trees interferes
with adjacent structures or otherwise creates a speck hazard to persons or
property.
f. Head Back prune should not be attempted or used if the metabolism of a tree
would be seriously unbalanced by the use of this technique or where the
structure of the tree would be weakened by such action. Irreparable trees
shall be removed rather than be worked on with this mode of tree pruning.
4. Spot Prune: This operation of tree pruning shall consist of the removal of one or
more branches localized in a particular area of the crown of a tree.
a. Trees shall be pruned in such a manner as to prevent branch and foliage
interference with requirements of safe public passage. Overstreet clearance
shall be kept to a minimum of 14' above the paved surface of the street and
8' over the surface of the public sidewalk or pedestrian way.
b. Sprout or sucker growth shall be removed to a minimum height of 8' above
the ground level. Exceptions are allowed for young trees which would be
irreparably damaged by such trimming action.
C. Individual or scattered dead or broken limbs shall be properly removed
without the necessity of performing other work not immediately urgent for
protection of the public or property, or the health of the tree.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Leave the site in a clean condition, free from branches, roots, demolished site features or
other surface debris, ready for installation of new structure and site work as required by the
Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
02115-4
SECTION 02220 —
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING
PART1 GENERAL -
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Excavating, filling, grading and compacting of embankments for retaining walls and other site —
work unrelated to building structures.
B. Cap off and seal discontinued utility services and remove portions of lines within excavated
areas.
C. Shore and brace excavations as required. D. Dewater excavations as necessary.
E. Scarify and compact subgrade under asphalt and/or concrete paving.
F. Finish grading and placement of topsoil, unless arranged for otherwise. G. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01410, Testing. --
2. Section 02100, Site Preparation.
3. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
4. Sections 02930 and 02950, Landscaping: Preparation of Topsoil.
5. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
Specifications.
1.02 SITE CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine
for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions --
normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be
encountered, the Contractor may apply for just compensation for additional expenses
resulting from such conditions.
B. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classified. Excavation
and trenching includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or —
otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character,
composition or condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A.
1.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment
and vehicular traffic.
B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures.
C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with
requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain. —
D. Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe
and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction.
E. Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and
governing authorities.
F. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may
be damaged by excavation work.
G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundation from frost.
H. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the
area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work.
02220-1
1.04 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING
A. Notify the Owner at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement of formwork,
pipelines, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Architect/Engineer prior
to placement of backfill of all foundations and utility trenches. Notification shall be at least
48 hours prior to proceeding with the next phase of work.
B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory
submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid in
accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.
1. The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper
performance of the work.
C. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to
perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been
verified.
D. Compaction Tests:
1. Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall
be taken at the rate of one (1) test for each 100 lin. ft., or fraction thereof, of wall
length.
2. Concrete Flatwork: Refer to Section 02225.
3. Utility Trenches: Refer to Section 02221.
E. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove
defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS
A. General: Use on -site soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for backfill against
the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be clean,
compactible earth free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances or large
rocks.
B. Structural Fill: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved
by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original
undisturbed soil. Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on -site material
is not available or where shown on the Drawings.
1. Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less
than 1 %.
C. Imported Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on -site material shall be clean,
devoid of debris and organic material, and shall conform to the following minimum
specifications:
1. Class 4 roadbase conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards.
2. Gradation, conforming with ASTM C136:
6" 100%
3" 70-100%
No. 4 Sieve 50-100%
No. 200 Sieve 65% maximum
3. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum
4. Plasticity Index: 15 maximum.
D. Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non -porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded
from 3/8" to 1-1/2".
E. Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic
debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve.
F. Fill under Landscape Areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum products. Use subsoil
excavated from site only if conforming to specified requirements.
02220-2
G. Topsoil: Pliable loam free from subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stones and foreign matter. Use topsoil stockpiled on site.
H. Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more
than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. _
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal.
B. Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings. -
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION —
A. Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional
excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered. _
Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross -sectioned and classified.
1. Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on -site soils, pavements, structures and
utilities indicated on the Drawings and all other material as indicated by the
subsurface soil data and not classified as rock excavation.
2. Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated
without drilling, blasting or ripping or boulders larger than 1/2 cu. yd. in volume.
B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in —
accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the
foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform
to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. —
C. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within
construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to
Section 02115.
1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or
as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing
vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of
theArchitect/Enginser.
D. Scarify subgrade where asphalt and/or concrete pavement is to be placed, to a depth of
minimum 6" and compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698-78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture
content.
3.02 ROUGH GRADING
A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading
and surface treatment. Maintain the following:
1. Planting Areas: 6" below finished grade elevation.
2. Concrete Walks: 4" below finished grade elevation.
3. Building Slabs: 12" below finished slab elevation.
B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to _
2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows:
1. Building and Paved Areas: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2% wet of
optimum moisture content ASTM D698-78.
2. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78.
C. Place fill in lifts of 6" to 9" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each
layer to SPD's as follows:
1. Building and Paved Areas: Minimum 95% of SPD, ASTM D698-78.
2. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD, ASTM D698-78.
D. Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading.
02220-3
E. Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to
non -uniform settling and compaction.
3.03 EXCAVATION
A. General:
1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when
establishing grade elevations.
2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade
elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/Engineer.
Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the
Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractors expense.
3. Under footings, foundation walls, retaining walls or other structural element, fill
unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing
or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation.
4. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified in paragraph
3.02.C.
B. Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this project.
C. Utilities:
1. Before starting excavation, establish location and extent of underground utilities
occurring in work area.
2. Notify utility companies to remove and relocate lines which are in the way of
excavation.
3. Maintain, reroute or extend as required existing utility lines to remain in use which
pass through work area.
4. Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug or seal
such lines and flag at grade.
5. Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines rerouted or extended
on Project Record Documents.
D. Stability of Excavation:
1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and
brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of
material excavated.
2. Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings
adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and
maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place.
3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of
backfilling.
4. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original
undisturbed soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural
fill material extending from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and
foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph 3.04.
E. Sheeting and Shoring:
1. Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as
necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work.
2. Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by
earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position.
3. Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or
horizontal thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe.
F. Dewatering:
1. Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations
and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
2. Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate
standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures or pipes extending
below ground water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such
excavations 24" or more.
02220-4
3. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability
of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps,
suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components necessary to _
convey water away from excavations.
4. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas.
Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside _
excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary
drainage ditches.
5. Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until
the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, —
floatation or other cause will result.
G. Material Storage:
1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil as directed by Owner until —
required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
2. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
3. Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as herein specified. _
H. Excavation for Retaining Walls and Other Site Structures:
1. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and
extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and
removal of concrete form work, installation of services, other construction and —
inspection.
2. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of —
excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is —
placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive
concrete. --
3. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed -
soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending
from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as
specified in paragraph 3.04.
4. Do not interfere with normal 450 bearing splay of any foundation.
5. Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump _
or gravity discharge.
I. Excavation for Trenches: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting. _
J. Weather Protection:
1. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less _
than 350 F.
2. Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather. -�
3. Do not place backfill, fill or embankment on frozen surfaces.
4. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment.
5. Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water.
3.04 BACKFILLING
A. Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing system have been inspected. �.
B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground
surfaces are not in a frozen condition.
C. Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy.
D. Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill
materials.
E. Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density.
F. Backfll areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early
as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction.
G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth.
H. Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density.
02220-5
I. Retaining Walls: Ensure that tie -backs for retaining wall system are properly located and
installed. Backfill behind retaining walls as indicated on the Drawings and required by
Section 02270, Interlocking Masonry Retaining Walls.
J. Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
3.05 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION
A. Structural Backfill below Foundations: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris, or imported,
non -expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted to
a minimum of 98% of SPD.
B. Building Slabs: Refer to Section 02225.
C. Sidewalks: Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course. Compact each
layer of fill material at 2% wet of OMC to a minimum 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78.
D. Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD.
E. Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction.
3.06 FINISH GRADING
A. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum. amount of natural settlement and
compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches,
stones, etc. in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with
petroleum products.
B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and
blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except
under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1/2" of required elevation.
C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum Tin 10', unless indicated otherwise on the
Drawings, providing effective drainage of at least 1 %, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified.
Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement.
E. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features
as shown on the Landscape Drawings.
3.07 PLACING TOPSOIL
A. Refer to Section 02100, Site Preparation, or Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling
and Compacting, for spreading of topsoil. Refer to other Sections of Division 2, Sitework,
for soil amendments and other landscaping work.
3.08 PLACING AGGREGATE SURFACING
A. Place 8" of aggregate conforming to paragraph 2.01.E. as a final surfacing material on top
of the finished fill.
B. Spread stockpiled aggregate over compacted backfill, grade and smooth to blend with
existing terrain.
C. Aggregate Paving: Refer to Section 02285.
D. Recycled Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Refer to Section 02513.
3.09 MAINTENANCE
A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free
of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to
specified tolerances.
B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been
compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required
density prior to further construction.
02220-6
3.10 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owners property.
END OF SECTION
02220-7
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410Bid Bond
00420Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors
SECTION 02221
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of sitework for utility trenches and subsurface
drainage systems.
B. Cap off and seal discontinued utility services and remove portions of lines within excavated
areas.
C. Shore and brace excavations as required.
D. Dewater excavations as necessary.
E. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01410, Testing.
2. Section 01046, Access to Site.
3. Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements.
4. Section 02100, Site Preparation.
5. Section 02115, Selective Clearing.
6. Section 02200, Earthwork.
7. Section 02220. Excavating, Filling and Grading.
8. Section 02225, Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting.
9. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
specifications.
1.02 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Soil Compaction Tests:
1. ASTM 0698 or AASHTO T99 - Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density
Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop.
a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and
judgement of the testing laboratory.
b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed.
C. Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material
encountered or utilized.
d. Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity.
2. ASTM D2049 - Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils.
B. Test Certificates: Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine
compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source or
supplier.
1. Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the
following reference standards.
a. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99.
b. ASTM D2049.
1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Right -of -Way Work Permit: Contractor shall obtain a right-of-way work permit for any
trenching and utility work within a public street, alley or other public right-of-way, as required
by the City of Fort Collins. Refer to Section 01060.
02221-1
1.04 SITE CONDITIONS —
A. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine
for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions _
normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be
encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from such conditions. _
B. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings.
C. Underground Obstructions:
1. Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings.
However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known
to Architect/Engineer may be encountered. _
2. Notify each utility owner and request utilities be field located by surface reference at
least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation. —
3. Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other
obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in
the event of conflict. _
a. Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict.
b. In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Archi- -
tecUEngineer.
4. Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and
appurtenances.
5. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions —
shall apply: _
a. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials.
b. Restore to original conditions or better. D. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classed. Excavation _
includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise
removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or
condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A.
1.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment
and vehicular traffic.
B. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with
requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain.
C. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning or other methods required
to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into excavation. D. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service
utilities and pipe chases. E. Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work in
affected area until notification to resume work.
F. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost.
G. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run-off into excavation.
1.06 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING ._
A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement
of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Architect/Engineer
prior to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior
to proceeding with the next phase of work.
B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory
submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner. Testing fees shall
be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.
02221-2 -
I . The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper
performance of the work.
C. Testing for Structural Excavations: Refer to Sections 01410 and 02225.
D. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to
perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been
verified.
E. Compaction Tests:
1. Utility Trenches: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate of
one (1) test for each 100 lin. ft., or fraction thereof, of trench length, unless otherwise
modified by the Soils Report.
2. Concrete Flatwork: Refer to Section 02225.
3. Retaining Walls: Refer to Section 02220.
F. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove
defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STABILIZATION MATERIAL
A. Top 6" of Pipe Subgrade: Granular bedding material.
B. Subgrade Below Top 6": Same as top 6", except that broken concrete and rock may be
included in sizes permitting compaction as specified without discernible voids.
2.02 BEDDING MATERIALS
A. Concrete: Refer to Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
1. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days minimum.
B. Granular Material: Angular or crushed, washed natural stone free of shale, clay, frozen
materials and debris, graded in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C136 within the following limits:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
1"
100
3/4"
90-100
318"
20-55
#4
0-10
#8
0-5
C. Select soil placed below an elevation 12" above top of pipe.
1. Trench backfill material free from rocks, clods and stones greater than 2" in any
dimension; or
2. Granular material.
2.03 TRENCH BACKFILL MATERIAL
A. Excavated or imported material free from frozen material, stumps, roots, brush, other organic
matter, cinders, peat or other corrosive material, debris and rocks or stones greater than
following dimensions:
1. 3" in any dimension for material placed within 1' of finished surface.
2. 2" in any dimension for material placed within 1' of pipe.
02221-3
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Obtain Right -Of -Way Work Permit or any other approvals as required for work within a street, ^
alley or other public right-of-way.
B. Schedule street and sidewalk cuts, trenching and utility line installation in accordance with _
the Owner's requirements for use of the facility and/or street. Refer to Section 01046.
C. Contractor shall examine the subsurface soil conditions encountered prior to installation of
any underground utility work and verify that materials specified for utility piping, joints,
accessories and other materials are suitable for the soil conditions. Notify Architect and
Engineer of any conditions which may adversely affect the successful installation or
performance of the completed utility systems. Do not commence work until such conditions —
have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer.
D. Verify that stockpiled on -site fill has been approved for reuse as backfill material.
E. Ensure that trenches to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice or water and that ground
surfaces are not frozen. _
F. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.
G. Ensure that subgrade surfaces have been compacted to density requirements for backfill --
material.
3.02 EXCAVATION —
A. Excavate subsoil as required for underground utility systems.
B. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection.
1. Minimize the size of cuts in street, alley or other public right-of-ways.
C. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe
joints.
3.03 BACKFILLING
A. Support pipe or conduit during placement and compaction of bedding fill. _
B. Place pipe or conduit bedding and backfill in accordance with the requirements of the
Drawings and Specifications. _
C. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations. Do not backfill over porous, wet or spongy
subgrade surfaces. Backfill as early as possible.
D. Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6" loose depth.
E. Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers.
F. Employ a placement method so as not to disturb or damage pipe.
G. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density.
H. Remove surplus backfill materials. Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill
materials.
I. Tolerances:
1. Top Surfaces of Backfilling: +/- 0.1'.
3.04 COMPACTION
A. Compact trench backfill to the following minimum densities, unless the following are
superseded by the requirements of an appropriate govemmental authority:
1. Areas Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density
(SPD) per ASTM D698-78, or as required in Section 02225, whichever is more
stringent.
2. Building Slabs, Walks and Roadways: Minimum 95% of SPD.
3. Planted Areas: Minimum of 90% of SPD. —
02221-4
B. Refer to Section 02225 for placing topsoil, and other Division 2 sections for soil amendment
and installation of seed, sod or other landscaping materials.
END OF SECTION
02221-5
SECTION 02225
STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING - `
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Excavating, backfilling, grading and compacting of site work related to building structures.
B. Prepare subgrade for building slabs, sidewalks and other improvements. C. Shore and brace excavations as required.
D. Shore and underpin foundations of existing structures adjacent to new excavations as
required. _
E. Dewater excavations as necessary.
F. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs -on -
grade, remove from the site (or waste on site), and replace with new compacted structural
fill material. G. Overexcavate existing native soils below new concrete foundation structures and/or slabs -on -
grade, recondition, recompact and replace in overexcavated area.
H. Finish grading and place topsoil adjacent to structures and other areas of the site disturbed
by construction activities.
I. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01046, Access to Site.
2. Section 01410, Testing.
3. Section 02100, Site Preparation.
4. Section 02115, Selective Clearing. _
5. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Compacting: Retaining walls and sitework
unrelated to structures.
6. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
7. Applicable Division 2 Landscaping Sections: Preparation of topsoil.
8. Applicable Sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical
Specifications.
1.02 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Soil Compaction Tests:
1. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99: Standard Method of Test for Moisture Density —
Relations of Soils Using a 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12 inch drop. _
a. Use method A, B, C or D, as appropriate, based on soil condition and
judgement of the testing laboratory. —
b. Sample tests will be representative of materials to be placed.
C. Determine and provide optimum density curve for each type of material
encountered or utilized. _
d. Include Atterberg Limits, grain size determination and specific gravity.
2. ASTM D2049: Test for Relative Density of Cohesion less soils.
B. Test Certificates: Submit test certificates to enable Architect/Engineer to determine
compliance with the Specifications for imported materials from each proposed source of
supplier.
02225-1
1. Provide with this certificate a density test of a typical sample, in accordance with the
following reference standards.
a. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99.
b. ASTM D2049.
C. Underpinning of Existing Structures: Contractor shall be solely responsible for design of
shoring and underpinning system as required to resist lateral earth pressure and surcharges
due to traffic, storage of materials, adjacent structures and all other loads imposed on
adjacent soil during construction. Type of system used must be compatible with the
Drawings and acceptable to the Architect.
1.03 SITE CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall examine the site and the record of investigations and then determine
for himself the character of materials to be encountered. Should subsurface conditions
normally considered foreign to the locality or different than disclosed in test hole borings be
encountered, the Contractor may be compensated for additional expenses resulting from
such conditions.
B. Known underground and surface utility lines are indicated on the Drawings.
C. Underground Obstructions:
1. Underground obstructions known to Architect/Engineer are shown on Drawings.
However, locations shown may prove inaccurate and other obstructions not known
to Architect/Engineer may be encountered.
2. Notify each utility owner and request utilities be field located by surface reference
using flags at least 48 hours prior to trenching or excavation.
3. Expose and verify size, location and elevation of underground utilities and other
obstructions where conflicts might exist sufficiently in advance to permit changes in
the event of conflict.
a. Notify Architect/Engineer in case of conflict.
b. In case of conflict the proposed Work may be changed by the Archi-
tect/Engineer.
4. Maintain, protect and support by shoring, bracing or other means existing utilities and
appurtenances.
5. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, the following conditions
shall apply:
a. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials.
b. Restore to original conditions or better.
6. Clean drainage culverts so they are free of sediment after construction.
D. Classification of Excavated Material: Excavated materials will not be classed. Excavation
includes the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise
removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or
condition thereof. Refer to paragraph 3.01.A.
1.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect benchmarks and existing improvements to remain against damage from equipment
and vehicular traffic.
B. Protect existing trees to remain as specified in Section 01530, Barriers and Enclosures. Take
all necessary care to prevent compaction of existing soil within the drip line of existing trees
to remain.
C. Verify all utilities with appropriate authorities before proceeding with work, in accordance with
requirements of Sections 01040, 01046 and 01060. Protect all utilities which are to remain.
D. Protect excavations by shoring or bracing as required to maintain banks of excavation in safe
and stable condition and to protect adjacent existing and new construction.
E. Provide suitable protection against bodily injury in accordance with applicable codes and
governing authorities.
02225-2
F. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structures, service lines and pipe chases which may be damaged by excavation work.
G. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost.
H. Notify Architect/Engineer of any unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue work in the
area until Architect/Engineer provides notification to resume work.
I. Restoration and Preservation Projects: If historical or archaeological resources are
encountered during excavation or construction of this project, the Contractor shall stop work
and notify the Owner and the Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Colorado —
Historical Society. Work shall not proceed until authorized in writing by the Owner.
J. Underpinning of Existing Structures: Where underpinning of existing structures is required,
Contractor shall thoroughly document the existing conditions with photographs and written
reports prior to starting construction, and on a daily basis during the underpinning work.
1.05 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING
A. Notify the Architect/Engineer at completion of each phase of excavation prior to placement
of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Also notify the Architect/Engineer _
prior to placement of backfill of all foundations. Notification shall be at least 48 hours prior
to proceeding with the next phase of work.
B. Testing of compacted fill materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory
submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect and Owner. Testing fees shall —
be paid in accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions.
1. The Contractor will pay for costs of additional testing required due to improper
performance of the work. _
C. Soils Engineer shall make an open -hole inspection of the excavation for each building prior
to the placement of formwork, concrete appurtenances or other materials. Soils Engineer --
shall also inspect structural backfill for building foundations prior to forming of footings or
grade beams, if not supported on undisturbed soil.
D. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to
perform density test. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until results have been
verified.
E. Compaction Tests:
1. Concrete Flatwork: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate
of one (1) test for each 5,000 sq. ft., or portion thereof, of surface area for interior or
exterior concrete slabs -on -grade, sidewalks, aprons, or other fiatwork, unless
otherwise modified by the Soils Report.
2. Foundation Walls: Tests of compacted backfill materials shall be taken at the rate
of one (1) test for each 100 fin. ft., or portion thereof, of building perimeter for —
compaction adjacent to building foundation walls, unless otherwise modified by the -
Soils Report.
3. Retaining Walls: Refer to Section 02220. _
4. Utility Trenches: Refer to Section 02221.
F. If tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove r
defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner. —
1.06 WARRANTIES
A. Maintain and repair backfill, fill compaction and embankment settlement and make necessary
repairs to pavement, sidewalks or other structures which may be damaged as a result of
settlement for a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion and acceptance of the
work.
02225-3
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SELECTED FILL MATERIALS
A. General: Use on -site or imported soil approved by the Soils Engineer for rough fill and for
backfill against the outside of foundation walls except as specified below. Material shall be
clean, compactible earth free of frozen material, debris, deleterious or organic substances
or large rocks.
B. Structural Fill: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris or imported granular materials approved
by the Soils Engineer, mechanically compacted as specified below and extended to original
undisturbed soil. Use under floor slabs and exterior concrete where approved on -site material
is available or where shown on the Drawings.
1. Material shall be uniformly graded of low permeability and a swell potential of less
than 1 %.
C. Imported Structural Fill: Imported fill required to supplement acceptable on -site material shall
be clean, devoid of debris and organic material, and shall conform to the following minimum
specifications:
1. Class 4 roadbase conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation standards.
2. Gradation, conforming with ASTM C136:
6" 100%
3" 70-100%
No. 4 Sieve 50-80%
No. 200 Sieve 60% maximum
3. Liquid Limit: 30 maximum.
4. Plasticity Index:15 maximum.
D. Imported Structural Fill: Where on -site material is expansive or otherwise unacceptable to
the Soils Engineer for use as structural backfill, imported fill shall be Class 1 structural
backfill or Class 7 roadbase, conforming to Colorado Department of Transportation
standards.
E. Coarse Granular Fill: Clean, crushed, non -porous rock, crushed or uncrushed gravel graded
from 3/8" to 1-1/2".
F. Fine Granular Fill: Natural or manufactured sand and pea gravel, clean and free of organic
debris graded from 3/8" to No. 100 sieve.
G. Embankment Material: Refer to Section 02220.
H. Topsoil: Refer to landscaping sections of Division 2. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled on -site
may be used if it meets the requirements of these Sections.
I. Drainage Fill: Natural or crushed stone or gravel with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more
than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve.
J. Aggregate Base: Refer to Section 02513 and/or 02515.
02225-4
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Drainage Fabric: Mirafi 140 N filter fabric or equal.
B. Perimeter Drainage Tile: Perforated PVC pipe, sizes as indicated on the Drawings.
C. Wood Lagging/Bracing for Underpinning: Douglas Fir -Larch, No. 2 or better grade, —
minimum stress grade Fo=1250 psi.
1. If wood is part of shoring system near existing structures, use pressure preservative
treated materials or remove before placement of backfill.
2. Fastening System: Welded studs or other method as approved by the Architect. _
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Classification of Excavation: The following definitions shall only apply when additional —
excavation is authorized by the Architect/Engineer and/or rock excavation is encountered.
Do not proceed with the work until the material has been cross -sectioned and classified. —
1. Earth Excavation: Removal and disposal of on -site soils and other materials
indicated on the Drawings, and all other material as indicated by the subsurface soil
data and not classified as rock excavation. —
2. Rock Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials that cannot be excavated
without drilling, blasting or ripping or boulders larger than 1/2 cu. yd. in volume.
B. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in —
accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and this Section. If the
foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform
to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
1. Ensure that modifications to the existing lawn irrigation system have been completed,
or lines shut off or capped within the area of construction, prior to beginning work.
C. Clear and strip surface vegetation, sod and organic topsoil for subgrades for areas within
construction boundaries as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Architect/Engineer. —
The stripped topsoil shall be stored for later use in the site finish grading. Also refer to
Section 02115.
1. Extent of Stripping: As required for new construction, as shown on the Drawings, or —
as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Topsoil shall not be stripped or existing
vegetative cover disturbed in excess of these limits without written approval of the —
ArchitecUEngineer. _
D. Scarify subgrade where concrete pavement is to be placed, to a depth of minimum 6" and
compact to 95% SPD, ASTM D698-78 at 2% wet of optimum moisture content. E. Contractor shall take all necessary safety precautions to ensure the safety of all workers and
the public in and around excavations, including shoring, bracing and barricades. F. Brace and properly support all structural elements, including foundation walls, grade beams,
and pier caps prior to beginning and continuously during backfilling and compacting —
operations.
G. Soils Engineer. The Soils Engineer shall inspect the natural soil at the bottom of excavations
for structures, prior to forming or placing foundations. Provide Engineer with 48 hours notice
(exclusive of weekends and holidays) when the areas are expected to be ready for such
inspections.
02225-5
bond #"P51100
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned Work-A-Haulics, Inc.
as Principal, and Pioneer General Insura as
Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins Colorado
as OWNER, in the sum of $ 4525.00 for the payment of which, well and
truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and
assigns.
THE CONDITION of this obligation is. such that whereas the Principal has
submitted to the City of Fort Collins Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby
made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction
Of Fort Collins Project, CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE 1; Bid No. 5683.
NOW THERPFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the -Principal shall execute and deliver
a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in
accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful
performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing
labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in
force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the
liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no
event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations
of said Surety and its. BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any
extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety
;does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to'transact business in the
State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
7/96 Section 00410 Page 1
Do not prepare subgrade or place concrete until such inspection has taken place (or
waived by Engineer) and resulting recommendations of Engineer have been carried
out.
3.02 ROUGH GRADING
A. Rough grade site to required levels, profiles, contours and elevations ready for finish grading
and surface treatment. Maintain the following:
1. Planting Areas: 6" below finished grade elevation.
2. Concrete Sidewalks: 4" below finished grade elevation, unless granular backfill is
specified below walks.
B. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify surface to depth of 6", bring to
2% wet of optimum moisture and compact as follows:
1. Adjacent to Building Foundations: Minimum 95% of Standard Proctor Density at 2%
wet of optimum moisture content ASTM D698-78.
2. Pavement Areas: 95% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM D698-78.
3. Planting Areas: 90% of SPD at 2% wet of OMC, ASTM 0698-78.
C. Place fill in lifts of 6" to 8" maximum loose layers, bring to 2% wet of OMC and compact each
layer as specked above.
D. Stockpile existing topsoil and fill materials removed from excavation for reuse in final grading.
E. Contractor shall take special care in rough grading and filling of site areas which can lead to
non -uniform settling and compaction.
3.03 EXCAVATION
A. General:
1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when
establishing grade elevations,
2. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade
elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect/Engineer.
Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the
Architect/Engineer, shall be at the Contractor's expense.
3. Under footings, foundation walls, grade beams, retaining walls or other structural
elements, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation
of the footing or base to the excavation bottom without altering required top elevation.
4. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specked in paragraph
3.02.C.
B. Blasting: No blasting will be permitted as a part this project.
C. Stability of Excavation:
1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and
brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of
material excavated.
2. Ensure the stability of materials under foundation structures of existing buildings
adjacent to new excavations. Shore and brace as required during excavation and
maintain until new foundations or compacted backfill materials are in place.
3. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of
backfilling.
4. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed
soil. If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending
from original undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as
specified in paragraph 3.07.
D. Sheeting and Shoring:
1. Sheet, shore or brace banks and trenches not cut back to a stable slope as
necessary to prevent sliding or caving to protect workmen and the work.
02225-6
2. Design and build sheeting and shoring to withstand loads which might be caused by —
earth movement and pressure and to be rigid, maintaining its shape and position.
3. Support sheeting in excavation in a manner so as not to concentrate loads or
horizontal thrusts on piping. Do not brace sheeting against the pipe.
E. Dewatering:
1. Prevent surface water and subsurface ground water from flowing into excavations
and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
2. Conduct dewatering operations in addition to good, positive drainage and eliminate —
standing water. Dewater excavations for concrete structures extending below ground
water level by lowering and maintaining the water level beneath such excavations
minimum 24". —
3. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening
of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, _
suction and discharge lines and other dewatering system components necessary to
convey water away from excavations.
4. Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run-off areas.
Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside —
excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary
drainage ditches.
5. Keep excavations dry during subgrade preparation and continuously thereafter until the structure is built to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure,
floatation or other cause will result. F. Material Storage: _
1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials and topsoil until required for backfilling.
Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
2. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
3. Stockpile materials away from sidewalks, streets, alleys and other public areas that
are to remain accessible during construction. Maintain site access as required for
workers and the Owner. Refer to Section 01046 for required site access.
4. Dispose of excess soil materials and waste materials as specified in paragraph 3.09. G. Excavation for Trenches: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
H. Excavation for Sanitary Sewer Leach Field: Refer to the Drawings for leach field design.
1. Weather Protection: _
1. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less
than 350 F.
2. Do not backfill or construct fills or embankments during freezing weather.
3. Do not place backfill on frozen surfaces.
4. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankment. —
5. Do not deposit, stamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water.
02225-7
3.04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of +/- 0.10' and extending
a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete
form work, installation of services, other construction and inspection.
B. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation.
Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms
to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete.
C. Verify that bottom of excavation for footings and foundations is on original undisturbed soil.
If it is not, overexcavate and fill with approved structural fill material extending from original
undisturbed soil to bottom of footings and foundations, compacting as specified in paragraph
3.06.
D. Do not interfere with normal 450 bearing splay of any foundation.
E. Under building slabs, remove minimum 12" of existing material below finished slab elevation.
Refer to paragraph 3.05 below for overexcavation of soils below stabs -on -grade.
F. Bottom of perimeter drain shall be sloped uniformly at 0.5% minimum to sump pump or
gravity discharge, as shown on the Drawings.
3.05 UNDERPINNING OF EXISTING FOUNDATION STRUCTURES
A. Shoring:
1. Wherever shoring is required, locate the system to clear permanent construction and
to permit forming and finishing of concrete surfaces. Provide shoring system
adequately anchored and braced to resist anticipated earth and hydrostatic
pressures.
2. Shoring systems retaining earth on which the support or stability of existing structures
is dependent must be left in place at completion of work.
3. Continuously monitor deflections of shoring system, and measure at regular intervals.
Notify Architect of any conditions which may require revisions to system. Remove
shoring and underpinning systems as required after permanent structure is in place.
Leave shoring in place where serving as outside wall forth.
B. Bracing:
1. Locate bracing to clear columns, floor framing construction, and other permanent
work. If necessary to move a brace, install new bracing prior to removal of original
brace.
2. Do not place bracing where it will be cast into or including in permanent concrete
work, except as otherwise acceptable to the Architect/Structural Engineer.
3. Install internal bracing, if required, to prevent spreading or distortion to braced
frames.
4. Maintain bracing until structural elements are rebraced by other bracing or until
permanent construction is able to withstand anticipated lateral earth and hydrostatic
pressures.
5. Remove sheeting, shoring and bracing in stages to avoid disturbance to underlying
soils and damage to structures, pavements facilities, and utilities.
6. Repair or replace, as acceptable to Architect, adjacent work damaged or displaced
through the installation or removal of shoring and bracing work.
02225-8
3.06 BACKFILLING
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
Do not start backfilling until services and dampproofing or waterproofing systems have been
inspected.
Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water and that ground
surfaces are not in a frozen condition.
Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy.
Compact existing subgrade surfaces if densities are not equal to that required for backfill
materials.
Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade, backfill with subsoil and compact to required density.
Backfill areas to grades, contours, levels and elevations. Backfill systematically and as early
as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction.
Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8" loose depth. Use a
method so as not to disturb or damage building drainage system.
Maintain 2% wet of OMC of backfill materials to attain required compaction density.
Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures.
Where temporary unbalanced pressures are liable to develop on walls before floor slabs are
placed, erect necessary shoring to counteract imbalance and leave in place until their
removal is approved by Architect/Engineer.
Utility Trench Backfill: Refer to Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
Building Slab Backfill: Verify removal of existing material below slabs -on -grade, as specified
in paragraph 3.02 above.
Subsoil Treatment: Scarify the upper 6" of subgrade below and treat with 6 pounds of
hydrated lime per sq. yd., only if required by the Soils Report.
1. Wet treated soil 2°% wet of OMC and compact to 95% of SPD per ASTM D698-78.
2. After scarification and compaction of the subgrade, place approved backfill materials
in uniform 6" to 8" lifts compacted 2°% wet of OMC to at least 95°% of SPD per ASTM
D698-78.
3.07 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Structural Backfill below Footings and Foundations: On -site natural soils, devoid of debris,
or imported, non -expansive granular materials approved by Soils Engineer, mechanically
compacted to a minimum of 98°% of SPD.
Backfill Around Structures: Mechanically compact to a minimum of 95% of SPD.
Sidewalks: Subsoil or approved fill to underside of stabilizing base course. Compact each
layer of fill material at 2°% wet of OMC to a minimum 95°% of SPD per ASTM D698-78.
Landscaped Areas: Subsoil to top of subgrade elevation, compacted to 90% of SPD.
Compaction Equipment: Use compaction equipment suitable for the types of soils and
materials being compacted.
1. Sheepfoot Roller: If used provide with cleaner bars attached as to prevent the
accumulation of materials between the tamper feet.
2. Rollers: Use rollers so designed that the effective weight can be increased as
required to obtain specified compaction.
3. Vibrating plate compactors.
Ponding or flooding is not allowed for any compaction.
02225-9
3.08 FINISH GRADING
A. Rough grade subsoil systematically to allow for a maximum amount of natural settlement and
compaction. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches,
stones, etc. in excess of 3" in size. Remove subsoil which has been contaminated with
petroleum products.
B. Bring subsoil to required levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradually and
blend slopes into existing areas. Maintain tolerance within .10' of required subgrade, except
under building slabs where final grades shall be within 1/2" of required elevation.
C. Slope finish grade away from building minimum 5% for the first 10', unless indicated
otherwise on the Drawings.
D. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" where topsoil is to be placed and compact as specified.
Provide depth allowances for topsoil placement.
E. Place and shape subgrade for landscape berms and other artificially created earthen features
as shown on the Drawings.
3.09 PLACING TOPSOIL
A. General: Spreading of topsoil shall be the responsibility of this Section, unless provided by
Section 02100, Site Preparation, or arranged for otherwise.
B. Place and spead topsoil with minimum depth of 6", using suitable stockpiled, on -site material,
supplemented with imported material as required.
C. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather.
D. Fine grade topsoil to within 1" of finish contours unless otherwise required for areas receiving
sod, mulch or other landscape treatment, eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive
drainage. Maintain levels, profiles and contours of subgrades to tie new work into existing.
E. Remove stones, roots, grass, weeds, debris and other foreign materials while spreading.
F. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants and buildings to prevent compaction and
damage which may be caused by grading equipment.
G. Do not change elevation of finish grade around existing trees to remain more than 6" without
specific approval of the Architect.
H. Lightly compact placed topsoil and leave prepared for soil preparation and landscaping
specked in other Sections of Division 2.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Compaction Control: Field tests shall be conducted to determine compliance of
compaction methods with specified density in accordance with:
1. ASTM D2922 (AASHTO T238): Tests for Density of Soil and Soil - Aggregate In -
Place by Nuclear Methods, or,
2. ASTM D1556 (AASHTO T191): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by the Sand Cone
Method.
3. ASTM D2167 (AASHTO T205): Tests for Density of Soil In -Place by Rubber -Balloon
Method.
B. Compaction shall be to the minimum densities specked in paragraph 3.06 above.
C. Moisture Content: Compact soils within +/- 2% of optimum moisture. Add water, harrow,
disc, blade or otherwise work material as required to insure uniform moisture content and
adequate protection.
02225-10
3.11 MAINTENANCE
A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free
of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to
specified tolerances until Substantial Completion and acceptance of the work of this Section
by the Owner.
B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by
subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, or where topsoil has been
compacted in excess of the specified limits, scarify surface, reshape and compact to required
density prior to further construction.
3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove and dispose of debris and excess materials off of Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
02225-11
SECTION 02930
SODDING AND SEEDING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Prepare soil surfaces as specked.
B. Furnish soil amendment materials, fertilizers and other specified chemicals.
C. Furnish and install sod for lawn areas as shown on the Drawings.
D. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01410, Testing: Soils Investigation Report.
2. Section 02100, Site Preparation: Placement of topsoil.
3. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
4. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
5. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
6. Section 02810, Underground Irrigation System.
1.02 CUTTING, DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Cut and roll sod for delivery with reasonable care and skill in accordance with recognized
standard practice. Cut sod in pieces approximately 3/4" to 1" thick.
B. Deliver on pallets and protect by placing in shade where possible, out of drying sun and wind.
1.03 INSPECTION
A. Sod materials will be inspected upon delivery by the Landscape Contractor prior to
installation. Materials damaged by heat or drying or that do not meet standard requirements
will be rejected.
B. Pre -Maintenance Inspection:
1. As soon as all planting is completed, a planting review and preliminary inspection to
determine the condition of the plantings will be held by the Architect.
2. The Contractor shall have all planting areas free of weeds and neatly cultivated. All
plant basins shall be in good repair. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with
all heads properly adjusted. All debris and litter shall be cleaned up, and all
walkways and curbs shall be cleaned of soil and debris left from planting operations.
The inspection shall not occur until these conditions are met.
3. Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the Architect shall be performed
within the first ten (10) days of the maintenance period. Any work not performed
within this time will necessitate an equivalent extension of the maintenance period.
Corrective work and materials replacement shall be in
accordance with the contract documents and shall be made by the Contractor at no
cost to the Owner.
1.04 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE
A. All groundcovers and other plant materials shall be guaranteed to take root, grow and thrive
for the following periods: Spring planting shall be from time of contract execution until
October 1 of the same year. For fall planting, it shall be until June 1 of the following year.
During this period, remove all materials which die or which in the opinion of the Owner are
in an unhealthy or impaired condition. At the appropriate planting time, all previously
removed materials shall be replaced with plants of the same kinds and sizes as the original
specifications at no additional cost to the Owner.
02930-1
B. Maintenance Program: None required, beyond the warranty period specified above. —
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SOD
A. Sod mix to be Tall Fescue, Smooth Brome and Bluegrass. Sod shall be weed- and pest -free, —
containing no more than 1 % of other grasses.
B. Sod shall be healthy, field grown and at least one (1) year old.
C. Sod shall be a minimum of 3/4" thick, harvested in rolls, fertilized 2-3 weeks before cutting —
and delivered to the site within 24 hours of harvesting.
2.02 SOIL AMENDMENTS/FERTILIZERS —
A. Composted Manure - Composted Dairy Cow or Sheep Manure: Free from lumps, stones, or other foreign matter. Free from mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant —
life. Manure that has received treatment with a bacterial enzyme culture raising the manure
temperature to 145 degrees minimum for 3 weeks minimum, ages at least 18 months,
yielding a soil amendment with the following properties:
1. Organic Matter: 35-40% (oven -dry basis) —
2. Total Nitrogen: 1.6-2.0% —
3. Conductivity: 50.0 EC's (max)
4. pH: 7.5 to 8.5 —
PART 3 EXECUTION —
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Ensure that grading has been established to within 1" +/- of required finished grades. Verify
that grades are within 1" +/- of required finished grades. Notify the Contractor in writing prior
to commencing soil preparation work if existing grades are not satisfactory, or assume
responsibility for conditions as they exist.
B. Before proceeding with work, check and verify dimensions and quantities. Report variations
between the Drawings and the site to the Architect before proceeding with work. —
3.02 FINISH GRADING AND SOIL PREPARATION
A. Prior to any soil preparation, existing vegetation not to remain and which might interfere with
the specified soil preparation shall be moved, grubbed, raked and the debris removed from
the site. Prior to grading or tillage operations, the ground surface shall be cleared of _
materials which might hinder final operation.
B. Over all areas to be planted, well- decayed cow manure or equivalent organic matter shall be
applied uniformly at the rate of 3 cu. yds. per 1,000 sq. ft. Super phosphate shall be
broadcast at the rate of 25 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. Areas to be planted shall be tilled to a depth �-
of 6" and raked to a suitable finish grade. All clods, debris and rocks not passing through ..
a hand rake shall be removed from the surface.
C. Apply fertilizer formulation of 18-46-0 spread to ensure one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000
sq. ft., with one-half being spread and incorporated into the soil during tilling. The second half
will be spread just prior to laying the sod.
02930-2
D. Finish grade for areas to be planted shall be 3/4" to 1" below all adjacent curbs, headers,
walls or paved surfaces. Finish grade for areas to be mulched with rock or gravel shall be
3" below adjacent curbs or paved surfaces. Finish grades shall conform to site grading plans
and produce a smooth surface without abrupt changes. All grades shall provide for natural
run-off of water without low spots or pockets. Flow -line grades shall be accurately set and
shall be not less than 2% gradient wherever possible.
3.03 SODDING
A. Approximate limits of new sodding are as required by construction and site damage.
B. Lay sod as soon as possible, but no longer than eight (8) hours after delivery to avoid
deterioration.
C. Moisten sod bed thoroughly prior to installation.
D. Lay sod in rows with joints staggered. Butt sections closely without overlapping or leaving
gaps between sections. Cut out irregular or thin sections with a sharp knife.
E. Immediately water sodded areas after installation. Water in sufficient amounts to saturate
sod and upper 6" of soil. Water regularly as required to maintain healthy turf.
F. When surface of grass has dried, roll sod with a tight roller diagonally, leveling irregularities
and sealing joints. Repair and reroll areas with depressions, lumps or other irregularities.
G. Provide adequate protection of sodded areas against trespassing, erosion and damage of
any kind. Remove this protection after sodded areas have been accepted by Architect.
H. Replace damaged areas at no additional cost to Owner.
3.04 MAINTENANCE
A. Clean-up of all debris shall be performed by the Landscape Contractor daily and a complete
clean-up accomplished on completion of the job.
B. Protection: Protect planted and sodded areas against traffic or other use immediately after
seeding or sodding is completed by placing adequate warning signs and barricades.
END OF SECTION
02930-3
SECTION 03100 —
CONCRETE FORMWORK "
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish labor, materials and equipment necessary for the complete construction of required "
formwork for cast -in -place concrete.
B. Furnish and install anchor bolts, connectors, embedded plates, dovetail slots and anchors
and other accessories required to be cast into concrete work. _
C. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to strip and remove formwork. _
D. Install embedded items furnished by other Sections.
E. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
3. Section 02515, Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Forming equipment. —
4. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories.
5. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
6. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
7. Applicable sections of Division 15, Mechanical, and Division 16, Electrical.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Conform to the requirements and recommendations of ACI 301, "Specification for
Structural Concrete in Buildings", and ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete
Formwork", unless otherwise shown.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for the design and engineering, construction and
maintenance of formwork, as well as its adequacy and safety.
C. Contractor shall design formwork for all loads and lateral pressures before and during
placement of concrete. Maintain position and shape of formwork at all times. Provide
positive means of adjustment for shores and forms which rest on compressible material. _
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, specifications and installation -
instructions for all form -coating materials, manufactured form systems, form ties and _
accessories.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORMWORK FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE
A. Construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with metal-framed/plywood-faced, _
metal or plastic panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, solid exposed
surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Do not use any r.
forms having defects on contact surfaces.
B. Chamfer exposed external comers and edges, using chamfer strips accurately fabricated to
produce uniform smooth lines and tight -edge joints. _
C. Refer to the Drawings for locations where special joints may be required.
03100-1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
BID INFORMATION
00020 Notice Inviting Bids
00100 Instruction to Bidders
00300 Bid Form
00400 Supplements to Bid Forms
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Pages
00020-1 - 00020-2
00100-1 - 00100-9
00300-1 - 00300-2
00400-1
00410-1 - 00410-2
00420-1 - 00420-3
00430-1
00500 Agreement Forms
00500-1
00510 Notice of Award
00510-0
00520 Agreement
00520-1 - 00520-6
00530 Notice to Proceed
00530-1
00600 Bonds and Certificates
00600-1
00610 Performance Bond
00610-1 - 00610-2
00615 Payment Bond
00615-1 - 00615-2
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00630-1
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00635-1
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00640-1
00650 Lien Waiver Release(Contractor)
00650-1 - 00650-2
00660 Consent of Surety
00660-1
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
00670-1 - 00670-2
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions
00700-1 - 00700-34
Exhibit GC -A
GC -Al - GC-A2
00800 Supplementary Conditions
00800-1 - 00800-2
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment
00900-1
00950 Contract Change Order
00950-1 - 00950-2
00960 Application for Payment
00960-1 - 00960-2
SPECIFICATIONS
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands
and seals this 4th day of April , 20 07 and such of them as are
corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these
presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth
above.
PRINCIPAL / SURETY
Name:_Dn/� !j dL.L SG Pioneer General Insurance Co.
Address: 4;?b Cmf� �� 6780 E. Hampden Ave.
Pf ea//,i, 5 Denver, CO 80224
By: 6�1c-I
Title
�/'G � Tiitle: Attorney -in -Fact
ATTEST:
(SEAL) =—
(SEAL)
7/96 Section 00410 Page 2
D. Arrangement for sheets or liner sheets shall be orderly and symmetrical. Form ties shall be
spaced uniformly and aligned horizontally and vertically where locations are exposed to view
in the completed project.
2.02 FORMWORK FOR UNEXPOSED CONCRETE
A. Forth concrete which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, boards, metal or
other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two (2) edges and one
(1) side for a tight fit.
B. Earthen or trenched forms shall not be used for vertical formwork.
2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Premolded Joint Fillers: In joints caulked or sealed with silicone or thiokol-based compound,
filler shall be non -bituminous, non -extruding, conforming to ASTM D1752. In all other joints,
filler shall be bituminous type conforming to ASTM D1751. Filler shall be 1/2" thick, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Non -Bituminous Filler: Sonoflex F by Sonnebome or equal
B. Premolded Fiberboard Joint Fillers (Bituminous -Type): Preformed rigid cane fiberboard
material, impregnated with a durable asphaltic compound, conforming to AASHTO-M213.
Fillers shall be 1/2" thick, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Bituminous Filler: Flexcell by Celotex or approved equal.
C. Bond Breaker. Where shown on the Drawings or required by the work, provide minimum two
(2) layers 15-lb. non -bituminous felt bond breaker.
D. Keyways: Provide nominal 1-1/2" deep keyways in all construction joints in walls, slabs and
joints between walls and slabs, unless otherwise shown.
E. Form Ties: Provide factory -fabricated break -back, removable, or snap -type form ties
designed to prevent spalling concrete surfaces on removal and which will leave no metal
within 1/2" of concrete surface. Use stainless steel, plastic -coated or hot -dipped galvanized
at exposed concrete with cone -shaped tie heads, manufactured by Dayton, Gates, Heckman,
Richmond or approved equal.
F. Release Agent: Provide commercial formulated synthetic resin or oil -type form coating
compounds that will not bond with or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair
subsequent finish treatment of surfaces, manufactured by Protex Pro -Coat, Euclid Eucoslip,
J & P Tex -Mastic or approved equal.
1. Contractor shall ensure that release agent is compatible with the finish requirements
of concrete to be exposed to view.
G. Metal Inserts: Provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts,
nuts, washers, 3/4" bolt size, unless otherwise shown, manufactured by Hohmann and
Barnard, Gateway, Dayton or approved equal.
H. Embedded Dovetail Anchor Slots and Anchors: Refer to Section 03250, Concrete
Accessories.
I. Embedded Connector Plates or Sleeves: Embedded plates, sleeves or other accessory
items as shown on the Drawings and as coordinated with the approved precast concrete
shop drawings. Plates connecting precast to cast -in -place concrete shall be furnished by the
precast fabricator and installed by the Contractor.
J. Embedded Plates, Sleeves and Anchor Botts: Miscellaneous embedded items furnished by
other Sections. Refer to the appropriate Section(s) in these Specifications.
03100-2
PART 3 EXECUTION —
3.01 PREPARATION '
A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the —
foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform
to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
B. Expansion, Construction and Other Joints: Properly lay out work and make necessary
preparations for construction of specified joints in cast -in -place concrete work.
1. Take special care to provide joints to allow for removal of sections of concrete —
foundations, walls or flatwork for future construction where shown on the Drawings.
C. Ensure that connector plates, sleeves, dovetail anchor slots and other concrete accessories
embedded in concrete are properly located, aligned and secured prior to placing concrete. —
3.02 FABRICATION
A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347 to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, _
level and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected material to obtain the required
finishes. Concrete tolerances shall be as specked in Section 03300. B. Construct formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in -place
concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.
C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete —
placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup materials at joints as may be required
to prevent leakage. Ensure that formwork is properly braced and tied.
D. Provide openings in forms as required to accommodate other work. Accurately place and ^
securely support all items required to be built into the forms. Size and locations of openings,
recesses, chases and other built-in items shall be obtained from the Contractor or the trades
involved.
3.03 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES
A. Prior to each use, coat contact surfaces of forms with release agent prior to placement of
reinforcement, in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Do not allow
excess coating material to accumulate in fortes or to come into contact with concrete
surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed.
B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or
applied coverings which are affected by agent. Refer to Section 03300 for required concrete
finishes.
C. Ensure that all debris and frost has been removed from fortes before placing concrete.
D. Clean, repair and recoat surfaces of forms that are to be reused. Split, frayed, delaminated —
or otherwise damaged form facing materials will not be acceptable.
E. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces,
remove fins and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets.
r
3.04 SHORES AND SUPPORTS
A. Extend shoring from ground floor to underside of composite floor decking at upper level.
B. Perform removal of shores in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured
concrete. locate and provide adequate reshoring to safely support the work until concrete
has reached a 2,500 psi compressive strength. Obtain approval from the Architect for the
proposed reshoring sequence.
03100-3
3.05 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK
A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of grade beams, walls and similar
parts of work may be removed 48 hours after placing concrete, providing concrete is
sufficiently hard to not be damaged by removal operations and providing that curing and
protection operations are maintained. Refer to specific requirements for hot- and cold -
weather concreting in Section 03300,
B. Formwork for beam soffits, slabs and other parts that support the weight of concrete shall
remain in place at least 14 days and until concrete has reached its specked 28 day strength.
C. Whenever formwork is removed during the curing period, cure exposed concrete as specified
in Section 03300.
D. Contractor shall verify required tolerances specified in Section 03300 immediately after
removal of forms.
E. Carefully remove fins or other minor surface defects from concrete to remain exposed in the
final construction, and leave surfaces prepared for sealers, paint, skim coats or other
finishes. Repair minor imperfections as specified in Section 03300.
END OF SECTION
03100-4
SECTION 03150 —
EXPANSION AND FIXED JOINTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install open joints, control joints, steel joints, waterstops and isolation joints as —
shown on the Drawings. B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. _
2. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories: Keyed construction joints. —
3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
4. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers. —
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawing and Samples: Prior to construction of the required joints, the Contractor shall
submit for approval by the Engineer samples of waterstops, joint fillers and joint sealers, and —
shop drawings for fabricated steel joints. _
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Watestops:
1. BentonkeButyl joint sealant conforming to Volclay Waterstop-Rx or approved equal.
B. Premolded expansion joint filler strips shall conform to ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752.
C. Expanded rubber joint filler shall conform to ASTM D1056; Grades RE43 to RE45, SBE43 r
to SBE45, or SCE43 to SCE45; adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. PVC and polyethylene joint fillers shall conform to ASTM D1667; Grades VE-43BL to Ve- —
45BL; adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
E. Polysulfide sealer shall be a cold -applied, two -component, self -leveling compound
conforming to Federal Specification 17-S-00227E. —
F. Hot -poured joint sealer shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M173 and shall be
heated according to manufacturer's recommendations.
G. Steel Joints:
1. Slots and inserts for anchoring mechanical items to concrete shall be galvanized —
steel of standard manufacture and subject to approval by the Engineer.
2. Plates, angles and other structural shapes shall be galvanized steel conforming to
ASTM A36 and shall be accurately shaped at the shop.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. The joint materials shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and shall be
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
03150-1
2. In no case shall the reinforcement, comer protection angles or other fixed metal
items, embedded in or bonded into the concrete, be run continuously through an
expansion joint, unless shown on the Drawings.
B. Open Joints:
1. Open joints shall be constructed by the insertion and subsequent removal of wood
strip, metal plate or other approved material.
2. The insertion and removal of the template shall be accomplished without chipping or
breaking the comers of the concrete.
3. Reinforcement shall not extend across an open joint unless so specified on the
Drawings.
4. Edges of concrete adjacent to joints shall be finished to an approximate radius of 1/8"
or as shown on the Drawings.
C. Control Joints (Expansion Joints):
1. Control joints shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings.
a. Expansion joints between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces shall be
premolded expansion joint filler strips.
b. Unless otherwise noted, expansion joint shall be 3/8" thick and the full depth
of the slab.
2. Premolded keyed filler strips shall be used.
3. Care shall be taken not to cause displacement or compression of the filler.
4. After curing, the wood strip shall be removed and the groove shall be sealed.
5. Joints shall be free of cracked and spatted areas and their faces shall be free of all
foreign matter, curing compound, oils, greases and dirt.
6. Cold -applied sealer shall not be placed directly on the filler, but shall be prevented
from bonding to the filler by a carefully placed strip of suitable material placed over
the filler.
7. Masking tape or other means shall be used to avoid spilling sealer onto adjacent
concrete surfaces.
8. Any excess sealer on adjacent surfaces shall be carefully cleaned off before the
material has set and without damaging the material in the joint.
D. Steel Joints:
1. Positive methods shall be employed in placing the joints to keep them in correct
position during the placing of the concrete so that opening at expansion joints shall
be that designated on the Drawings at normal temperature, and care shall be taken
to avoid impairment of the clearance in any manner.
2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, normal temperature shall be considered
as 600 F, and correction to this temperature shall be computed using a coefficient of
expansion of 0.00000065 in. per in. per OF.
E. Waterstops:
1. Waterstops shall be installed in all "cold" joints and in any additional locations
requested by the Owner/Architect or indicated on the Drawings.
2. All waterstops shall be sized and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
current recommendations.
F. Isolation Joints:
1. Isolation joints shall be installed where and in the manner shown on the Drawings.
2. Their edges shall be truly vertical and shall completely isolate the affected item from
vertical and horizontal motions of the surrounding structure.
3. These joints shall be 2" wide and sealed with non -meltable black mastic waterstop
joint sealer.
END OF SECTION
03150-2
SECTION 03200 —
CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED —
A. Fumish, bend and install all reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports.
B. Fumish and install fiber reinforcing materials.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
2. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
3. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. —
4. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 315,
"Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", and as detailed
on the Drawings.
B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Refer to Section 03300 for requirements.
C. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards,
except as otherwise shown or specified: —
1. ACI 318, "ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
2. ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures".
3. ACI 301-72, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
4. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice".
5. CRSI 'Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars".
6. CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports".
7. AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts
and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction".
D. Contractor shall obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following items:
1. Relocation of bars to an extent that causes placement tolerances to be violated. _
2. Bar chairs and spacers.
3. Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors.
4. Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete. —
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all reinforcing steel larger than #3 bars, indicating ^
bending and cutting, preformed corners and intersections. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar
schedules, stirrup or tie spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement and assemblies as
required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. Include all special _
reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. Show wall reinforcement
on elevations drawn at a scale of not less than 1/4" = V-0".
1. Shop drawing submittal may be waived for reinforcing bars small enough to be field
bent, if requested by Contractor in writing and approved by Architect/Engineer.
03200-1
B. Certificates: Furnish, prior to fabrication, certified mill test reports covering physical and
chemical tests of reinforcing steel and post -tensioning strands, if requested by the Structural
Engineer.
1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Notify the Architect at least 48 hours in advance of closing of forms and/or placing concrete
so that inspection of reinforcement in place can be made. Do not cover any reinforcement
with formwork or concrete until reinforcement has been checked and approval given to
proceed with formwork and/or concreting operations.
B. Testing of reinforcing welds and splices will be as specified in Section 01410.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar
schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store bars
off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings.
B. If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in place,
it shall be protected by suitable covering.
C. Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable
covering, if applicable.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Bars: ASTM A615-82, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on
the Drawings. Bars shall be free of scale or other bond -reducing coatings.
1. Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller, may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade.
B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM At 85 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded
intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall only be
permitted when approved by the Structural Engineer.
C. Steel Wire: Provide plain cold -drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82.
D. Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc.,
Chattanooga, TN, or equal.
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers, chairs,
tie bars, support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and supporting
reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of reinforcement.
Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not acceptable.
B. For concrete slab -on -grade use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted
base materials will not support chair legs. Concrete briquettes for support of reinforcement
for slabs -on -grade shall be at least 2" wide x 3" long and of proper height.
C. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms,
provide supports with legs which are hot -dipped galvanized, plastic protected or stainless
steel protected.
D. Wire Ties: Wire for tying shall be annealed, cold -drawn wire of at least 16-gage.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with
fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315. Cold bend bars in a manner which will not
03200-2
injure material.
B. Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted for bars over 40 KSI yield strength. C. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by
rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector.
PART 3 EXECUTION —
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in —
accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the —
foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform
to this requirement, advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section. —
3.02 SPLICES '
A. Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Architect.
B. Lapped splices shall be securely wired together. Minimum laps shall be in accordance with
requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301-72 and as shown on the Drawings. Offset vertical lap
splices at least one bar diameter.
C. Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is not
less than one full mesh. Lace splices together with 16-gage wire.
3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL
A. Prior to placing into position, thoroughly dean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust, scale,
dust, mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce bond.
B. All reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the "Manual of Standard
Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315, ACI 301 and ACI 318.
C. Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports, spacers or hangers ^
as recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab -on -grade work. Support bars in
J
slabs -on -grade and footings with approved accessories.
D. Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/-1/4", except that minimum spacings between bars ,.
shall be to a tolerance of +/- 1/4". Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference
with other reinforcing steel, conduit or embedded items. The Architect/Engineer's approval —
must be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances. —
E. Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete.
F. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection shown
on the Drawings and specified. Do not place reinforcement with additional concrete cover
unless expressly approved by the Structural Engineer.
G. Install dowels before any concrete is placed. Locate column dowels accurately with aid of
template before concrete starts to set.
H. Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints. —
3.04 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC
A. Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2" below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings and
shall not be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and hooked into
position. Reinforcement shall be fully supported at required elevation prior to concrete
placement. Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to maintain proper
locations as shown on the Drawings. —
B. Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible. Lap adjoining pieces as
specified herein. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either
direction.
..
03200-3
3.05 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING
A. Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations.
1. 1-1/2 lbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer.
PART 4 SCHEDULES
4.01 SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities, sizes and spacing as shown on the
Drawings and/or as scheduled herein:
1. Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be Installed where shown or scheduled
on the Drawings.
2. Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured -in -place concrete flatwork, including
exterior concrete drives, apron pavements and curb and gutter sections, sidewalks,
etc., regardless of whether these already are reinforced with steel or wire materials.
3. Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls, grade beams and piers.
END OF SECTION
03200-4
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish cast -in and surface -mounted concrete accessories, including reglets, dove -tail —
anchors and anchor slots and flashings. B. Installation of same, unless provided to others or arranged for otherwise.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. _
2. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete
3. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS -
2.01 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
A. Cast -in Reglets: 26-gage galvanized steel, Type CO -Concrete, by Fry Reglet, Alhambra, CA,
or equal. Type shall be as recommended by manufacturer for application.
B. Dove -Tail Embedded Anchors and Anchor Slots: Prefabricated, prefinished embedded metal
anchor slot channels, 1"x1"x3/4" throat, minimum 22-gage hot -dipped galvanized, in —
continuous lengths unless otherwise approved. ..
1. Provide with manufacturer's standard continuous polystyrene foam filler strip to keep
slot channel clear of concrete and prevent collapse during pouring from hydraulic
pressure.
2. Dove -Tail Anchors: 3-1/2" long x 1-112" wide flared end of 1" wide shank, 16-gage -.
hot -dipped galvanized steel.
3. Approved Manufacturers:
a. Pro -Slot by BoMetals, Inc., Powder Springs, GA, (800)862-4835, as the basis _
of design.
b. Heckman Building Products, Chicago, IL, (773)826-8564. C. Hohmann and Barnard Inc., Hauppauge, NY, (800)645-0616.
d. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are
acceptable.
C. Keyed Cold and Construction Joints: Interlocking, horizontal, tongue -and -groove continuous
keyways, 26-gage galvanized steel, depth(s) as required for slab thickness. Provide splice
plates and other accessories by same manufacturer as required for complete installation. —
1. Keyed Kold Joint component system by Burke Company, San Mateo, CA, (800) 423-
9140, or approved equal.
2. Capping Material: Provide manufacturer's standard removable capping material to
form voids to receive pourable sealants. Refer to Section 07900.
D. Flashings: Copper, copper/lead or PVC as manufactured by Phoenix Building Products or
equal, as recommended for application.
03250-1
PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
Denver, Colorado
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
P 51100
That the PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Colorado has Its principal office in the City of Denver, Colorado pursuant to the
following By-law, which was adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company In 1990, to wit:
'Ankle VI - Section 2 - RESIDENT OFFICERS AND ATTORNEYS -IN -FACT. The President or any Vice -President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall
have the authority to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents and Attomeys-In-Fact, with the power and authority to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver on its behalf, as Surety:
Any and all undertakings of suretyship and to affix thereto the corporate seal of the corporation. The President or any Vice -President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant
Secretary, shall also have the authority to remove and revoke the authority of any such appointee at any time, does hereby make, constitute and appoint
* * * JOHN C. BECKETT, TIMOTHY D. BECKETT * * *
OF
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
its true and lawful Attorney(s)-In-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on Its behalf, as Surety:
And any and all undertakings of suretyship
And the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes,
as If they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at Its olfiwa in Denver, Colorado, In their own persons.
The following Resolution was adopted at the Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Pioneer General Insurance Company, held on June 1, 1990.
'RESOLVED, That the signatures of officers of the Company and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney executed in accordance
with Article VI -'Section 2 of the Company By-laws; and that any such Power of Attorney bearing such facsimile signatures, including the facsimile signature of a certifying
Assistant Secretary and facsimile seal shall be veld and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which It is attached.'
All authority hereby conferred shall remain In full force and effect until terminated by the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY has mused these presents to be signed by Its President and its corporate seal to be hereunto
affixed this let day of February 2000
PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
Slate of Colorado
Secretary J/ 4w�
)
as. By PRESIDENT
County of Arapahoe )
On this let day of February 2000 batons me personally came Robert H. Warburton
to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he resides In the County of Adams, State ra of Colodo; that (s)he s ithe President of the PIONEER
th
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, e corporation described in which executed the above Instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of the said corporation; that the seal affixed
to the said Instrument is such corporate seal; that It was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation; that (s)he signed (his) (her) name by like order; and
that By-law, Ardde VI - Section 2, adopted by the Board of Directors of said County, referred to in the premding instrument, Is now In force.
My Commission Expires 1 / 18 / 2003
Pad M. BN
'OTAit' 1(
Ni ;!BL�:<PPoo Notary Public ' �A_bJ l� 4�
OF C040
I, M.J. Frick foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney executed Secretary of PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that the above and
by said PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, which is still in full tome and effect.
Signed and sealed at the City of Denver, Colorado this '4 _AA_ day of �7QMJL a
P133 Secretary 111V �/
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Installer shall examine the lines and levels of all walls and floor slabs to receive the
prefabricated joint materials specified in this Section, and notify the Contractor in writing of
any condition that will prevent the successful installation or performance of the joint systems.
Do not commence work until such defects are corrected to the satisfaction of the Installer.
Beginning work shall be considered acceptance of substrates.
B. Ensure that cast -in concrete accessories are delivered to the site in a timely manner.
C. Supply to appropriate Sections components required to be cast -in or embedded in concrete
or masonry, complete with necessary setting templates.
D. Ensure that concrete accessory components cast -in or embedded by other Sections are
properly located and installed.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install all concrete accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
B. Ensure concrete accessories are installed to provide required bond with concrete and/or
masonry and prevent pull-out or spalling of surfaces.
C. Ensure expansion joints are installed to provide required tolerances for building movement,
both vertically and horizontally.
END OF SECTION
03250-2
SECTION 03300 —
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Fumish and install cast -in -place concrete for footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs -on- —
grade and any other concrete work required but not itemized. B. Fumish and install cast -in -place concrete for thrust restraint, encasement or other work.
C. Fumish and install cast -in -place concrete at stair and landings.
D. Fumish and place granular sub -base under slabs -on -grade. —
E. Fumish and install cast -in -place concrete exterior concrete flatwork and other site concrete
work, unless fumished and installed by Section 02515. F. Finishing and application of integral surfacing as scheduled, curing and sealing of slabs.
G. Furnishing and placing joint materials. —
H. Fumish and install cast -in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise.
I. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01410, Testing.
2. Section 02220, Excavating, Filling and Grading.
3. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
4. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. —
5. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement.
6. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories.
7. Section 07130, Waterproofing.
8. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
9. Division 15, Mechanical.
10. Division 16, Electrical.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Except as modified or supplemented in these Specifications, _
structural concrete shall meet the requirements of the following standards. Refer to the
standards for detailed requirements.
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork". —
3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete". —
4. ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
Concrete".
5. ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
6. ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting".
7. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete". —
8. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates".
9. ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement".
10. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete".
11. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete".
12. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete".
13. Uniform Building Code, current edition.
B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance -
program to monitor the composition of the ready -mixed concrete provided for this project.
The quality assurance program shall detail: —
03300-1
1. Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures, chemical admixtures
and water.
2. Belching of these materials, including properties of the batched mix(es).
3. Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es).
4. Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials.
C. Contractor shall maintain a copy of ACI SP-15-72, "Feld Reference Manual' in the field office
at all times.
D. Contractor shelf employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work. The
foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction, including
formwork. Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the foreman to
the Architect.
E. All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength,
tolerances and finishes, shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Archi-
tect/Engineer, at the Contractors expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the
cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to concrete work
and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 304 for approval by the
Architect/Engineer. Submit written design mix reports for each class of concrete at least
fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Include the following in each report:
1. Project identification.
2. Concrete class.
3. Specified properties for concrete.
4. Source of concrete aggregate and cement.
5. Cement type and brand.
6. Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures.
7. Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard.
8. Test results for each property specified for design mix.
9. Unit weight.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation
instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming
accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, color additives and concrete
stains, sealers, hardener and finishing compounds.
C. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in
accordance with paragraph 1.02.B.
D. Certificates:
1. Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates.
2. Certification of appropriate use for hardening and sealing products, as specked in
paragraph 2.05.
E. Contractor shall retain for Architect/Engineees review, if requested, all delivery tickets for
each load delivered to the site. Tickets shall show truck number, concrete strength, cement
brand and type, cement content, water content (also expressed as water/cement ratio),
amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate, name and amount of admixture, number
of yards delivered, time of arrival at site and mixing time.
1.04 INSPECTION
A. Provide free access for the Architect to locations where concrete materials are stored,
proportioned or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a given pour
has been approved by the Architect/Engineer.
B. Provide minimum 48 hours advance notice for inspection to the Architect, but ensure that
forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at the time of notification.
03300-2
1.05 TESTING
A. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent
approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and
Supplementary Conditions.
B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm.
C. Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to
commencement of work.
D. Field Quality Control Testing: Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during
the placement of concrete, as follows:
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with
ASTM C94.
2. Slump: ASTM C143; one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test
specimens.
3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive test
specimens, or when the indication of change requires.
4. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31; one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders
for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed.
5. Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field -cured test
specimens as specified in ASTM C31.
E. Compressive Strength Tests:
1. ASTM C39: One (1) set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction thereof of each mix design
placed in any one day, or one (1) specimen tested at seven (7) days, two (2)
specimens tested at 28 days, and one (1) specimen retained in reserve for later _
testing if required.
2. When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests for a given
mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches or from
each batch if fewer than three (3) are used.
3. Report test results in writing to the Owner, Architect, Structural Engineer, Contractor _
and ready -mix supplier on the same day that tests are made. Reports of
compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number,
date of concrete placement, the name of contractor, name of the concrete supplier
and truck number, name of the concrete testing service, concrete type and class,
location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength at 28 days,
concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength and type of
break for both seven-day tests and 28-day tests.
4. The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results _
indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been attained
in the structure, as directed by the Architect/Engineer. The testing agency shall
conduct tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of the in -place
concrete by compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, by load
testing specified in ACI 318 or other acceptable non-destructive testing methods, as
directed. The Contractor shall pay for this additional testing.
F. Slump Test: One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
G. Air Entrainment Test: One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test cylinders
taken.
H. Test hourly when air temperature is 400 F and below, and when 800 F and above and each _
time a set of compression test specimens are made.
1.06 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
A. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air
content outside the specified values.
B. Compressive strength tests for laboratory -cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if
the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or
03300-3
1.07
1.08
exceed the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no
individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
C. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the
concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to
additional testing as herein specked or removal and replacement of the concrete which the
test represents.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and
warehouse set.
B. Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other materials
or other sizes of aggregates. Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate stockpile.
C. Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid
admixtures from freezing or harmful temperature ranges.
D. Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the concrete
is completely placed.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless adequate protection is
provided. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the surface
finish.
B. Cold Weather Concreting:
1. Refer to ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting".
2. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following:
C.
Minimum Concrete Temp. Degrees
Air Temp. F Section with Least Dimension
Degrees F Under 12" 12" and Over
30 to 45 60 50
0 to 30 65 55
Below 0 70 60
3. When placed, heated concrete shall not be warmer than 800 F.
4. Prior to placing concrete, all ice, snow, surface and subsurface frost shall be removed
and the temperature of the surfaces to be in contact with the new concrete shall be
raised above 350 F.
5. Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period.
6. Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of
comers, edges and thin sections. Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry
the concrete. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours, unless the
concrete is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide.
Hot Weather Concreting:
1. Refer to ACI 305, 'Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
2. Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 900 F or above. Temperature
of concrete when placed shall not exceed 850 F.
3. Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 900 F by spraying with water prior to
placing concrete.
4. Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 2700 F or more.
5. Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or
exceeds 0.20 pounds per sq. ft. per hour.
6. Approved set -retarding and water -reducing admixtures may be used with the Archi-
tect/Engineer's approval when ambient air temperature is 900 F or above to offset the
accelerating effects of high temperatures.
03300-4
1.09 WARRANTIES
A. Provide Installer's written warranty covering defects in materials and workmanship, and
subgrade failure for a period of one (1) year from final acceptance. Owner's Principal
Representative shall determine needs for repairs or replacement, and his/her decision shall
be final and obligatory upon the Contractor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 11. Use only one (1) brand of cement in any individual
structure.
B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33.
C. Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone -
conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes. D. Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other
deleterious substances. E. Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer.
1. Air -Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika —
AER, Grace Darex AEA, Protex, or equal.
2. Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E.
3. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D. —
4. Water Reducer. ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith,
Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete, or equal. —
5. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. _
6. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically prohibited.
7. Color Additive: To be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of
color(s), Davis Color or equal. Provide colored concrete where shown or scheduled
on the Drawings.
8. Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.02 of this Section.
2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT
A. Provide premixed, factory -packaged non -shrink, non-metallic grouting compounds specified _
in Section 05120.
2.03 CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS
A. Provide an aqueous phase, film forming, freeze -thaw resistant compound suitable for brush
or spray application, complying with Military Specification MIL-B-19235.
1. Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld-PBA, Larson Weldcrete, Euclid Eucoweld,
Protex Proweld-D, or equal.
B. Provide a two -component all-purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or corrections. --
1. Protex Probond ET-150, Sika Colma-Dur, or equal. _
2.04 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 03100,
B. Grade Beam Void Forms: Cardboard type, sizes as indicated on the Drawings, specked in
Section 03100.
C. Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Accessories: Refer to Section 03250.
D. Fiber Reinforcing: Polypropylene fiber reinforcing, specified in Section 03200.
03300-5
2.05 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS
A. Provide moisture -retaining cover of waterproof sheet materials complying with ASTM C171,
Type I or Type 11, polyethylene sheeting complying with AASHO M-171, polyethylene coated
burlap,
or
B. Provide membrane -forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type 1, specified
below. Where used, curing compound must be compatible with applied finishes.
2.06 HARDENING, SEALING AND FINISH MATERIALS
A. General: Apply all hardening, sealing and finishing treatments in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations. Refer to the schedule below for applications.
Supplier/Installer of slab finish materials shall certify that materials specified and/or furnished
for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications, for the following criteria:
1. Compatibility of finish material with concrete mix specified.
2. Compatibility of finish material with type and degree of weather exposure.
3. Compatibility of finish material with expected use of space.
4. Compatibility of finish material with expected exposure to chemical, acid, oil, fat or
other deleterious material.
B. Liquid Water -Based Curing, Sealing and Dustproofing: Kure-N-Seal W by Sonnebome or
equal.
1. Color: Clear.
C. Non -Slip Abrasive Aggregate: Provide fused aluminum oxide grits or crushed emery as
abrasive aggregate for non -slip finish, with emery aggregate containing not less than 40%
aluminum oxide and not less than 25% ferric oxide. Use material that is factory -graded,
packaged, rust -proof and non -glazing and that is unaffected by freezing, moisture and
cleaning materials (Sonnebome Frictex, Toch Brothers Toxgrip, Grace Durafax, Sonnebome
Frictex 176), Grip-ft.
D. Waterproofing Membrane: Refer to Section 07130.
E. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Sonnebome Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434.
1. Thoro System Products, Miami, FL, and represented locally by The Rio Grande Co.,
Denver, CO, (303) 825-2211.
3. L.M. Scofield Company, Los Angeles, CA, (800)800-9900, represented locally by
Conrep West, Englewood, CO, (303)740-7787.
4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, quality, appearance and
performance are acceptable, except as limited above.
2.07 UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS
A. Granular Sub -Base: 3/8" to 3/4" gravel or crushed rock, extent and thickness as shown on
the Drawings.
B. Vapor Barrier: Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION
A. Notify any trades that may have items to be embedded in concrete, or that may require
openings in concrete, of placing schedule. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and
to avoid delays in the work. This work may include, but is not limited to:
1. Concrete reinforcing specified in Section 03200.
03300-6
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
2. Concrete accessories specified in Section 03250.
3. Pipe and tube railings specified in Section 05521.
4. Mechanical work specified in Division 15.
5. Electrical work specified in Division 16.
Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and
standing or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit
concrete against frozen ground.
Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under
detrimental weather conditions.
Notify the Architect at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete. Do not deposit any
concrete before the Architect/Engineer has inspected reinforcement and other work in place
and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed shall in no way
relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of reinforcement and placing
of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other requirements of the Construction
Documents.
Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this
Section. Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100.
Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If the
foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform
to this requirement, advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this
Section.
Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and comers requiring chamfers are properly
placed, as specified in Section 03100.
Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly
located and installed, as specified in other Sections.
3.02 DESIGN MIXES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
M
0
Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein for speck
locations.
Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be
reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer.
Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of
the work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive
segregation and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these
Specifications and the Contract Documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture
which will work readily into the comers and angles of the forms and around reinforcements
by the methods of placing and consolidation employed on the work.
Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class
of concrete, at the Contractor's expense.
Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed
by the Contractor to be used in concrete.
Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory -cured cylinders
will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength. Refer to paragraph 1.05 for
testing requirements.
Concrete Mixes:
1. Class II: For walls and grade beams, 3,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type I
cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 2" to 4" slump, air
entrained 5% to 7%.
2. Class IV: For exterior flatwork, 4,000 psi (minimum), 6.0 sacks of Type II Portland
cement/cubic yard, 3" to 4" slump, 5% to 7% air entrainment, fibermesh. Add
selected color additive where shown on the Drawings.
In lieu of designing new mixes for this project, existing mix designs meeting all requirements
specified for each concrete mix and used successfully on previous projects under conditions
similar to those anticipated on this project may be used, providing the following are submitted
033M7
for the Architect/Engineer's approval for each class of concrete:
1. Reports of concrete mix design and test results.
2. Reports of sufficient consecutive sets of seven and 28 day concrete strength test
made during the last six (6) months and the calculations of standard deviation for
these tests.
3. Reports of compliance tests of fine and coarse aggregates made during the last six
(6) months.
4. Mix submittals and required statistical strengths shall be in accordance with ACI 301.
Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200.
3.03 CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING
A. Ready -mixed batch plant equipment and facilities must comply with the requirements of ACI
614 and ASTM C94. The plant must have sufficient capacity to produce and deliver concrete
of specified qualities in quantities required to meet the construction schedule.
B. Site -mixed concrete will not be permitted. Measure mix and deliver concrete in accordance
with ASTM C94, except as specified herein.
C. All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be
rejected.
D. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. Obtain the Architect/Owner's
approval for any addition of water. Do not exceed the maximum permissible water/cement
ratio or maximum slump under any circumstances.
3.04 PREPARATION OF INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves and other work to be
embedded in and passing through concrete members.
B. Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting
openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors and other inserts.
C. Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit,
sleeves, masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete.
D. Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls or slabs with reinforcing in both faces and
below reinforcing in slabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel.
E. Embedments shall be clean when installed. Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not
in contact with concrete.
3.05 PLACING UNDER -SLAB MATERIALS
A. Granular Sub -Base: Place a minimum of 4" (200mm) of gravel over compacted sub -base,
level and compact thoroughly, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
B. Vapor Barrier: Not used.
3.06 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Transit -mixed concrete shall be truck -mixed in accordance with "Specification for Ready -
Mixed Concrete", ASTM C94-67.
B. Concrete shall have a temperature of 70- F +/- 20' F at the time of placing, unless prior
permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these tolerances.
C. Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without segregation,
contamination or loss of material. Maximum not -to -exceed from introduction of water to
Placement of concrete is 90 minutes. Place concrete in forms with drop chutes, baffles or
other methods which will prevent segregation. Comply with the requirements of ACI 614.
1. Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site, construction staging
and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete placement
as may be necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean surfaces free from frost,
03300-8
ice, mud, standing or running water. E. Ensure that hardened concrete, wood chips, shavings and other debris have been removed
from the interior of the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been
removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment. Forms shall be —
wetted, oiled or treated with an approved form -coating material prior to placing concrete.
Reinforcement shall be cleaned, secured in position, inspected and approved by the
Architect/Engineer before starting the pouring of concrete. —
F. Concrete shall be deposited in the fortes as nearly as practical in its final position so as to
avoid rehandling. Special care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or
reinforcement with concrete in advance of pouring.
G. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24" thick, unless otherwise required by
speck conditions of the work. Place successive layers at such speed so that the preceding
layer is still plastic.
H. Immediately after depositing, the concrete shall be compacted to force out all air pockets, —
working the mixture into corners, around reinforcement and inserts and prevent the
formation of voids. Consolidate concrete by vibration, spading or rodding. Do not over -
vibrate or use vibrators to transport concrete. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at —
uniformly spaced locations not farther apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine.
Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set.
1. Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints.
2. When vibrating is not practical, concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well —
spaced by continuous working with a suitable tool in a manner acceptable to the
Architect.
3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Complete finishing operation within 24 hours after stripping forms. Patch repairable defective
areas immediately after forth removal.
B. Subgrade Surfaces: Rough fore finish is acceptable on all subgrade surfaces, except as
indicated otherwise. Patch all defective areas.
C. Exposed Surfaces: Provide smooth rubbed finish on any formed surfaces exposed to view,
including but not limited to the following:
1. Foundation walls with 12" or more of exposed vertical surface shall receive rubbed
finish.
2. Retaining walls and foundation walls.
D. Strip forms while concrete is still green and steel trowel surfaces to a dense, hard finish with
comers, intersections and terminations chamfered 1/2" and smooth.
1. Repair and patch all tie holes and defects with mortar. Remove all fins and
projections. --
2. Tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed
surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and floated to a texture
consistent to that of formed surfaces. Final treatment of formed surfaces shall —
continue uniformly across unformed surfaces.
3. Strike chamfered edges and corners of exposed concrete clean, straight and true —
to line.
E. Honeycombing or spillage through fortes shall be repaired or replaced as specified below in
this section. _
3.08 INSTALLATION OF JOINTS
A. Joint Materials: Refer to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork, and paragraph 2.04 of this
Section.
B. General: Locate and install construction joints which are not shown on the Drawings so as
not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure. In general, locate near the middle ,.
of the span of slabs. Obtain the Architect approval for joint locations.
C. Pour floor slabs in pattern indicated on the Drawings. Form control joints and place
03300-9 _
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and
comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may
be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional
information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder: Gf/OKK" 8- / 9Lh1G'Gs i�lG
2. Permanent main office address: $��,h� ✓L�`1 ��
F coy ,'7s, gos jy
3. When organized:
9. If a corporation, where incorporated: �yQ li
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your
present firm or trade name? / ,22
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and
the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character yf 'Aork pe;fo,.rmed by your company:
u
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?_
If so, where and why?
9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract?_�/p
If so, where and why?
10. Are you debarred by any government agency? �o
If yes list agency name.
7/96 Section 00420 Page 1
expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case exceed the following
requirements:
1. Control joints shall be spaced at 15'-0" maximum intervals each way so as not to
encompass an area to exceed 225 sq. ft., or other spacing and pattem(s) as shown
on the Drawings, or as required by the Soils Report.
2. Place control joints at internal comers, columns or other points of natural weakness.
D. Before depositing new concrete, remove all laitance and loose aggregates immediately
before placing fresh concrete. Dampen but do not saturate the joint surface. At slabs and
beams, apply a neat cement grout.
E. Expansion or Isolation Joints: Where expansion joints are indicated on the Drawings, place
filler strips to within 1/2" of finished surface. Joint recess shall be formed with a separate
removable filler section to provide a clean, true recess to receive sealant as specified in
Section 07900.
F. Bond Breaker: Where shown on the Drawings, provide minimum two (2) layers 15# non -
bituminous felt bond breaker between interior or exterior slabs -on -grade and vertical wall
surfaces.
G. Exterior Slab Control Joints: Tool or saw joints to a depth of one-fourth (1/4) the thickness
of the slab, where indicated on the plans. Refer to Section 02515 for joint spacing in
concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk and exterior flatwork sections.
3.09 FINISHING FLATWORK
A. General: Verify all flatwork finishes with the Architect in the field prior to proceeding with this
work.
B. Non -Slip Broom Finish: After completion of floated finish, draw a broom or a burlap belt
transversely across the surface perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use broom finish
after floating for surfaces to receive topping or cementious finishes. Coordinate final texture
with the Architect prior to application.
C. Slab Finish Schedule:
1. Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: Non -slip broom or sweat finish.
D. Finishing Slabs at Floor Drains: Hold elevation of concrete slabs -on -grade around floor drains
level to within 16" around each drain location, then shape surface to elevation of drains as
shown on the Drawings. Refer to Drawings for special sloped areas of concrete slab -on -
grade to floor or trench drains.
3.10 TOLERANCES
A. Maintain the following tolerances for all cast -in -place concrete work. Defective work shall
be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
1. Variation from Plumb:
a. 0-10% 1/4" maximum.
b. 20' or More: 3/8" maximum.
2. Variation in Thickness: 1/4" to 1/2" standard, 5% for footings.
3. Variation in Grade:
a. 0-10% 1/4" standard, 1/8" for floor slabs.
b. 10-20': 3/8" standard, 1/4" for floor slabs.
C. 40' or More: 3/4" standard, 3/8" for floor slabs.
4. Variation in Plan:
a. 0-20': 1/2".
b. 40' or More: 3/4" standard, +1/2" for footings.
5. Variation in Eccentricity: 2% for footings.
6. Variation in Openings:
a. Size: +1/8".
b. Location: 1/4".
03300-10
3.11
3.12
B. Slab Tolerances:
1. Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: 1/4" in 10'.
CURING AND PROTECTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F
G.
H.
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period
of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening.
Refer to Section 03100 for stripping and removal of formwork after curing.
Start curing immediately after finishing. Cure for at least seven (7) days, not necessarily
consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 500 F. Wood forms
shall be kept wet. If fortes are removed during curing period, an approved curing method
must be started immediately.
Cure slabs by approved moisture -retaining coverings, lapped and sealed, and kept
continuously wet. Approved curing compounds may be used if compatible with specified
finishes. Specific approval is required from the ArchitecUEngineer. Curing compounds shall
be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism,
accidental damage by workmen or equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade settlement
or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict traffic in the area
of fresh concrete during the curing period. Damaged concrete shall be repaired or replaced
by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion.
Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist. Temperature
of concrete when placed shall be less than 900 F. When necessary to prevent premature
drying, arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding
or a wet covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement, and such protective
measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow.
Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When
atmospheric temperature is 400 F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less than
50° F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete placing
for heating, covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specked temperature and
moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat.
Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall be
as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one (1) hour or 500 F in any 24-hour
period.
SEALING AND FINISH APPLICATIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
General: Consult with the manufacturer's representative prior to application. Follow the
manufacturer's printed instructions for applying materials.
Schedule of Exterior Hardening and Sealing Materials: Furnish and apply concrete curing,
sealing and hardening products for exterior concrete in accordance with the following
schedule:
1. Concrete Sidewalks, Slabs: Damp cure and Lapidolith, white pigment.
2. Exposed Surfaces of Retaining Walls: Kure-N-Seal.
3. Concrete Not Scheduled for Other Finishes: Kure-NSeal.
Application Process: Apply curing, hardening and sealing products in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.
Apply materials only after concrete surfaces are completely cured and dry. Follow the
manufacturer's recommended application instructions, generally applying it in three (3) coats
with ample drying time between coats. Remove surplus hardener after final application has
dried.
03300-11
3.13 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS
A. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations
as shown on the Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at
correct elevations. Comply with certified diagrams or templates of the manufacturer
furnishing machines and equipment. Items include but are not limited to:
1. Condensing units for coolers, freezers and environmental chambers.
B. Site Concrete Work Provide miscellaneous site cast in -place concrete items as detailed on
the Drawings or specified herein, to include but not be limited to:
1. Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Specified in Section 02515.
2. Concrete retaining walls.
3.14 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and elevation
as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and
other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except upon
express direction of the Architect.
C. Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the
Owner's discretion.
3.15 PATCHING AND POINTING
A. Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to view,
as defined in paragraph 3.07.
B. Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless
otherwise shown or directed, after such work is in place.
C. Mix, place and cure concrete to blend with in -place construction.
D. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work.
3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Exposed cast -in -place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of the
Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics:
1. Slab finishes specified in paragraphs 3.09.
2. Tolerances specified in paragraph 3.10.
3. Wall and corner surfaces, including patching and pointing specified in paragraph
3.14.
4. Joint materials and placement.
B. Power wash, or clean by other acceptable means, all dampproofing or waterproofing
overspray or other surface visual defect.
END OF SECTION
03300-12
SECTION 03510
GYPSUM CONCRETE FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Furnish and install gypsum concrete floor underayment where shown on the Drawings, —
including accessory materials as needed for a complete and proper installation. —
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installation shall be by skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
the specked requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the —
work of this Section.
B. Installation shall be by a subcontractor currently approved as an installer of the
approved system by the manufacturer. —
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and installation
instructions, including:
1. Sufficient technical data to prove compliance with the specified requirements, —
including evidence of approval of the proposed subcontractor by the manufac-
turer of the approved system. --
2. Proposed installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will _
become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used
on the work.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Materials shall be delivered to the site in the manufacturer's original packaging.
B. Store in a dry, secure location in accordance with the manufacturer's recommenda-
tions. —
1.05 WARRANTIES
A. Furnish manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and
installation workmanship. —
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GYPSUM CONCRETE UNDERLAYMENT
A. General: Gypsum concrete floor underlayment system over existing concrete slab.
B. Mix Design:
1. Compressive Strength: 2,000 psi minimum. _
2. Point Loading: 2,000 lbs. on a 1" diameter disk.
3. Flame Spread: 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84.
4. Fuel Contributed: 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84. —
5. Smoke Density: 0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84.
03510-1
C. Thickness: As required by demolition.
D. Approved Manufacturer.
1. Gyp -Crete 2000 by Maxxon Corp., Hamel, MN, (800) 356-7887, as basis of
design.
2. Firm -Fill by Hacker Industries, Inc., Newport Beach, CA, and distributed locally
by Advanced Gypsum Floors, Inc., Ouray, CO, (800)373-2832.
3. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are
acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding.
4. Manufacturers of cementatious products meeting the same functional and
performance requirements of the specified gypsum -based materials will be
acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be
performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work.
Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected in a manner satisfactory to
the Installer.
B. Ensure that substrate are properly prepared to receive the gypsum concrete
underlayment.
C. Coordinate the work of other trades to assure the proper and adequate provision in the
work of those trades with the work of this Section.
INSTALLATION
A. General: Install gypsum concrete underlayment system in strict accordance with the
written instructions and the recommendations of the manufacturer as approved by the
Architect.
1. Fill to a uniform thickness as shown on the Dre
'
2.
m
wgs, mis mg o a smooth
plane.
Provide adequate protection until the
withstand damage from imposed loads.
PATCHING AND PROTECTION
fill has attained sufficient strength to
A. Restrict access to areas receiving the gypsum concrete underlayment until materials
have properly cured, as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Approximately one (1) week after completion of floor fill installation, the Installer shall
make a thorough visual inspection of all areas and locate all shrinkage cracks and other
cracks in the floor fill surface.
1. Patch cracks with a compound recommended by manufacturer and approved by
the Architect.
2. Smooth the patches to provide a finish surface acceptable for the applied finish
flooring material.
C. Do not impose point loading on the fill at any location, but distribute all loads on the
floor fill to prevent damage to the finish surface.
END OF SECTION
03510-2
SECTION 04100 —
MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install mortar materials for resetting existing masonry units, repointing existing —
joints and other specified masonry repair. B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 04210, Brick Masonry.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of
applicable portions of standards listed.
1. ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials.
2. ASTM C144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
3. ASTM C150, Portland Cement. —
4. ASTM C207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
5. ASTM C270, Mortar Mix.
6. ASTM C476, Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. _
7. PCA, current edition.
8. Uniform Building Code, current edition. -
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data and specifications for each type of mortar
specified, including certification that each type complies with the specifications.
B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturers full range of mortar colors for selection by the r.
Architect, to match existing.
1.04 TESTING
A. Inspection and testing shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory, approved by
the Architect, conforming to ASTM E149 and C270. Testing fees shall be paid as specified
in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Test samples shall be taken at random to
provide sampling over the course of work. Materials not conforming to these specifications
shall be removed from the job and replaced.
1. Refer to Section 04210 and/or 04220 for testing requirements.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature of mortar and grout between 700 F and 1000 F. '
B. Contractor shall use only one (1) type mortar to ensure uniform color. Masonry cement is not permitted.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, white.
1. Restoration and Preservation Projects: Use white and/or grey, as determined by
mortar analysis and replication mix design.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S for new construction.
1. Restoration and Preservation Projects: ASTM C207, Type N, or as required by
mortar analysis.
C. Aggregate Sand: ASTM C144.
1. Restoration and Preservation Projects: Select source to match existing mortar to the
extent possible.
D. Coarse Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404, less than 3/8".
E. Water: ASTM C270, clean and suitable for domestic consumption.
F. Mortar Coloring:
1. Match color of existing mortar.
G. Admixtures: Pozzolan with approval; calcium chloride not permitted.
2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. Mortar Mixes: ASTM C270, Type S mortar with hydrated lime for all new masonry
construction. Minimum compressive strength of 1,800 psi at 28 days:
1. 1 part Portland Cement, Type 1.
2. 1/4 to 1/2 part hydrated lime.
3. 2-1/4 to 3-1/2 parts damp, loose sand.
B. Mixtures may change as per manufacturer's recommendations to meet requirements.
C. Non -Shrink Structural Grout: Refer to Section 05120.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Masonry installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which masonry is to be
installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in a manner acceptable to the masonry installer.
3.02 BATCH CONTROL
A. Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight such that the required proportions
for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained.
B. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of five (5) minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Do not
use mortar which has begun to set or if more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial
mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability.
C. Use mortar within two (2) hours of mixing at temperatures over 800 F, and 2-1/2 hours at
temperatures under 500 F.
04100-2
3.03 JOINTS
A. General: Lay units with 3/8" joints, unless otherwise indicated, except for minor variations
required to maintain bond alignment.
B. Bond Pattern and Joint Type: To match existing.
C. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown.
D. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of work. _
E. Point out or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work
F. Clean soiled surfaces using a non -acidic solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces. _
Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners.
END OF SECTION
041 M3
SECTION 04210
BRICK MASONRY
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Fumish and install brick masonry veneer, including reuse of existing brick units in new work.
B. Furnish and install brick masonry reinforcing, complete with required supports and related
accessories.
C. Furnish and install flexible masonry flashings and create weepholes in veneer and/or
composite wall construction.
D. Reset existing brick units in new work, as part of the masonry repair specified elsewhere.
E. Install all bolts, nailing blocks, inserts, door frames, windows, vents, louvers, conduits and
other related work furnished by others to be built into brick masonry.
F. Clean new and/or existing brick masonry and remove surplus material and waste.
G. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 03250, Concrete Accessories.
2. Section 04100, Mortar.
3. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashing and Trim.
4. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
5. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of
standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown
or specified.
1. ANSI A-41.1: Building Code Requirements for Masonry.
2. ASTM C216, American Society of Testing and Materials.
3. Uniform Building Code, Current Edition.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Submit a minimum of six (6) samples of each type, size and color of brick unit
specified for approval before delivery to the project. Samples shall show shape, size and
kind insufficient number to show full range of color and texture. Final approval shall be by
the Architect. One (1) color and size shall be used throughout the project.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the site on platforms or pallets. Keep masonry units completely covered
and free from frost, ice and snow. Handle masonry carefully to avoid chipping, breakage,
contact with soil or contaminating materials. Protect steel materials from moisture and keep
free from rust or scale. Store mortar materials in dry place. Damaged material shall not be
used.
B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by
construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 500 F prior to, during and
48 hours after completion of masonry work.
04210-1
B. During freezing or near -freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain —
a minimum temperature of 500 F and to protect masonry work completed or in progress.
C. Protect partially completed masonry against weather when work is not in progress by
covering top of walls with strong, waterproof, non -staining membrane. Extend membrane _
at least 2' down both sides of walls and anchor security in place.
D. Cold Weather Masonry Installation:
1. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
2. Do not use anti -freeze compounds, calcium chloride or substances containing
calcium chloride in mortar or grout. -
3. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost
or freezing. —
4. Protect masonry being placed from wind with enclosures or shields when air
temperature is below 32°F.
5. Do not heat water above 106°F. —
6. When mortar or grout materials have been combined, temperature of the mixture
shall not be less than 70OF nor more than 100°F.
7. Masonry materials shall be preconditioned and completed masonry protected as
follows:
a. When air temperature is below 40OF and above 32°F, heat mixing water.
Protect masonry from rain or snow for 24 hours by means of waterproof _
covers.
b. When air temperature is below 32°F and 20°F, heat both sand and mixing
water. Maintain a temperature of at least 40°F on -both sides of walls by _
means of suitable covers or enclosures for 24 hours.
C. When air temperature is 20OF and below, heat sand, mixing water and brick
and provide heated enclosures. A temperature of at least 40OF shall be
maintained within enclosures for 48 hours.
d. Periods required for protection and maintenance of specified temperatures
may be reduced to 1/2 of those specified herein before if Type III Portland
cement is used with the Engineer's approval.
PART 2 PRODUCTS _
2.01 BRICK MASONRY UNITS
A. Brick Masonry: ASTM C216, Grade 500, Type FBS.
1. Size: To match existing.
2. Style and Color: To match existing.
3. Appearance: Units shall have smooth, dense, exposed surfaces free of cracks, chips or deleterious matter. Representative sample in sample panel subject to approval
by Architect.
4. Texture: To match existing.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Robinson Brick Company, Denver, CO, (303)744-3371.
2. Denver Brick Company, Denver, CO, (800)332-7724.
3. Summit Brick and Tile, Denver, CO, (303)592-7080.
4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, appearance, quality,
performance and range of selection, including matching the selected product(s)
specified above in the sole opinion of the Architect, are acceptable.
2.02 REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHORS AND TIES
A. General: Corrosion -resistant metal meeting or exceeding applicable standards ASTM A153 —
and ASTM A116.
04210-2
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating
the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location
and type of construction. L� Fp C�Lj.� s ��
r 6 A� Y-&LFP AAA Ile /!l
12. List your major equipment availa�le for this contract.
' - - - 1 i I . , n — A _ _ i- _ I I
13. Experience in construction Work// similar in i�}portanc� to this
proje t:G✓/� (,/fIP %h7TGll�%AI> ti% 41i°fir4[j�/�Y /B�G��
I N l
/�.-t S �/ �i/i 51
KGw�evrd ® A t (d^
/ Y �
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization,
ncludJ'ng/Joffi
i`
U�G-v°GfY -A /inn S/Y I/ L f 1ON i Oar r..,,l // �iAy/ /
15. Credit available: $ Qaj1. f
16. Bank referenceypyy__/
17. Will you, upon `request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish
any other information that may be required by the OWNER?
18. Are you
licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?
LA7
If yes,
in what city, county and state?
�h
What
class,
license and numbers? 19-4i 3 _ 11'70 �
��_ �y��
�)�, �/ S f
19. Do you
anticipate subcontracting Work under this
Contract?
If yes,
what percent of total contract?�
ill
and to
whom?
`
Ta
20. Are any
lawsuits pending against you or your
firm at this
time?
If
DETAIL
yes,
7/96 Section 00420 Page 2
B. Horizontal Reinforcing Types:
1. Wire Mesh: Minimum 30-gage plain wire. Mesh shall be 1/2" width, 1" (25mm) less
than width of masonry.
2. Truss Type for Single Wythe Masonry: Prefabricated welded wire units not less than
10'-0" long, with matching comer and tee units. Wire shall be 9-gage, with single pair
of deformed side rods and continuous plain diagonal cross rods spaced not more
than 16" o.c.
C. Veneer Ties: Standard 7/8" x 6-3/4" long, 18-gage galvanized corrugated sheet or 9-gage
wire wall ties.
D. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Dur-O-Wal, Inc., Arlington Heights, IL, and distributed locally at Denver, CO.,
(303)321-1836.
2. Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, IL., (800)621-4140.
3. Manufacturers providing products of same performance and function are acceptable.
E. Loose Lintels: Unless noted otherwise, provide loose steel lintels as follows:
1. One (1) angle for each 4" thickness of wall to bear 6" minimum each end.
2. Openings to 4'-0": angle 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 1/4; openings 4'-1" to 64": angle 5 x 3-1/2
x 1/4; openings 5'-5" to 6-6": angle 6 x 3-1/2 x 5/16.
2.03 BRICK MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Flexible Masonry Flashings: Non -reinforced homogenous, waterproof elastomeric sheeting,
20 mil minimum thickness.
1. Tensile Strength: 2200 psi, minimum, STM D412.
2. Elongation: 250%, minimum, ASATM D412.
3. Minimum Puncture Resistance: 200 lbs. minimum.
4. Flashing shall retain flexibility to a temperature of -20OF minimum.
5. Materials and adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the
particular application.
6. Approved Manufacturer. VrSeal Plastic Flashing by AFCO Products, Inc., Somerville,
MA, (800) 397-2687, or approved equal.
B. Control Joints:
1. Non -asphaltic -type foam backer rod by Celotex or equal. Thicknesses as shown on
the Drawings.
2. Sealants specified in Section 07900.
2.04 SEALER
A. Clear Masonry Sealer: Refer to Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION, COORDINATION AND WORKMANSHIP
A. Ensure that items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized.
B. Establish all lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Place brick masonry in
accordance with lines and levels indicated on the Drawings.
C. Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and
of uniform thickness.
D. Ensure that minimum 1" air space between masonry veneer units and wall sheathing is
maintained.
E. Unfinished masonry walls shall be stepped back for joining with new work. Do not tooth.
F. Cutting and fitting of masonry, including that required to accommodate the work of other
Sections, shall be done by masonry mechanics with masonry saws.
04210-3
G. Mask or otherwise protect doors and frames, louvers, mechanical and electrical equipment and other miscellaneous accessories not scheduled to receive masonry sealers prior to
application of spray- or brush -applied sealers.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY FLASHING
A. General: Install masonry flashings in locations specked here in or as shown on the —
Drawings.
B. Place flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and _
as detailed on the Drawings.
C. Place weepholes through bottom course of composite wall masonry construction as shown —
on the Drawings, but in no case to exceed 48" o.c. Form weep -holes full height, full depth
of head joints, spaced as specified. Coordinate with Architect in the field as necessary.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF BRICK UNIT MASONRY
A. Refer to Section 04100, Mortar, for installation and workmanship requirements for mortar and
grout mixes.
B. Masonry Veneer: Install galvanized corrugated wall ties anchored to existing concrete wall
at the following maximum spacing:
1. Vertically: 16" o.c.
2. Horizontally: 24" o.c. _
C. Lay masonry veneer units offset on foundation wall or brick ledge as required to maintain
minimum 1" air space between masonry units and wall sheathing. —
1. Keep air space free from excess mortar.
D. Lay, level and align corner units first. Lay brick masonry in running bond, unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Lay external courses as shown on the Drawings. _
E. Lay first course of brick masonry in full bed of mortar, except at locations of filled cores. Lay
subsequent courses in face -shell mortar bedding properly jointed with other work. Fully
mortar webs around each core to be grouted. Fully bond external and internal comers and
intersections.
F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper power tools to provide straight, true and
unchipped edges.
G. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must
be made, remove mortar and replace.
H. Remove excess mortar and projections. Take care to prevent breaking brick corners. Clean
excess mortar from cores to be grouted.
1. Tooling and Joints: Refer to paragraph 3.05.
3.04 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS
A. Head joints shall be well buttered for thickness equal to face shell of unit and shall be shoved
tightly so that mortar bonds well to both units. Do not slush head joints.
B. Mortar protrusions extending into air space for veneer masonry shall be removed. —
C. Joint width shall be 3/8", unless otherwise shown.
3.05 TOOLING _
A. Exposed Joints: Tool joints as scheduled. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of
caulking or sealants where required.
1. Exterior Face of Exterior Walls: Tooled concave joints.
B. Joints which are not tight at the time of tooling shall be raked out, pointed and then tooled.
04210-4
3.06 TOLERANCES
A. Maintain the following tolerances:
1. Maximum variation from masonry unit to adjacent masonry unit: 1/32".
2. Maximum variation from vertical and horizontal building lines: 1/4".
3. Maximum variation from cross sectional thickness of walls:
4. Maintain flush face on exposed brick surfaces.
3.07 INSTALLATION OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Reinforce all walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement, unless specifically
shown otherwise. Provide special shapes where shown on the Drawings. Lap reinforcement
minimum 6" at splices.
B. At each level, place reinforcement in bed joint at regular intervals not exceeding 16" o.c.
vertically.
C. Place reinforcement so that longitudinal wires are located over face -shell mortar beds and
are fully embedded in mortar for their entire length with minimum mortar cover of 5/8".
D. Unless otherwise shown, provide reinforcement in first and second bed joints of composite
wall construction immediately above and below openings or recesses in walls. Reinforcement
shall extend minimum 24" beyond end of sills or lintels or to end of panel if distance to end
of panel is less than 24".
E. Use only prefabricated "L" and "T" units at comers and intersections, respectively.
F. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcement, unless shown on the
Drawings.
3.08 INSTALLATION OF VENEER TIES
A. General: Install corrugated masonry veneer ties to solid wall at spacing specked in
paragraph 3.03 above, unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings. Place at
maximum 3" o.c. each way around perimeter of openings, within 12" of openings.
3.09 INSTALLATION OF LINTELS
A. General: Install loose lintels where shown on the Drawings or required for a complete
installation.
B. Bearing: Unless otherwise shown, provide minimum bearing of &' for openings less than 6'-
0" wide and 8" for wider openings.
C. Place control joint materials in accordance with manufacturers written instructions, recessed
in joint for caulking as specified in Section 07900.
3.10 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Locate vertical control, expansion and isolation joints in brick masonry as shown on the
Drawings. Joints shall be continuous through depth of the masonry work, unless otherwise
detailed.
B. Maintain control joint voids clear of mortar, grout and debris. Rake out mortar in preparation
for application of caulking and sealants.
C. Control Joint Spacing: If location of control joints is not shown, place vertical joints maximum
32' o.c. for brick masonry, except as specked herein:
1. Masonry Veneer: Locate vertical control joints in continuous runs of masonry veneer
so ratio of horizontal run to vertical height of veneer does not exceed 4:1, or
maximum 20'-0", whichever is greater.
2. Masonry Veneer: Locate control joints within 16" maximum of all bonded external
comers.
3. Locate joints at points of natural weakness in supporting structure and at wall
openings.
04210-s
3.11 BUILT-IN WORK
A. As work progresses, build -in hollow metal frames, signage, electrical and mechanical
accessories, anchor bolts, plates, specialties and other items supplied by others. Place
items plumb and true to line.
3.12 CUTTING AND FITTING —
A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit sleeves and other items as required. Cooperate fully
with other Sections to ensure correct size, shape and location. B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on the
Drawings or which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work.
3.13 POINTING
A. Completely remove excess mortar from masonry to be exposed or painted before setting or
hardening. Mortar smears will not be allowed on finished work. Before completion of work,
rake out defective joints to a depth of 3/4", fill with mortar and tool to match existing joints.
3.14 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. General: All new and/or existing brick masonry shall be thoroughly cleaned upon completion
of the work. B. Adhere to the following procedures for cleaning brick. Never clean brick before mortar has
set, minimum 14 days. Use acid only for difficult cleaning cases.
1. Dry clean wall with wood paddles or scrapers, removing large particles of mortar.
2. Presoak wall with clean water, scrub with a solution of 112 cup trisodium phosphate
and 1/3 cup household detergent to a gallon of water. Scrub with a stiff fiber brush
only.
3. Thoroughly rinse with clean, low-pressure water immediately after scrubbing to --
remove all cleaning solution, dirt, and mortar crumbs.
4. For difficult stains, clean surface with a 6% solution of muriatic acid applied with a
stiff fiber brush to not more than 10 sq. ft. of water -soaked wall. Rinse immediately
with clean water. Clear all weepholes of loose mortar and debris.
5. Leave surfaces prepared for further sealers or coatings, if specified.
C. Remove and replace any chipped or broken brick units. Remove excess mortar and smears —
upon completion of masonry work. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work.
3.15 APPLICATION OF MASONRY SEALER
A. Ensure that brick masonry units have been properly cleaned and dried prior to applying
sealer. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces from overspray of sealer.
B. Ensure that proper precautions are taken for handling products near sources of heat or open
flames. Wear protective clothing, goggles and gloves.
C. Apply sealer at consistency and rate of application in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations.
D. Apply sealer to all exterior exposed masonry surfaces, unless otherwise noted or scheduled
to receive other finishes.
E. Clean excess sealer from brick masonry units and adjacent surfaces.
3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Installation of masonry units, mortar and grout, special curing and workmanship —
of joints shall be in accordance with the standards approved in the sample panel.
B. All brick masonry units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that may interfere —
04210-6
with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the construction.
C. Where masonry units are to be exposed in the completed construction, the face or faces that
are exposed shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections to the satisfaction of the
Architect, except that chips not larger than 1/4" will be considered acceptable.
D. Contractor shall promptly remove any rejected masonry units or portions of the work and
replace to match the quality of the approved sample panel.
END OF SECTION
04210-7
SECTION 05521 —
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED —
A. Furnish miscellaneous pipe and tube railings, with associated fittings, for installation at cast -
in -place concrete stairs. B. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete: Fabrications cast into concrete.
2. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals.
3. Section 09900, Painting.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards:
1. ASTM A36: Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A53: Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe.
3. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code.
4. Uniform Building Code, current edition: Spacing of handrail and guardrail
components.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all railing configurations, indicating component
materials, shapes, fabrication, finish, layout and configuration, anchorage and mounting
details and relationships to adjacent and adjoining work.
1.04 DESIGN CRITERIA —
A. Handrail and guardrail components shall be fabricated and installed to meet all current
building code requirements, whether specifically detailed on the Drawings or not, including
but not limited to:
1. Railing extensions at the top and bottom of stair runs and ramps. —
2. Railing returns to walls.
3. Uninterrupted grip on railings.
4. Spacing between handrail and guardrail components.
5. Height of handrails and guardrails.
B. Installed railing systems shall resist minimum lateral force of 501bs. per foot at top member,
without permanent set or damage to members or anchors.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL PIPE AND TUBE RAILING SYSTEM
A. Steel Pipe and Tube Railing Materials:
1. Structural Steel, Plates and Bars: Comply with ASTM A36-81a, matching
-
specifications of Section 05120.
2. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B.
05521-1
3. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, comply with ASTM A500,
Grade B.
B. Posts and Rails: Steel pipe and tube members, fully welded construction, configurations as
shown on the Drawings:
1. Handrails and Posts: 1-1/2" o.d. round steel pipe.
2. Guardrails, Top Rail: 1-1/2" o.d. round steel pipe.
3. Bottom and Intermediate Rails: Vx1" steel tube or 1" o.d. round steel pipe.
4. Intermediate Vertical Pickets: 5/8"x5/8" steel tube or 1/2" square solid bar stock,
spaced 4" o.c. maximum or as indicated on the Drawings.
C. Brackets and Mounting Accessories: As detailed on the Drawings or recommended by
fabricator.
D. Embedded Pipe Sleeves: Same materials as handrails and/or guardrails being anchored, one
(1) diameter size larger or as recommended by fabricator, hot -dipped galvanized.
E. Finish:
1. Shop -prime fabricated items not scheduled for galvanizing, painted in one (1) coat.
2. Hot -dipped galvanize all exterior materials and assemblies to be in contact with
concrete.
F. Approved Fabricators:
1. Front Range Steel, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-9083.
2. Steel Fabricators, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 484-2752.
3. Tiger Steel, Fort Collins, CO, (970) 482-2324.
4. Ripsam Manufacturing, Loveland, CO, (970) 669-7481.
5. Custom Design and Fabrication, Erie, CO, (303) 828-4303.
6. Steel fabricators providing products of the same function, design, performance and
quality are acceptable.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate metal railing systems in accordance with the approved shop drawings
and as detailed on the Drawings.
B. Fabricate metal railing systems to meet the design criteria specified in paragraph 1.04 above.
C. Fit and shop -assemble in largest practical sections for delivery and installation as approved
in shop drawings.
D. Supply components required for proper anchorage of handrails and guardrails.
E. Shop welding to be "Architectural Grade". Grind all welds smooth and prime. Clean all
extraneous materials from welding. Whenever possible, fabricate with seams on underside
of assembled section.
F. Shop -prime or hot -dipped galvanize in one (1) coat, as scheduled.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Fabricator shall field verify all dimensions and site conditions prior to the fabrication of the
metal railing systems, and notify the Contractor of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Fabricator.
B. Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to
the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates.
C. Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with
aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis.
05521-2
3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS A. General: Install metal railing systems in accordance with approved shop drawings and
manufacturers recommendations. —
B. Erect work square, level, accurate to sizes and free from distortion or defects detrimental to
appearance and performance.
C. Field grind shop welds as necessary to achieve specified visual quality, to the satisfaction —
of the Architect. Touch-up shop prime coat.
D. Clean all steel surfaces in preparation for field finishing. _
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Installation of pipe and tube railing systems shall be in accordance with the standards
approved in the shop drawings. B. Steel components, surfaces and connections shall be subject to evaluation and approval to
the satisfaction of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics:
1. Smoothness and flushness of tube and pipe surfaces. —
2. Smoothness and appearance of shop and field welds.
3. Smoothness of bends and curved sections.
4. Uniformity and appearance of attachments.
END OF SECTION
05521-3
SECTION 05999
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricated items of ferrous and non-ferrous metals as
shown on the Drawings, including but not limited to:
1. Miscellaneous steel channels, angles, lintels, and straps, if not furnished by other
Sections.
B. Related work specked elsewhere:
1. Section 09900, Painting.
1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS
A. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving: Metal fabrications cast in concrete.
B. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete: Metal fabrications cast in concrete.
C. Section 04210, Brick Masonry: Loose lintels and metal fabrications laid into brick masonry.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Conform with requirements of the following standards and codes:
1. ASTM A36: Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners.
3. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
4. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code.
5. FS TT-P-86: Paint, Red -Lead Base, Ready Mixed.
6. FS TT-P-645: Primer, Paint, Zinc -Chromate, Alkyd Type.
7. Uniform Building Code, current edition.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications
not submitted under separate Sections.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36.
1. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: High -strength type recommended for structural steel joints,
ASTM A307.
2. Welding Materials: Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded.
3. Primer. Zinc -chromate alkyd FS TT-P-645.
B. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Shop -fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and
installation on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop drawings.
B. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured.
05999-1
C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces. —
1. All welds exposed to view to be "Architectural Grade."
D. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate
anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, unless —
otherwise specified.
E. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime painting.
F. Prime paint items for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. Do not shop -prime _
surfaces in contact with concrete or requiring field welding. Shop -prime in one (1) coat.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to commencing
work of this Section. Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conditions which may
affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work until such conditions are _
corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting the work of this Section and coordinate
fit and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication.
C. Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied to the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates.
D. Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with
aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis. _
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion.
B. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment.
C. Replace items damaged in course of installation.
D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
PART 4 SCHEDULES
4.01 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS
A. Miscellaneous Steel Channels, Angles, Lintels and Straps: Furnish under this Section, unless
arranged for otherwise.
END OF SECTION
05999-2
0
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL
What company? rl
22. What are your company's bonding limitations? _4f5,4Z&!a t
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or
corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in
verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's
Qualifications.
Dated at Ls �� 1 S this _ day of Ct/Je 200.4
Title:
State of
County of GtL/I`7M-P/�
In VL{ V_7/1 Yi t7
sworn deposes and says that he is
V of Of t,JodYC- and that
(name bf organization)
the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are
true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this �rd day of
^,� ,n, 2 � 02
`l�ii/LCf. W7l((ll --wide
Notary Public
_ W We Si E PM 1 N-39 LCNOUIR00-04.
My commission expires I0/00/Z003
7/96
Section 00420 Page 3
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish materials and labor for installation of rough carpentry, including but not limited to:
1. Studs and joists and plates for wall framing.
2. Furring, stripping, blocking and sleepers.
3. Miscellaneous wall -mounted plywood backer boards for electrical, audiovisual, sound
and related equipment.
B. Furnish nails, screws, bolts, fasteners, construction adhesives, and other related or
accessory materials required for a complete installation.
C. Related work spaded elsewhere:
1. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.
2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry.
3. Division 15, Mechanical.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Conform with requirements of the following standards and codes:
1. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood.
2. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard.
3. NFPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Wood
Construction.
4. APA: American Plywood Association, Plywood Specification and Grade Guide.
5. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
6. California Redwood Association.
7. Uniform Building Code, current edition.
B. Rough Carpentry Lumber: Materials shall carry the visible grade stamp of agency certified
by National Forest Products Association (NFPA).
C. Plywood panels shall be identified with APA grade trademark of the American Plywood
Association.
D. Grading of lumber shall be in accordance with the current edition of the Western Wood
Products Association.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit shop drawings and/or manufacturers written
product literature for prefabricated interior wood stair systems, indicating materials,
fabrication, attachments and dimensions for each site condition required.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect lumber and plywood and keep under cover in transit and at job site.
B. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required to be installed in the work.
C. Store on level racks and keep free of the ground to avoid warping. Stack to ensure proper
ventilation and drainage.
1.05 COMPLIANCE
A. Do not permit materials not complying with the provisions of this Section to be brought onto
06100-1
or to be stored at the job site. -
B. Promptly remove non -complying materials from the job site and replace with materials
meeting the requirements of this Section. J
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ROUGH CARPENTRY MATERIALS
A. Framing Lumber: PS 20, grade in accordance with established WPA grading rules,
maximum moisture content of 12% to 19% (S-Dry) S4S, of the following species and grades: -
1. Structural Framing: Hem-Fir#2 or better, 1,200 psi fiber stress in bending (grades
and stresses as indicated on the Structural Drawings).
2. Studs: Standard grade or better. -
3. Non -Structural Light Framing: Douglas Fir or Hem -Fir, construction grade or better.
4. Sill Plates: Redwood or pressure -treated Hem -Fir, where in contact with concrete
or masonry. _
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A.
Metal Wall Bracing: Galvanized metal "T" profile wall and comer bracing, 20-gage. -
1.
Ampcor 'T"-Brace Series 6700 by Anderson Metal Products Co., Taylorsville, MS,
(800) 426-7267, or equal.,
B.
Nails:
Size and type to suit application. -
1.
Framing: 8d to 12d rosin -coated box.
2.
Sheathing: 8d, 21/2" long box nails, zinc -coated.
C.
Bolts,
Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Size and type to suit application or as _
indicated on the Drawings.
1.
Medium Carbon Steel: Galvanized for exterior locations, high -humidity locations and
treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations or when in contact with concrete.
D.
Construction Adhesives: Mastic -type, multi -purpose adhesive, formulated for field -gluing for -
interior or exterior use, meeting the following specifications: u
1.
Reference Standards:
a. APA Spec. AFG-01. -
b. ASTM D3498-76.
C. HUD/FHA requirements in Bulletin UM-60.
2.
Type: Solvent dispersion. -
3.
Base: Synthetic elastomer.
4.
Consistency: Approx. 200,000 cps, Brookfield viscometer. -
5.
Weight/Gallon: 8.8lbs. minimum.
6.
Solids content: 64% +/- 2%.
7.
Strength: 400 psi by ASTM D905-49 (wood to wood).
8.
Aging: Retains flexibility after 500 hrs. at 300 psi and 158°F by ASTM D572-61.
9.
Water Resistance: Waterproof. -
10.
Application Method: Caulking gun or trowel.
11.
Application Temperature: 250-1200F.
12.
Service Range: -250-+150°F. -
13.
Material Suitability: Bonds wood, gypsum wallboard, concrete, stone, brick, metals
and polyurethane foam. Not suitable for polystyrene foam and most plastics. -
14.
Approved Product and Manufacturer. M-D 400 Construction Adhesive, manufactured _
by Macklanburg-Duncan, Oklahoma City, OK or equal.
E.
Sill Plate Sealer: Preformed type.
1.
Sill Seal or equal.
06100-2
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. General: The Contractor shall inspect the concrete or masonry walls and foundation
structures and/or concrete flatwork that will support the rough carpentry structures
associated with the work of this project, and notify the Architect/Engineer of any condition
that may affect the structural integrity, quality or appearance of the completed project. Do
not commence work until such defects have been corrected to the satisfaction of the
Contractor.
B. Selection of Lumber Pieces:
1. Carefully select the members. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious de-
fects will not interfere with placing bolts or proper nailing and will allow for proper
connections.
2. Cut out and discard defects which render a piece unable to serve its intended
function.
3. Lumber may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been
installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus or mold, as well as
for improper cutting and fitting, provided such defects exceed the criteria allowed by
referenced standards for the lumber grade specified. The Contractor shall replace
rejected material at no additional cost to the Owner.
4. Do not shim any framing component.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY
A. General:
1. Erect wood framing, furring, stripping and nailing members true to lines and levels;
do not deviate from true alignment more than 1/4".
2. Space members as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein.
3. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths.
4. Construct and erect required built-up beams and headers.
5. Produce joints which are tight, true and well nailed, with members assembled in
accordance with the Drawings and with applicable codes and regulations.
6. Set horizontal and sloped members with the crown up. Crowns to be set in the same
direction for vertical or horizontal application.
7. Make bearings full and uniform for solid support.
8. On framing members to receive a finished surface, align the finish subsurface to vary
not more than 1/8" from the plane of surfaces of adjacent furring and framing
members.
9. Where scheduled, leave wood surfaces prepared for finishing specified in Section
09900, Painting, and Section 09930, Transparent Finishes.
10. Coordinate rough openings for non -cased and trimmed doors and windows where
gypsum board returns are detailed at jambs and headers. Framed opening shall be
square and plumb to within 1/16" vertically from floor to header at trimmer and 1/16"
horizontally between trimmers at header.
B. Fastening:
1. Nailing shall be in accordance with the requirements of Table 25-Q of the Uniform
Building Code, current edition, unless indicated otherwise.
a. Nail without splitting wood.
b. Prebore as required.
C. Remove split members and replace with members complying with the
2. Bolting: specified requirements.
a. Drill holes 1/16" larger in diameter than the bolts being used.
b. Drill straight and true from one side only.
C. Do not bear bolt heads on wood, but use washers under head and nut where
06100-3
both bear on wood, and use washers under all nuts. —
3. Screws: For lag screws and wood screws, prebore holes same diameter as root of
threads, enlarging holes to shank diameter for length of shank.
C. Wall Framing: Conform to the framing requirements of the jurisdiction with authority over this
project, unless more stringent requirements are shown on the Structural Drawings or
specified herein.
1. Exterior Wall Framing: 2x4 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated. —
2. Interior Wall Framing: 2x4 or 2x6 stud framing at 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
3. External Comers: As shown on the Drawings for specific conditions.
4. Jamb Framing at Openings: Double studs at all interior openings; triple studs at all
exterior openings. Studs in exterior bearing walls to provide continuous bearing to —
foundation.
5. Top Plates in Bearing Partitions: Double and lapped, stagger joints at minimum 4'-U'
intervals. —
6. Headers: As shown on the Drawings. Provide built-up headers to match the wall
framing thickness, using 1/2" plywood spacers, continuously nailed and glued. -
7. Sill Plates: Bolt to foundation as indicated on the Drawings. D. Firestops and Blocking: As shown on the Drawings or required for code compliance.
E. Furring and Stripping: Member sizes as indicated on the Drawings spaced at maximum 24"
o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF SHEATHING
A. Wall Sheathing: —
1. Panel edges shall bear on framing members and butt along their centerlines. Back -
block panel edges which do not bear on framing members with 2" nominal framing.
2. Place sheathing with end joints staggered, perpendicular to framing members.
3. Maintain minimum 1/16" and maximum 1/8" joint spacing.
4. Nail heads shall be flush with, but not penetrate, plywood surfaces. —
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect waferboard, oriented strand board (OSB) and plywood sheathing from exposure to —
excessive moisture and accumulations of snow. Broom snow off of uncovered floor _
sheathing within
B. Replace sheathing panels that exhibit delamination, swelling or other deterioration from -
exposure to moisture, or as directed by the Architect. —
3.05 COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination required by all other Sections of the
Specifications as a part of the work of this Section. Coordination shall be provided to ensure the proper, timely and complete installation of all materials, equipment and systems of the
project. —
END OF SECTION
06100-4
SECTION 07130
WATERPROOFING
PART GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Prepare and prime surfaces to receive waterproofing,
B. Furnish and install liquid membrane waterproofing system at walls and retaining walls.
C. Seal joints and protrusions through waterproofing.
D. Furnish and install protection material over applied waterproofing.
E. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 02225, Structural Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting.
2. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
3. Section 07150, Dampproofing.
4. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of
standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent requirements are shown
or specified.
B. Applicator: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and
experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified
requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
C. Applicator: Use an applicator currently approved in writing by the manufacturer of the
waterproofing system.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and instructions for proper
application, including:
1. Details showing fabrication, installation, anchorage and interface of the work of this
Section with the work of adjacent trades.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver the materials to the job site in the manufacturer's unopened containers with all labels
intact and legible at the time of use.
B. Maintain the products in a dry condition during delivery, storage, handling, installation and
concealment.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions: Comply with manufacturers requirements and recommendations for the
application and curing of the waterproofing materials.
B. Do not apply waterproofing materials unless ambient air temperature is above 400 F.
1.06 WARRANTIES
A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials and
workmanship.
B. Provide installer's written 5-year warranty covering application.
07130-1
C. Should water penetrate through the work of this Section within five (5) years following the —
date of Substantial Completion of the work, and promptly upon receipt of notice from the
Owner to that affect, the materials supplier will provide such additional waterproofing and
protection board materials as are required, and the Contractor and applicator will provide
such equipment, labor and other materials as are required and will properly repair the area
through which water penetrated.
D. Should the water penetration be due to faulty original workmanship or materials of this —
Section, the equipment, labor and materials will be provided at no additional cost to the
Owner.
E. Should the water penetration not be due to faulty original workmanship or labor of this
Section, the equipment, labor and materials provided under this Article will be paid for —
promptly by the Owner at the current rates of the Contractor, applicator and materials applier.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LIQUID MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING SYSTEM
A. General: Provide types and product selections indicated for waterproofing or, where not _.
otherwise indicated, provide type recommended specifically by manufacturer for application
indicated.
B. Type: Liquid cold -applied membrane waterproofing system, consisting of single -component,
moisture -curing bitumen -modified polyurethane membrane and mufti -layer fiber protection
board. —
1. Wet Mil Thickness: 60 mils minimum.
2. Application Rate: 25 sq. ft. per gallon.
C. Approved Product and Manufacturer:
1. HLM 5000 by Sonnebome Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, and represented by
the Stan South Co. Inc., Denver, CO, (303)650-9915. —
2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function, performance and quality are
acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding. Submit manufacturer's —
product literature with request.
D. Protection Board: Multi -layer, 50 mil fiber board, bonded and laminated with a water -resistive
adhesive. —
1. Protection Course II by Sonnebome or equal.
E. Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper
installation as selected by the Contractor and subject to the approval of the Architect.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Applicator shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be —
performed, and notify Contractor of any conditions detrimental to the timely and proper
completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
to the satisfaction of the Applicator.
B. Ensure that surfaces to receive waterproofing materials are fully cured, dry and free from
frost, oil, grease, form release agents, curing compounds, laitance and loose materials
detrimental to adhesion and application of waterproofing.
C. Remove loose materials and foreign matter with scraper, wire brush or other recommended
method. Remove grease or oil with solvent, effective alkaline cleaner or detergent and scrub
surfaces clean with water.
07130-2
D. Seal construction joints occurring below grade, including joints between concrete walls,
footings and floor slabs. Ensure that coating is continuous and free from breaks and
pinholes. Form cover at junctions of horizontal and vertical surfaces for drainage away from
the structure.
E. Seal around items and services projecting through waterproofing surfaces. Apply in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ensure that sealed areas are
moisture -tight.
F. Apply approved filler material recommended by the manufacturer to fill gaps or voids as may
be necessary.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF LIQUID MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING SYSTEM
A. General: Install waterproofing in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of
governmental agencies having jurisdiction and with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
B. All tie holes, deep honeycombs (over 1/4") and exposed reinforcing steel shall be filled or
covered as specified above prior to application of waterproofing.
C. Prestriping: Prior to application of final membrane, all joints, cracks and openings around
projecting items shall be sealed by caulking or prestriping with a preliminary coat of specified
waterproofing, applied by a trowel or stiff bristle brush. Allow to cure overnight before
proceeding with final membrane.
D. Apply final liquid membrane by the following method, or as recommended by the
manufacturer for this application:
1. Spray.
E. Verify the applied thickness with a wet mil gauge as the application proceeds.
F. Verify integrity of the cured application by damming all horizontal surfaces and flooding with
a minimum of 2" of water, in the presence of the Owner's principal representative, and
allowing water to stand for 24-48 hours.
1. If repairs are required, drain the area and allow to completely dry before reapplying
membrane.
G. Coverage: Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, apply from top of footings to top of all
walls, top of footings to within 2" of finish grade for all retaining walls.
1. Chalk line of proposed finish grade on surfaces of retaining walls to accurately lay -out
limits of waterproofing.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MATERIAL
A. General: Install specified protection material over cured membrane waterproofing in
accordance with the manufacturers instructions and recommendations.
B. Protect waterproofing from damage during backfill operations by adhering protective
materials over treated surfaces. Use of waterproofing materials as an adhesive is not
acceptable.
C. Backfll within seven (7) days of application, but not before allowing 24-48 hours for curing
of the waterproofing, or as recommended by the manufacturer. Ensure that backfill is placed
so as not to dislodge the protective material, rupture or damage the waterproofing
membrane.
D. Reapply waterproofing where damaged by backfilling or compaction process to provide
continuous, moisture -tight membrane.
END OF SECTION
07130-3
SECTION 07150 -
DAMPPROOFING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Prepare and prime surfaces to receive dampproofing.
B. Furnish and apply bituminous dampproofing to all exposed concrete surfaces, including but not limited to the following locations:
1. Below -grade surfaces of concrete retaining walls.
2. Below -grade surfaces of concrete foundations walls and footings adjacent to
habitable spaces.
3. Other areas where shown on the Drawings, or required by project conditions.
C. Seal joints and protrusions through dampproofing.
D. Fumish and install protection material over applied dampproofing.
E. Related work specified elsewhere: -
1. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
2. Section 04210, Brick Masonry: Masonry sealer. —
3. Section 07130, Waterproofing.
4. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers.
5. Section 07215, Foundation Insulation. —
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of '-
applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent _
requirements are shown or specified.
1. Mastic: FS SS-C-00153C Type 1, Class B; ASTM D2822-75, Type 1.
2. Semi -Mastic: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823-75.
3. Liquid or Spray -Applied: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823, Type 1.
4. Fiber -Free: FS SS-A-701 B.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and instructions for proper
application. --
1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for
the application and curing of the dampproofing materials.
B. Do not apply bituminous dampproofing materials unless ambient air temperature is above
400 F.
1.05 WARRANTIES
A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in material performance.
07150-1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide types and product selections indicated for bituminous dampproofing or,
where not otherwise indicated, provide type recommended specifically by manufacturer for
application indicated.
1. Spray -on, liquid form where substrate is smooth.
2. Semi -mastic form where substrate is textured or porous.
3. Heavy -mastic form where substrate is coarse, very porous or with deep joints or
cracks.
4. Other special-purpose form as indicated.
B. Dampproofing: ASTM D1227 Type I and FS-R-1981 Type I multi -purpose cold -applied
dampproofing, solvent -base, clay emulsion with fibers. Provide brush -on or trowel type, 1/8"
thick minimum.
1. Approved Product and Manufacturer: Hydrocide Series by Sonneborn Building
Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434.
2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.
C. Protection Material: 1/4" protection board, Celotex or equal.
D. Protection Material: Rigid foundation insulation, specified in Section 07215.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Ensure that surfaces to receive dampproofing materials are fully cured, dry and free from
frost, oil, grease, form release agents, curing compounds, laitance and loose materials
detrimental to adhesion and monolithic application of dampproofing.
B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter with scraper, wire brush or other recommended
method. Remove grease or oil with solvent, effective alkaline cleaner or detergent. If
solvents are used, follow with an application of alkaline cleaner or detergent and scrub
surfaces clean with water.
3.02 APPLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS
A. General: Apply dampproofing in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations. Apply in one (1) continuous and uniform coat.
B. Application Rate:
1. Liquid Form: 1.0 gal. per 30-35 sq. ft. of surface.
2. Semi -Mastic Form: 1/8" wet film; 8-9 gal. per 100 sq. ft. of surface.
C. Coverage: Apply from 2" below finished grade, down to one of the following, as required for
the particular application or as shown on the Drawings.
1. Bottom of footing for basement applications.
2. Bottom of grade beam or footing for slab -on -grade or retaining wall applications.
D. Seal construction joints occurring below grade, including joints between concrete walls,
footings and floor slabs. Ensure that coating is continuous and free from breaks and
pinholes. Form cover at junctions of horizontal and vertical surfaces for drainage away from
the structure.
E. Seal around items and services projecting through dampproofing surfaces. Apply in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ensure that sealed areas are
moisture -tight.
07150-2
3.03 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MATERIAL
A. Protect dampproofing from damage during backfill operations by adhering protective fabric
over treated surfaces. Use of dampproofing materials as an adhesive is not acceptable.
B. Backfill within seven (7) days of application, but not before allowing 2448 hours for curing
of the dampproofing, or as recommended by the manufacturer. Ensure that back fill is
placed so as not to dislodge the protective fabric, rupture or damage the dampproofing
membrane or dislodge the dampproofing from the coated substrate.
C. Reapply dampproofing where damaged by backfilling or compaction processes to provide
continuous, moisture -tight membrane.
END OF SECTION
07150-3
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors
performing over 20% of the contract.
ITEM
7/96
SUBCONTRACTOR
o ;u , cvele
Section 00430 Page 1
SECTION 07215
FOUNDATION INSULATION
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Fumish and install foundation insulation materials to provide thermal and vapor barrier for
building elements, including:
1. Unfaced rigid board insulation at exterior walls of basement.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete.
2. Section 07150, Dampproofing: Rigid board insulation as protection board.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards:
1. FS HH-1-524: Insulation Board, Thermal (Polystyrene).
2. FS L-P-375C(2): Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl -Chloride.
3. FS HH-1-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal Fiber, for ambient temperatures.
4. ASTM E84: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials,
B. Certification: Manufacturers shall certify that insulation materials are free of asbestos and
urea formaldehyde and are non -toxic.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and specifications indicating
compliance with the requirements of Section for each type of insulation material specified.
Clearly mark each submittal for R-value of insulation material being fumished.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Furnish materials in manufacturer's original packaging, complete with installation instructions.
B. Store materials away from sources of intense heat such as open flames or welder's torches.
C. Protect materials from exposure to moisture and sunlight with an opaque light-colored tarp
or equal.
1.05 WARRANTIES
A. Provide the manufacturer's written warranty covering materials, workmanship and retention
of R-value of insulation materials for the following terms:
1. Extruded Polystyrene Rigid Board. Insulation: One (1) year.
07215-1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION
A. General: Comply with FS HH-1-524C, Type IV, high -density, extruded polystyrene rigid board —
insulation, square edges. Compressive strength of 25 psi. R-value of 5.0 minimum per inch
at 75° F. K-value of 0.20. _
1. Apply at perimeter foundation walls as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Styrofoam SM, Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI, (800) 232-2436.
2. Foamular 250, UC Industries, Chicago, IL. —
3. Amofoam CM or RCY, Amoco Foam Products Co., Atlanta, GA, (800) 241-4402.
4. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are acceptable.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Installer shall examine the foundation and/or grade beam surfaces and crawlspace conditions
under which the foundation insulation work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in —
writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until the
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
3.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. General: Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt edges and ends tight. Fit ^
insulation tight against mechanical, electrical and other items which protrude through plane
of insulation; fit insulation to outside of plumbing along exterior walls or grade beams.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION
A. General: Install rigid board insulation materials in accordance with the manufacturers written
instructions and recommendations. If instructions do not apply to project conditions, consult
with manufacturers technical representative before proceeding with the work.
B. Ensure that surfaces which are to receive board insulation are clean, free of deleterious
matter and are sufficiently level to allow proper installation of insulation.
C. Install rigid insulation to maintain continuous and complete thermal protection for building
spaces and elements. Use board insulation free of broken or chipped edges.
D. Secure rigid insulation on perimeter foundation walls and/or grade beams with specified
adhesive or other attachment using spot or bead method in accordance with insulation
manufacturers recommendations. Place insulation horizontally and stagger vertical joints.
E. For conditions where rigid board insulation is installed to the exterior face of foundation walls
and/or grade beams, extend insulation to within 2" of finished grade elevation, and protect
top edge with flexible fabric -type flashing membrane approved by insulation manufacturer.
Attach flashing to foundation wall and/or grade beam and extend down face of rigid board
insulation 12" minimum. Where concrete sidewalks or aprons abut the exterior foundation,
extend insulation up through thickness of sidewalk of apron to within 1" of finished surface,
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Protect top edge with flashing as described above and seal joint with specified sealant. ^
F. As Dampproofing Protection Board: Refer to Section 07150.
END OF SECTION
0724 5-2
SECTION 07621
GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal reglets, flashings, counterflashings, as
indicated on the Drawings.
B. Furnish and install new galvanized sheet metal cover plates.
C. Furnish and install galvanized sheet metal valley and drip flashings.
D. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 07210, Building Insulation.
2. Section 09900, Painting.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of
applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified.
1. SMACNA, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, is
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, current edition.
B Fabrication and installation shall be by manufacturer's personnel or manufacturer approved
subcontractor with minimum five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar size
and complexity.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GALVANIZED METAL MATERIALS
A. Zinc -Coated Steel Flashing: Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A525, except
ASTM 527 for lock -forming hot -dipped galvanized: G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill phosphatized.
1. Gage:
a. 24-gage for cap flashings.
2. Finish: Supply sheet metal flashings and trim with manufacturer's standard
galvanized finish. No further field finishing will be performed.
3. Profiles: Specified in paragraph 2.02 below.
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
A. Fasteners: Concealed clip -type of same material as flashings, sized to suit application.
B. Nails: Hot -dipped galvanized steel roofing type.
C. Screws: Hot -dipped galvanized Phillips head, with neoprene washers.
D. Solder and Flux: Type recommended for materials being used.
E. Bituminous Paint: Acid- and alkali -resistant type, black color.
F. Plastic Cement: Cutback asphaltic type, FS SS-C-00153a.
G. Sealant: One (1) component silicone, conforming to FS TT-S-00230, non -staining, non -
bleeding, non -sagging, of color suitable for material matching.
1. Dow 790 or equal.
07621-1
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects
detrimental to appearance or performance. _
B. Form sections in maximum lengths possible. Make allowances for expansion and contraction
at joints.
1. Provide for thermal expansion at 10' intervals, unless otherwise shown. Use material
in longest practical lengths. Sections shorter than 3'-0" will not be allowed. —
C. Joints and seams exposed to view are to be flat4ock type, except comers, or detailed as flat -
butt joints with back-up plate. Open -lap seams are not permitted for joints exposed to view.
Fabricate comers minimum 18" x 18", mitered, soldered and sealed as one (1) piece. Seal _
all seams with elastic cement.
D. Wipe and wash clean soldered joints to remove traces of flux immediately after soldering. E. Hem exposed edges of flashings to underside 1/2". Hemmed edges shall be straight, square
design, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
F. Backpaint flashings with bituminous paint where expected to be in contact with cementitious
materials or dissimilar metals. _
2.04 FIELD EQUIPMENT
A. Installer shall furnish and maintain all site -based cutting, forming and seaming equipment as —
necessary to fabricate and install all metal flashings, accessories and trims for a complete
and weathertight installation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Installer shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and trim work
is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions which _
would prevent the successful completion of this work Do not start work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install flashings, reglets, counterflashings and trim in accordance with —
manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.
B. Secure flashings in place using specified fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations
approved by Architect. When using exposed fasteners, they are to be of same finish as
flashings.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Clean all exposed galvanized surfaces and leave prepared for field finishing as specified in
Section 09900.
1. Remove excess sealants, flux, plastic cement and bituminous paint.
2. Clean soiled surfaces with a solution which will not harm adjacent surfaces.
B. Clean all exposed prefinished galvanized surfaces. Remove smudges and other _
imperfections using cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer. Remove excess
sealant from prefinished materials and leave installation in clean condition. C. Advise Contractor of measures to be taken to protect prefinished surfaces from damage
during the balance of construction.
END OF SECTION
07621-2
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Clean and prepare joint surfaces.
B. Furnish and install joint backing materials.
C. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants.
D. Furnish and install sealants for firestopping systems.
E. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 02515, Portland Cement Paving.
2. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork: Joint fillers for cast -in -place concrete work.
3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
4. Section 04210, Brick Masonry.
5. Section 07621, Galvanized Metal Flashings and Trim.
6. Division 8, Doors and Windows.
7. Section 09900, Painting: Joints of walls and/or ceilings of dissimilar colors.
8. Division 15, Mechanical.
9. Division 16, Electrical.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful experience
with projects of similar size and complexity.
B. Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type.
C. Certification: Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that
materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials, substrates and
conditions under which sealants are to be installed.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation
instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous
material required.
B. Sample Installation: Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking. Notify the
Architect for approval and acceptance prior to proceeding with caulking. The test area will
become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking.
1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when
temperatures are below 400 F or above 1000 F. Proceed with the work only when forecasted
weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high early bond
strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric
sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the manufacturer's recommended
installation temperature range so that sealant will not be subjected to excessive elongation
and bond stress by subsequent low temperatures. Coordinate time schedule with Contractor
to avoid delay of project.
07900-1
1.05 WARRANTIES
A. Provide manufacturers written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials when such
materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturer's product
data sheets. The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss
of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or curing,
or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type or other
factor beyond the manufacturer's control, for a period of five (5) years.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. General: SupplierAnstaller of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified and/or
fumished for this project are appropriate for use in the specked applications for the following
criteria: _
1. Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials.
2. Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree of weather exposure.
3. Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space.
4. Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth. B. Exterior. One- or two-part polyurethane -based elastomeric sealants complying with FS TT-S-
00230, Class A, Type I (self -leveling) or Type II (non -sag).
1. One -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-1 by Sonnebome as basis of design or as
recommended by manufacturer for type of application.
2. Two -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-2 by Sonnebome as basis of design or as —
recommended by manufacturer for type of application. _
C. Interior. One -part silicone -based non -sag, elastomeric sealant, resistant to mildew complying
with FS TT-S-01543, Class A, and FF TT-S-00230, Class A.
1. Sonolastic Omniseal and OmniPlus by Sonnebome as basis of design or as
recommended by manufacturer for type of application.
D. Interior Paintable: One -part non -sag mildew -resistant acrylic emulsion sealant complying
with ASTM C834, paintable.
1. Sonolac by Sonnebome as basis of design or as recommended by the manufacturer
for type of application.
E. Concrete Slab Joints: One -part non -priming urethane -based self -leveling pourable sealant
complying with FS TT-S-00230C, Class A, Type 1 (horizontal use). ^
1. Sonolastic SLA by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by
manufacturer for type of application.
F. Color(s):
1. Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturers full line of standard colors. --
2. Design intent is to match sealant color to color of adjacent material, unless indicated
otherwise. The Architect shall have final authority for color selection, including
variations from this policy.
G. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Sonnebome Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434. -
2. Tremco Sealants, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-7906. r.
3. Schnee -Morehead Inc., Irving, TX, (800) 255-9427.
4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are
acceptable.
2.02 SEALANTS FOR FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS
A. General: UL-classified elastomeric sealants, capable of providing the fire ratings as indicated _
on the Drawings, flame spread of 25 or less, ASTM E84.
07900-2
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Plusil 100/200 Series firestop sealants by GE Silicones, Waterford, NY, (800) 255-
8886.
2. 3M Fire Protection Products, St. Paul, MN, (612) 733-3300.
3. Fire Stop Sealant 2000 by Dow Coming Corp., Midland, MI, and represented locally
in Englewood, CO, (303) 930-2231.
4. Fyre Putty by the Carborundum Co., Niagara Falls, NY, (716) 278-6221.
5. Flame Stop V by Flame Stop, Inc., Roanoke, TX, (817) 431-3747.
6. Manufacturers providing materials of the same function and performance are
acceptable.
2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Primer: Non -staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type recommended by sealant manufacturer,
compatible with joint forming materials.
C. Joint Filler. ASTM 01056, round closed -cell polyethylene foam rod, over -sized 30-50%, as
recommended by manufacturer of sealant used.
D. Bond Breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit
application.
E. Joint Fillers for Cast -in -Place Concrete Work: Refer to Section 03100.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Installer shall examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming sealing rabbet
and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor of
conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work, performance and curing of sealants.
Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a
manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any
loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant.
C. Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required bonding
of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere.
E. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant.
F. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios.
G. Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly.
H. Install bond breaker where required.
I. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant
materials.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS
A. General: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealant within
recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied
within recommended temperature ranges.
B. Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces.
C. Maintain joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges or sags.
D. Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp, clean lines with adjacent materials. Do not allow
sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces. Immediately wipe excess sealant materials off
adjacent surfaces.
E. Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied, to the satisfaction of the Architect.
07900-3
F. Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged, marred or discolored —
by work of this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect.
PART 4 SCHEDULES
4.01 SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK
A. Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited
to:
1. Expansion joints in exterior concrete flatwork adjacent to buildings and retaining
walls.
2. Expansion joints in exterior concrete pavements, aprons, sidewalks.
3. Vertical expansion and control joints in brick masonry walls.
4. Vertical joints in painted gypsum wallboard surfaces at interior junctions of different _
colors.
5. Vertical and horizontal joints between gypsum wallboard and structural framing and
decking at ceiling plenums. _
6. Masonry expansion joints in masonry and masonry veneer.
7. Perimeter of window and door frames.
8. Perimeter of materials and equipment passing through building walls and roofs.
9. Perimeter joints of metal flashings and accessories.
10. Each side and top and bottom of each stud partition where acoustical insulation is
indicated.
11. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where _
required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the
weathertightness of the project.
12. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the
Architect.
B. Install sealants for firestopping systems in the following locations: -.
1. Duct, cable, conduit and pipe penetrations through fire -rated partition walls.
2. Openings between walls and roof/ceilings of fire -rated assemblies.
3. Other locations indicated or required for types of fire separations specified.
C. Refer to other Division 2 sections for sealants required for site concrete work and other
materials.
END OF SECTION
07900-4
SECTION 08110
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish standard hollow metal doors and frames.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 08700, Finish Hardware.
2. Section 08800, Glass and Glazing.
3. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Installation of frames in fire -rated walls.
4. Section 09900, Painting.
5. Division 16 Electrical: Card -key entry system.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI).
B. Reference Standards: Conform with applicable portions of the following standards:
1. SDI-100: Recommended Specifications of Standard Steel Doors and Frames of Steel
Door Institute (SDI).
2. ASTM A366: Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality.
3. NFPA 80: Fire -rated door assemblies.
4. NFPA 65: Smoke -control door assemblies.
C. Manufacturer shall comply with all requirements of Underwriters Laboratories where labeled
doors and frames are required.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation schedules.
B. Door Schedules: Submit schedule of doors and frames, using same reference marks or
numbers for doors and details as that shown on the Drawings.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating general construction, configurations,
jointing methods, reinforcement and location of cut-outs for glazing.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle all hollow metal doors and frames in a manner to prevent damage
and deterioration.
B. Provide packaging, including comer guards, separators, spreaders, banding and, if
prefinished, plastic or vinyl wrappings as required to protect all metal doors and frames
during transportation and storage.
C. Store doors upright, in a protected area, off the ground, with air space between individual
pieces. Protect all finished surfaces.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS
A. Hollow Metal Doors: Doors shall be cold -rolled, pickled and oiled, stretcher -leveled, all
bonderized steel sheets with clean smooth surfaces, complying with Steel Door Institute SDI-
100, except as amended in this Section.
08110-1
1. Type: Composite construction with flush faces and seamless with hemmed edges. —
Provide insulated doors where scheduled.
a. Interior Doors: Grade I, standard -duty, Model 1, full flush design.
b. Exterior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 1, full flush design. _
2. Construction: Steel face sheets bonded to 1-3/4" honeycomb or unitized steel core,
14-gage top and bottom channels and 7-gage hinge reinforcement. Provide full
urethane core on exterior doors or where scheduled to be insulated door. Furnish —
the following minimum face sheets:
a. Exterior Doors: 16-gage. --
b. Interior Doors over 36" Wide or 72" High: 16-gage.
C. All Other Interior Doors: 18-gage. —
3. Sizes: As scheduled on the Drawings, 1-3/4" thick, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Style:
a. 'Regent Door" by Ceco as basis of design for honeycomb core.
b. 'Imperial Door" by Ceco as basis of design for insulated core.
C. "Medallion Door' by Ceco as basis of design for unitized steel core. -
5. Finish: Shop -prime as specified below. _
B. Metal Vision Lite Frames: 18-gage, cold -rolled steel frames with countersunk mounting holes
and phillips-head steel through bolts. Comers to be mitered, welded continuously and
ground smooth prior to finishing.
1. Size(s): As shown on the Drawings.
2. Finish: Shop primed as specified below.
3. Glazing: Refer to Section 08800, Glass and Glazing. Areas of vision lites shall be
limited as follows: —
a. UL 3-Hour Label: None allowed.
b. UL B-1 or B-1-1/2 Hour Label: 100 sq. in. maximum. C. UL 45-minute and 20-Minute Certificate: 1296 sq. in. maximum.
C. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Ceco Corp., Brentwood, TN, distributed locally by Architectural Doors, Denver, CO,
(303) 322-1410.
2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334.
3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687. _
4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kern Inc., Denver, CO, (303) 733-5909.
5. Manufacturers providing products of same design, performance and function are
acceptable as approved by the Architect prior to bidding.
2.02 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A. Hollow Metal Frames: Frames shall be cold -rolled or hot -rolled, pickled and oiled steel,
all bonderized sheets, complying with Steel Door Institute SDIA 00, except as amended by
this Section. Except where other gages are indicated or specked, fabricate frames from
steel not lighter than the following:
a. Exterior Doors: 14-gage.
b. Pairs of Interior Doors: 14-gage.
C. Single Interior Doors over 36" Wide: 14-gage.
d. All Other Frames: 16-gage.
1. Type: Mitered comers, fully welded frames. Knock -down type frames are not
permitted, unless approved for use in interior fire -rated assemblies.
2. Sizes: As shown and scheduled on the Drawings. --
3. Finish: Shop -primed as specified below.
4. Silencers: Manufacturers standard resilient type, minimum three (3) per jamb,
equally spaced.
5. Jamb Anchors:
a. Wood or Metal Stud Construction: Stud anchors, four (4) per jamb, securely -_
welded to back of frames.
08110-2 ,_
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
b. Existing Construction: Expansion anchors, four (4) per jamb. Provide 3/8"x4'
long FH Dynabolt or equal approved by the frame manufacturer.
6. Floor Anchors: 16-gage, one (1) per jamb.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Ceco Corp., Oak Brook, IL, distributed locally by Ceco Door Division, Fountain, CO,
(303) 382-7930.
2. Curries, Mason City, IA, (515) 423-1334.
3. Kewanee Corp., Kewanee, IL, (800) 447-5687.
4. Republic Doors, distributed by Hahl-Kem Inc., Denver, CO, (303)
733-5909.
5. Manufacturers shall be the same as those for hollow metal doors.
2.03 FIRE -RATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Doors and Frames: Manufacturer's standard door and frame construction for fire -rated
assemblies. Refer to the Drawings for UL label requirements.
2.04 PROFILES
A. Hollow Metal Frames for Doors: Jamb sections shall be standard 2" wide x 5-3/4" deep,
double -rabbeted, with 7/16" returns, or as shown on the Drawings or required by specked
wall construction, except as noted below. Supplier to verify profile specified with wall
construction and fumish jamb sections with the required depth.
B. Miscellaneous Filler and Closure Shapes: Fully weld to standard profiles and grind smooth
as detailed on the Drawings.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Hollow Metal Doors: Fabricate doors in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements
and recommendations.
1. Fabricate doors of type, sizes and designs indicated. Provide door clearance of 1/8"
at jambs and heads and 5/8" at bottoms. Doors shall have lock edges beveled 1/8"
in 2".
2. Finished work shall be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Form moulded
members straight and true, with joints coped or mitered, well formed and in true
alignment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so they
are invisible after finishing.
3. Mechanically interlock longitudinal seams. Leave seams invisible or weld, fill and
grind smooth. Close top and bottom edges of all hollow metal exterior doors to
provide a weather seal, provided as part of door construction.
4. Fabricate exterior doors with face sheets welded to perimeter stiles and inner frame
members. Form perimeter frame with continuous one-piece channel at hinge edge,
continuous one-piece channel at lock edge and channels at top and bottom. Inner
frame members shall be continuous one-piece vertical steel rib stiffeners spaced not
to exceed 6" o.c. Face sheets are to be continuously arc welded to perimeter
channels. Weld face sheets to interior frame members in manner to provide a door
with smooth surfaces. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound -deadened and
insulated full height of door where scheduled.
5. Fabricate interior doors with honeycomb core and steel face sheets welded to
perimeter stiles and inner frame members, same as specked above.
6. Reinforce and prepare doors to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for
hardware requirements. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap doors at factory to receive all
mortise -type hardware. Provide reinforcing only for doors to receive surface -applied
hardware as required. Gages of metal for reinforcing plates shall comply with
manufacturer's recommendations for type of hardware used and size and thickness
of doors.
08110-3
7. Fill surface depressions with metallic paste filler and grind to smooth uniform finish.
8. Prepare cut-outs for glazing where scheduled on the Drawings.
9. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer.
B. Hollow Metal Frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute requirements —
and recommendations.
1. Form frames of steel to sizes and shapes as detailed. Frames shall be combination -
type with integral trim and fabricated with full -welded type construction at joints. —
2. Form frames with full mitered comers and stops, butt T-joints of frames and
continuously weld all joints for full depth and width of frame and trim. Close all
contact edges tight and dress all welds on exposed surfaces smooth and flush.
3. Finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. —
Fabricate moulded members straight and true with comer joints well formed, in true
alignment and fastenings concealed.
4. Reinforce and prepare frames to receive hardware. Refer to Section 08700 for _
hardware requirements.
a. Prepare frames at factory by templates for installation of specified type
hardware. Welding of hinges to. frames is not acceptable. Provide frames to receive surface -applied hardware with reinforcing plates only. Provide
cover boxes in back of all hardware cutouts.
b. Coordinate with owners representative installation of owner provided
electronic access system. —
5. Provide jamb anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for type of wall
substrate.
a. Fabricate jambs of frames with dimples for machine bolt anchorage specified —
in paragraph 2.02 above.
6. Provide floor anchors per Steel Door Institute recommendations for anchoring frame
to type of floor construction. Clips shall be adjustable and drilled for two (2) 3/8"
anchor bolts.
7. Provide predrilled holes or other attachment or anchorage devices supplied by or
required by other Sections.
8. Glazing: When glazed, furnish 18-gage metal glazing beads. Drill and tap frames
to receive oval -head countersunk machine screws, spaced approximately 9" o.c. v.
Beads shall be mitered at comers. Fabricate frames so that glazing will be installed
from the inside of the building or room.
9. Place minimum of three (3) silencers on each interior single door frame. Space
equally along jamb strike. Set out and adjust lock strikes to provide clearance for
silencers. Delete silencers where doorjamb gaskets or continuous weatherstripping _
are specified in Section 08700.
10. Fill surface depressions of hollow metal frames with metallic paste filler and grind to
smooth finish.
11. Chemically treat surfaces and apply one (1) coat of primer as specified below.
2.06 FINISHES
^
A. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a phosphatized treatment followed by a prime coat paint
finish to all surfaces. Clean and chemically treat surfaces to ensure complete paint
adherence. Follow with a baked -on coat of rust -inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc -chromate or
synthetic resin primer on all surfaces. Air -drying is acceptable when metal is electro-
galvanized. Field finishing is specked in Section 09900. —
B. Shop -prime by manufacturer using a hot -dipped galvanized process in accordance with
ASTM A525, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. Field finishing is
specified in Section 09900.
08110-4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Installer shall examine the substrates, wall openings and conditions under which the hollow
metal door and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental
to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Contractor shall field verify dimensions and conditions governing the work of this Section
prior to beginning fabrication.
C. Contractor shall verify depth of all frames with specified wall constructions prior to fabrication.
Notify Architect of any discrepancies or propose required modifications in the shop drawings,
noted as deviations as specified in Section 01340.
D. For welded frames, provide temporary steel shipping spreaders fastened across bottom of
frames. Where construction will permit concealment, leave spreaders in place after
installation; otherwise remove spreaders when frames are set and anchored. In place of
spreaders, frames may be strapped together in pairs with heads inverted for bracing during
shipment. Before shipping, label each frame with metal or plastic tags to show their location,
size, door swing and other pertinent information. Number frames to correspond to opening
numbers on construction drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Installation of hollow metal doors and frames is specked in Section 06200, Finish
Carpentry.
B. Install frames and doors in accordance with SDI-100, except as amended in this Section.
Remove shipping spreaders, set frames in position, plumb, align and brace securely until
permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with
power fasteners. Provide wood spreaders to maintain jamb alignment. Build wall anchors
into walls, or secure to adjoining construction as indicated or specified. Where frames require
ceiling struts or other overhead bracing, they shall be anchored securely to ceilings or
structural framing above, as indicated or as required by site conditions.
C. Frames: Install hollow metal frames plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of
1/16". Ensure frames are accurately and rigidly anchored to adjacent construction.
D. Foam in insulation in frames scheduled for insulated doors in other construction, and frames
in fire -rated assemblies where required by the applicable assembly.
E. Doors: Install hollow metal doors plumb and square with maximum diagonal distortion of
1/16". Install hardware in accordance with requirements of Section 08700 and adjust as
necessary for proper operation.
F. After installation, touch-up scratched or damaged surfaces. Use type of primer identical to
that used for shop coat.
G. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing in doors where scheduled.
H. Coordinate installation of electrical access system, furnished by Owner, into hollow metal
doors and/or frames, if applicable. Ensure the compatibility of sizes, materials, finishes and
anchorages.
I. Doors are to be finished without hardware. Coordinate with painting trades. Masking of
hardware is unacceptable.
08110-5
3.03 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect doors and frames from damage during transportation and at site. After installation,
protect doors and frames from damage during subsequent construction activities. Damaged
work will be rejected and shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Clean all surfaces of hollow metal doors and frames, and leave prepared for field finishing.
Refer to Section 09900, Painting.
END OF SECTION
08110-6
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified.
B. Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. Generally, the scope
of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted or not, and
certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are prefinished or where intended to
remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1.02 below.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment: Maintenance materials.
2. Section 04210, Brick Masonry: Sealer.
3. Section 09260, Gypsum Wallboard: Priming.
4. Division 15, Mechanical.
5. Division 16, Electrical.
1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED
A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and
inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and
duct shafts.
B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and
similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so
specified.
C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished
shall not be painted, unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section.
Materials supplied with factory -applied primer coats shall be field finished by this Section,
unless otherwise indicated.
D. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve
operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer -
performed under other Sections.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing in
work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of similar
size and complexity.
B. Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein, or as
required to provide the specified quality.
C. Coordination of Paint Finishes, Primers and Substrates:
1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used.
2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime coats
to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the various
substrates.
3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish
materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used.
4. Provide barrier coats over non -compatible primers or remove the primer and reprime
as required.
JI
5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified coating
systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections.
D. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or other
toxic substances.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show
compliance with the specified requirements.
B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this Section.
C. Samples: Painting Contractor shall prepare samples of each substrate and finish specked,
as directed by the Architect, including but not limited to:
1. Paint samples for typical interior plaster and gypsum wallboard.
2. Paint samples for interior wood casings, trim and interior doors.
3. Paint samples for interior and exterior metal doors, pipe railings and miscellaneous
metal work.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver paint materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's
name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or
reducing.
B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45'
F in a well -ventilated area.
C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.
1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply
finishes, unless moisture contents of surfaces are below the following maximums:
1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12%.
B. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 40° F before
applying finishes. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is 450
F, 500 F for exterior work.
C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain
temperatures above 450 F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of
finishes.
D. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished.
1.07 PROTECTION
A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of
inadequate or unsuitable protection.
B. Furnish sufficient dropcloths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or droppings
from soiling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within storage and
preparation area.
C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal
containers and remove daily from the site.
D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting
operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of
work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent
lacquer finish.
1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than five (5) gallons
of each color of finish coating, except that one (1) gallon shall be adequate for all accent and
trim colors.
B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FINISH MATERIALS
A. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field
catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of
readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall have
good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or
sags.
1. Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph
1.03.c.
B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not
specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality and
approved manufacturer.
C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless otherwise
indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each paint color
selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of paint
material specified:
1. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200, as basis of design.
2. Paint: Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Fuller O'Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly
Moore, Kwal-Howell and Sophir Morris. Using product lines of same quality, function
and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior to bidding.
2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT
A. For application of the specked paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for
application of the particular paint by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect, except
as limited by paragraph 2.02.C.
B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually
compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be
jeopardized by use of this equipment.
C. Contractor shall use the following application equipment for the specific condition listed,
unless otherwise approved:
1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Spray application only. Brushing or rolling is not
permitted.
2. Insulated Metal Doors, Frames and Sidelites: Spray application only. Brushing or
rolling is not permitted.
3. Other areas indicated in paragraph 3.03.
2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES
A. The Architect will prepare marked -up elevations or a color schedule with samples for
guidance in painting. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials for
coordination in preparation of the color schedule.
B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work,
subject to the following:
09900-3
1. Exterior Work: A maximum of two (2) different colors will be used, plus variations for —
trim, doors, miscellaneous work and metal work.
2. Interior Work: A maximum of two (2) different pigmented colors will be used, plus
variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots. —
3. Dark Tones: A maximum of two (2) dark tones will be used as accent colors for
interior.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior
to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect proper _
application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have been
corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be
considered acceptance of surfaces. _
3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. General: All preparatory work shall be subjed to evaluation and acceptance by the Architect. —
Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all surfaces, as
specified herein, prior to finishing.
B. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely affect —
work of this Section, including but not limited to:
1. Hollow metal doors and frames.
2. Insulated metal doors, frames and lites. _
3. Finish carpentry items.
4. Metal components and railings.
5. Gypsum wallboard surfaces and texturing.
6. Welding and other attachments.
C. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent.
Apply a coat of etching -type primer.
D. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces. Where _
heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any other
necessary method.
1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric
acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime
surfaces as required.
2. Sand and scrape shop -primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather
out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent and
prime surfaces as required. —
3. Back -prime ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete, unless furnished
by other Sections. -A
4. Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed
welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance.
E. Priming of gypsum wallboard prior to application of texturing is specified in Section 09260, _
Gypsum Wallboard. No further priming is required for the drywall surfaces by this Section,
unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. F. Prime top and bottom edges of metal doors with enamel undercoat when they are to be
painted.
G. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable.
H. Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and
fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to: —
1. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats, prefinished
grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the
following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly between
coats to achieve the required finish.
C. Brush Applications:
1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film.
2. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other
surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
D. Spray Applications:
1. Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray application
to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would be inferior.
2. Gypsum wallboard walls shall be finished by spray application, then back -rolled with
roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness.
3. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of
brush coats.
4. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2) coats
in one (1) pass.
E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage.
Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements.
3.04 PAINTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. General: Painting of exposed equipment, louvers, ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. shall be
work of this Section, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Paint all ductwork, piping, conduit and devices to be exposed to view in the
1.02. completed project, unless prefinished or in concealed areas as defined in peegiald
2. Coordinate extent of field finishing of mechanical and electrical equipment with the
Architect as necessary.
3. Architect retains the right to require prefinished diffusers, grilles and other mechanical
or electrical devices to be field finished, whether specifically called for or not.
4. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare
ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports in exposed locations, except
where items are plated or covered with a prefinished coating, or where located h
mechanical chase spaces. Finish paint primed equipment to color selected.
B. Color Coding: Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Sections for requirements concerning color
coding, identification branding of equipment, ducting, piping and conduit, if required.
1. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork in accordance with
requirements indicated.
2. Color banding and identification (flow arrows, naming, numbering, etc.).
C. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical systems from
location and paint separately.
D. Paint face(s) and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing
backboards and mounting equipment on them.
1. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted
over or spattered.
E. Do not paint gas meters, electric meters and similar exterior equipment provided by outside
utility providers, if not permitted by those agencies. Coordinate requirements with the
appropriate Subcontractor prior to painting.
1. Exposed gas piping leading to the gas meters shall be painted.
2. Exterior surface -mounted meter centers, disconnects, CT cabinets and similar
equipment shall be painted, where not specifically excluded above.
09900-5
3. Interior panelboard cabinet frames and doors shall not be painted, unless specified
elsewhere.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where spilled,
splashed or splattered.
B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools,
equipment, surplus materials and debris.
C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal
containers and remove daily from the site.
D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and dean, to the satisfaction of the Architect.
3.06 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the
Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics:
1. Consistency and smoothness of surface.
2. Coverage and mil thickness.
3. Color match between adjacent areas.
4. Compliance with approved sample(s).
PART SCHEDULES
4.01 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE
NOTE:
MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per coat measurement in mils
thickness.
Systems are based on Sherwin-Williams (S-W) or as noted.
A.
Exterior Exposed Steel Surfaces:
1.
Location: Exposed surfaces of exterior steel, connectors and metal decking.
2.
Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils.
3.
Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils.
4.
Product: S-W Industrial Enamel.
5.
Color(s): To be selected.
B.
Exterior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces:
1.
Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors, pipe bollards, site
signage poles, ornamental fencing, handrails and guardrails.
2.
Primer. One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils.
3.
Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils.
4.
Product S-W Industrial Enamel.
5.
Color(s): To be selected.
C.
Metal Boxes, Conduits and Mechanical Equipment:
1.
Location: As shown on the Drawings.
2.
Primer: One (1) coat, factory primed.
3.
Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, MWF 3.6 mils where not factory finished.
4.
Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim.
5.
Color: To match adjacent surfaces.
D.
Exterior Galvanized Surfaces:
1.
Location: Galvanized metal decking, flashings.
2.
Primer: One (1) coat galvanized steel primer, MWF 3.6 mils.
3.
Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd -resin enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils.
4.
Product: S-W Industrial Enamel.
5.
Color: To match adjacent surfaces, or as selected.
E.
Louvers: Paint where not prefinished by manufacturer.
09900-6
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date: April 29, 2002
TO: Work-A-Haulics Inc.
PROJECT: CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE 1; Bid No. 5683
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated April 4, 2002 for the above project
has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded
an Agreement for CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE l; Bid No. 5683.
The Price of your Agreement is Eighty-five Thousand Dollars ($85 000.00).
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings)
accompany this Notice of Award. Four (4) sets of the Drawings will be delivered
separately or otherwise made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days
of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by May 14, 2002.
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the
Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract
Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds)
as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article
5.1) and Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle
OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare
your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to
you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents
attached.
t £ Fort Collins
0 Nn
�( Jame s B B. O'Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP
Director of Purchasing and Risk Management
Title
9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1
4.02 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE
A. Interior Hollow Metal or Ferrous Metal Surfaces:
1. Location: Hollow metal doors and frames, insulated steel doors and miscellaneous
metals.
2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils.
3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils.
4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel.
5. Color(s): To be selected.
B. Interior Gypsum Wallboard:
1. Location: Walls, ceilings and soffits as scheduled on the Drawings.
2. Primer: Vinyl emulsion sealer, flat, MWF 3.6 mils.
3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, satin, MWF 3.6 mils per coat.
4. Product: S-W ProMar 200 Latex, Satin Latex.
5. Color(s): To be selected.
END OF SECTION
09900-7
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Portions of these specifications designated as Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1,
General Requirements, apply to this Division and all Sections herein.
CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. SPECIAL NOTE
A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and the applicable
provisions of General Requirements are hereby adopted and made part of
Division 15, Mechanical Work.
B. The Mechanical Drawings and the Division 15 sections listed below
constitute the Mechanical Construction portion of this project.
15010 Mechanical Special Conditions
15050 Materials and Methods
15440 Plumbing
15850 Ventilating and Air Conditioning
C. Where "Project Manager" is used in this Specification, we mean that
person so designated by the Owner. Project manager is the Owner's
representative.
2. DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS
A. Contract drawings for mechanical work are in part diagrammatic, intended
to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of
equipment, ducts, conduits, piping, and approximate sizes and locations of
equipment and outlets. Mechanical trades shall follow these drawings in
laying out their work, consult general construction drawings to familiarize
themselves with all conditions affecting their work, and shall verify spaces
in which their work will be installed. Coordinate work with other trades as
job conditions reasonably require.
B. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and
arrangement, make such changes without extra cost to Owner.
C. The drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing in measurements
nor to serve as shop drawings.
D. The installation details, instructions and recommendations of the
manufacturer of the product used, modified, to obtain the best end result
shall form the basis of installation of the products for usage on this project
15010 - 1
except where definite and specific instructions are set forth therein or
details are shown on plans.
3. APPROVAL OF MATERIALS
A. Shop Drawings must be submitted for the following equipment:
Valves
Flexible Duct Connectors
Insulation —
Plumbing Fixtures and/or Equipment
Balancing Dampers
Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, & Accessories —
Louvers -..
Temperature Controls _
All items followed by'*'
B. Shop Drawings must first be checked by the Contractor for space
conformance and for performance characteristics established by Plans
and/or Specifications, and so stamped. Contractor's stamp shall include
name and address of Contractor, specification paragraph, item designation
and the following statement: Item(s) has (have) been checked for —
compliance with specification requirements and space limitations and will
meet these conditions; checked by; Date." —
C. Shop Drawings not stamped as specified will be returned to the Contractor
without action.
D. Contractor must submit a minimum of 5 sets of complete drawings to _
Engineer.
4. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS
A. Materials or products specified by name of manufacturer, brand, trade —
name, or catalog reference, shall be furnished under the contract unless
changed by a Contract Modification. Where two or more materials are
named, the choice of these shall be optional with the Contractor.
B. See Section 01030, Alternates and Basic Section 01600, Material and
Equipment, for Alternates and Substitutions. No substitutions are allowed
prior to bidding.
C. After the award of the Contract, any request for a substitution must be
made in writing by the Contractor (not material supplier or subcontractor).
Such request shall state the name of the product specified, the name of the
product proposed for substitution, the reason for requesting the
substitution, and any change in Contract Amount resulting from the
substitution. No such substitution shall be made until an appropriate
15010 - 2
Contract Modification has been issued and approved by the Engineer and
Owner.
D. The cost of any changes of other trades as a result of use of the substitution
materials or equipment must be borne by the Contractor submitting such
materials or equipment.
5. ORDINANCES. PERMITS, AND CODES
A. All work shall be executed in accordance with the latest revision of the
Uniform Fire, Plumbing, and Mechanical Codes, and the Local, State, and
other attending rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected and be
subject to the inspection of these departments.
B. Obtain all permits and licenses required for work performed under Division
15 and pay all fees in connection with same.
C. Where work required by the drawings and specifications is above the
standard required by local regulations, it shall be done as shown and/or
specified.
6. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, apparatus and equipment for the work shall be new and shall
be of first class quality, presently being manufactured. Absolutely NO
"close-out" type materials, apparatus or equipment shall be allowed. All
materials, apparatus and equipment shall be furnished, delivered, erected,
connected and finished in every detail, and shall be selected and arranged to
fit properly into the allotted space allowing proper room for maintenance.
7. TESTS
A. Tests shall be performed on the systems specified herein. Any one or all of
the systems listed herein may be provided. See Drawings and Specification
Section to determine which systems are to be provided. Tests shall be
repeated until each system is proven acceptable. All tests shall be made in
the presence of the Engineer and/or the Owners. A letter must be obtained
by the Contractor and be filed with the Engineer's Office, if the tests were
witnessed by the Owner. Where required, perform such tests in the
presence of local or state building inspection officials.
B. General
15010 - 3
I. The pipe systems shall be tested to assure they are installed leak
tight and structurally safe for the intended purpose.
2. Cleaning and flushing tests and approvals shall be completed before
performing pipe system tests to eliminate retesting.
3. If the pipe tests fail, the pipe system shall be repaired and retested.
4. The installing supervisor shall confirm the safe test pressure for
vessels, equipment and accessories in the pipe system from
drawings, specifications, or name plate data.
5. Notify the Owner's Project Manager 24 hours in advance of each
test.
C. New System Test
1. Instruments, vessels, equipment and accessories which cannot _
withstand the test pressure required of attached piping shall be
isolated from the piping. Remove or block and vent direct operated
or self-contained regulators. Each part of a pipe system shall be —
tested, divided as indicated, for the time specified for the given
class of test.
2. Safety valves, relief valves, and rupture discs shall be removed
during the pipe system test and reinstalled after the test. New
gaskets shall be used when reinstalling all flanged items. Do not --
change spring settings or make inoperative any safety and relief
valves, except valves designed to be pinned or yoked. Normally
closed control valves shall be opened before test.
3. Piping and vessels shall be vented when draining them to prevent
their collapse by vacuum.
4. The pipe system installer shall provide all necessary connections,
vents and drains to test and drain the system completely. �-
5. Allowance shall be made by the Project Manager for variations of
pressure and volume due to temperature changes in determining
satisfactory maintained test pressure.
6. The Project Manager shall check the test pressure at the beginning .�
and end of each test before acceptance of the system.
7. Pipe systems shall be tested and accepted before insulation, paint, PF
or other covering or coating is applied. The only exceptions are for
15010 - 4
those parts, including vessels, which have been painted, covered or
coated, and have had previous certification tests.
8. The test shall be a hydrostatic test, or as otherwise specified.
D. Test Pressures
The final test pressure shall be as follows:
1. 12 ft. of water head or 5 psig air pressure held for 30 minutes for
waste, vent and rainwater systems.
E. Final Test
After final connections to the existing system are made and prior to
application of insulation, a final test shall be made of the complete
new system.
2. The test shall be visual inspection in normal service test.
3. Systems to be tested - ALL piping systems.
4. The test pressure shall be the working pressure as a minimum or as
specified.
5. The test medium shall be the system's working fluid, or as specified.
6. Trapped air shall be removed.
7. Piping shall be visually inspected for leaks.
F. Report
1. The Report shall contain the following and be submitted within 24
hours of each test:
- Date, time and place of test
- Duration of test
- Person responsible for testing
- Results of test
- Action taken to correct deficiency
- Outside dry bulb temperature
- Inside dry bulb temperature
- Specific section of piping tested
2. The Report shall be required for final payment.
G. Notify the Project Manager after successful testing.
15010 - 5
8. WARRANTY
A. All systems with one exception shall be warranted for one (1) year after
Owner occupancy in accordance with General Conditions, Supplementary
General Conditions, etc. of the contract. Piping solder joints, brazed joints,
and all threaded connections shall be warranted against leaks for two (2) —
years after Owner occupancy.
B. All lubrication, filter changes, and normal maintenance shall be the
responsibility of the Owner.
9. MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Prepare three (3) typed portfolios with complete sets of high quality copies
of Shop Drawings used in the erection of mechanical system. Each piece of —
equipment shall have information on installation, testing, cleaning, and
maintenance instructions, list of materials for maintenance, parts list, wiring
diagrams, and name and address of authorized service organization, with —
24 hour phone number. List shall be alphabetized, within each category.
B. Include operating instructions for complete system, including emergency —
procedures for fire or failure of major equipment, normal starting, _-
operating and shut down, and long term shut down.
C. Include maintenance instructions, including valve tag and other identified
equipment lists, proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece
of equipment, necessary cleaning, replacement and/or adjustment schedule.
D. Information shall be folded, if necessary, and included in 8-1/2" x I I" hard y
cover, indexed, loose-leaf 3 ring binder. Multiple binders shall be used if —
required to contain materials. All material shall be properly identified with _
job name, date, name and address of Contractor, Architect, and Engineer. —
E. Portfolios shall be submitted to the Engineer for review of material and _
completeness, and when approved by Engineer, portfolios will be turned
over to the Owner. —
10. PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR EQUIPMENT
A. Provide covering and shielding for all equipment (including open-ended
piping and ductwork) provided under Division 15 and equipment furnished
by Owner for installation under Division 15 to protect from mortar, paint, —
debris, etc., during construction. A polyethylene covering tied securely _
around the equipment will be acceptable for this purpose.
11. CLEANING AND PAINTING
15010 - 6 _.
A. Clear away all debris, surplus materials, etc., resulting from Mechanical
Contractor's work or operations, leaving the job and equipment in a clean
condition. All existing areas in which work is performed shall be cleaned
and restored to their original condition upon completion of the project.
B. Clean all items furnished, such as motors, etc., leaving the entire
installation in a first-class condition.
C. Equipment and materials provided under Division 15 will be painted by the
General Contractor except where specified otherwise. However, any
mechanical equipment which has sustained damage to the manufacturer's
prime and finish coats of paint shall be restored to the original condition
and appearance prior to application of finish paint.
12. FINAL INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in
writing to make arrangements for a final inspection.
B. After the final inspection is made, the Contractor will receive a list of items
requiring adjustment, correction, replacement or completion.
C. The Contractor shall comply completely with all the listed requirements
within thirty (30) days of receipt of list. Should the Contractor fail to
perform within this time limit, the Engineer and/or Owner reserves the right
to have the work completed by others and the cost deducted from the
contract price.
D. The Contractor shall initial and date each item as completed and return
copy to Engineer prior to re -inspection.
13. REMODELING
A. Locate existing piping and make connection where required and/or where
shown on the drawings. Do not cut into existing services without first
ascertaining to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer that the pipe or
duct involved is the desired service. In any area where work performed
under Division 15 is the only work involved, restore the area to its original
condition upon completion of work.
B. The Contractor shall visit the site prior to bidding and inspect all ductwork,
HVAC units, plumbing fixtures and structural conditions to his satisfaction.
Lack of knowledge of existing conditions shall not relieve the Contractor
of any responsibility for the successful completion of this project.
C. This Contractor shall include in his proposal and be responsible for all
cutting of existing construction and structural modifications required to
15010 - 7
complete the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and plumbing work.
Prior to making any cuts, verify exact locations and sizes with respect to
existing conditions to confirm that no structural members will be cut other —
than those indicated. Refer to the drawings and appropriate specifications
sections for the requirements of this work.
D. All existing services and equipment shall be maintained unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings.
E. The Owner shall be informed at least two working days in advance of any
shut-off which will occur and which will be affected for a specific period of
time. Only after the Owner is fully informed and has agreed to the —
schedule of shut -offs, can the work then proceed accordingly. Work shall
be scheduled to minimize building system down -time.
F. All existing diffusers, coils, valves, thermostats, fixtures, piping and other
valuable equipment shall remain property of the Owner, except where
noted otherwise, and shall be stored on the site where directed by the —
Project Manager. Owner shall be notified by the Contractor to select any _.
items and save and remove them before the remaining items are removed
by the Contractor.
G. All cutting of existing construction required to install or join new work, _
except where otherwise indicated on the Architectural plans, shall be the
responsibility of this Contractor. Prior to making any cuts, verify exact -.
locations and sizes with the Architect to confirm that no structural _
members will be cut.
14. EXISTING OUTSIDE UTILITIES
A. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of proposed work prior to
the start of excavation.
B. Active Utilities: When encountered in work, protect, brace, support _
existing active sewers, gas, electric, other services where required for
proper execution of work. If existing active utilities are encountered that
are not indicated and which required relocation, make request in writing for
determination. Do not proceed with work until written directions are
received. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services that are to
remain.
C. Inactive Utilities: When encountered in work, remove, cap, or plug _
inactive services. Notify utility companies or municipal agencies having
jurisdiction; protect or remove these services as directed. D. Interruption of Utilities: Where work makes temporary shutdown of
services unavoidable, shut down at night, or at such times as approved by
15010 - 8
SECTION 00520
AGREEMEST h
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 6th d(aay of L,dS in the year of 2002 and shall
be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City.
The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and
Work-A-Haulics Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be
the whole or only a part is defined as the demolition of existing solar tanks and
related system, miscellaneous other demolition, the construction of a new
stairwell, concrete vault for future HVAC equipment, and related
sitework/landscaping as detailed by the drawings and is generally described in
Section 01010.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by Aller-Lingle who is hereinafter called ENGINEER
and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and
authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with
completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within 120 days after the
date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General
Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance
with the General Conditions within 150 days after the date when the Contract
Times commence to run.
3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of
the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the
Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus
any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General
Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in
a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed
on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall
pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter.
7/96 Section 00530 Page 1
Owner, which will cause least interference with established operating
routine. Arrange to work continuously, including overtime, if required, to
make necessary connections to existing work.
15. ASBESTOS
A. Products, equipment or materials that contain asbestos shall not be allowed
in the construction of the mechanical and plumbing systems on this project.
END OF SECTION
15010 - 9
CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL
CITY OF FORT COLLINS _
SECTION 15050 - MATERIALS AND METHODS _
1. GENERAL
A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including _
references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, is hereby
adopted and made part of this section of the specifications. _
B. Materials and methods specified herein apply to all sections under Division
15 of the specifications. Intent of this section is to set forth common _
requirements and to avoid repetition under each particular section. See
drawings and/or Division 15 Specification sections to determine which
systems are to be provided. —
2. PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Provide pipe and fittings of type and materials scheduled herein, of
quantities shown on the drawings and as required to connect fixtures and --
equipment. All fittings shall have ANSI tolerances and dimensions and
have ASTM materials for conformance with piping below.
B. Pipe and Fitting Schedule
1. Building storm sewer below grade. -
a. Schedule 40 PVC DWV with solvent welded joints, as
approved by the Administrative Authority.
2. Soil, waste, and rainwater piping in building above ground. -
a. Hubless cast iron, service weight, centrifugally spun per
CISPI-301. Fittings hubless cast iron. Joints - neoprene
sleeve and stainless steel retaining band with double screw _
connectors, installed per manufacturer's recommendations.
CISPI-310, 1985.
OR
b. Schedule 40 PVC DWV with solvent welded joints, as
approved by the Administrative Authority. Pipes in return
air ceiling plenums must be fire and smoke rated for that
purpose. -
15050 - 1
3. PIPE AND DUCT SLEEVES
A. Provide sleeves for all pipes and ducts passing through floors, roofs, walls,
and full height partitions. Ducts passing through gypboard walls do not
require sleeves.
B. For sleeves passing through fire rated walls/floors, fill void with fire stop
material.
C. At points where a duct passes through a fire rated walUfloor and a fire
damper is being installed, the duct sleeve can be eliminated.
D. Pipe Sleeves:
1. Floor Sleeves in Exposed Areas --Schedule 40 PVC pipe, reamed,
extending 2" above floor in equipment rooms and wet areas and
1/4" above the floor in all other locations.
2. Masonry Wall Sleeves --Schedule 40 PVC pipe reamed, and finished
flush with wall.
3. Gyp Wall Sleeves and Sleeves Through Existing Construction --
Schedule 40 PVC, ends terminating flush with the wall.
4. Roof Sleeves and Floor Sleeves in Concealed Locations (as in
chases) --Schedule 40 PVC.
5. Make pipe sleeves 1/2" larger inside diameter than the outside
diameter of the pipe or pipe insulation, where insulated. Fabricate
sleeves from new materials, with ends cut square.
6. Floor Sleeves, where water is to be kept out --fill with graphite
packing and caulking compound.
7. Exterior Wall Sleeves - Schedule 40 steel pipe reamed, welded
flange in the middle of the wall, ends finished flush. Pack void
annular space with oakum and lead to provide a water -tight joint or
Schedule 40 PVC.
8. Where plastic pipe passes through fire rated shaft walls and fire
rated partition walls having a fire rating of 2 hours or more, provide
Schedule 40 steel or cast iron pipe sleeve extending 12" or more on
each side of wall.
E. Duct Sleeves for round ducts up to 12" in diameter:
15050 - 2
1. Roof, floor and partitions sleeves --Schedule 40 PVC; terminate
flush with wall, or 2" above floor in equipment rooms and wet
areas; 1/4" above floor in all other areas.
2. Sleeves through bearing walls --Schedule 40 PVC pipe reamed and
finished flush with wall. —
3. Make sleeves 1/2" larger inside diameter than the outside diameter —
of duct. —
F. Provide prepared openings for rectangular ducts and round ducts over 12" -
diameter. Furnish exact locations and sizes of boxing forms for these —
openings in masonry, concrete, and other building construction. Openings
shall be V larger than outside dimensions of ducts.
G. Sealing of all other sleeves shall be as specified under Section for
Mechanical Systems Insulation.
H. Sleeve Flashing, Caulking. For sleeves passing through membrane —
waterproofing or lead safe, except as otherwise specified herein, provide 16
oz. soft sheet copper of 4 pound lead per square foot flashing extending 9" —
beyond sleeve in all directions; secure to waterproofing or lead safe; turn
down flashing into space between pipe and sleeve, insert oakum gasket,
pour lead, caulk water tight. Over air plenums caulk all sleeves with —
polysulfite base sealing compound conforming to ASA Al 16.1 (Thiokol). —
1. Where sleeves are indicated with flashing flanges provide Josam, or —
equal, 26420 series threaded riser sleeve with anchor lugs, flashing
flange, steel pipe extensions.
1. Pipe and Duct Sleeves through Existing Construction:
1. This Contractor shall provide all openings for pipes and ducts
passing through existing walls, footings, roofs and floors except —
where otherwise indicated and/or specified.
2. Openings for pipes shall be core drilled 1/2" larger than the outside —
pipe or insulation diameter. After installation, seal around pipes as
indicated above. Coordinate opening locations such that no
structural members are damaged.
3. Where larger portions of existing construction are removed for a —
number of pipes, provide individual sleeves for each pipe. This
Contractor shall then grout around sleeves to match existing
construction. Reinforce mesh, angles, etc., shall be used to provide
structural stability to the new grouting.
15050 - 3
a
5.
4. Openings for ducts shall be neatly cut to the shape of the duct and
1" larger than the outside dimension. After installation, seal around
ducts as indicated above. Coordinate opening locations such that
no structural members are damaged.
5. Where larger rough openings are made, Contractor shall provide
sleeve and grout as stated above.
FLOOR WALL AND CEILING PLATES
A. Plates shall be installed on all exposed pipe passing through walls, floors,
or ceilings. Plates shall be as manufactured by Ritter Pattern and Casting
Company, 120 Walker Street, New York, New York 10013, or approved
equal, chrome plated steel plates with set screw and concealed hinge. Cut
plates to fit flush at close -spaced piping locations.
PIPE HANGERS SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS*
A. Provide pipe hangers, supports, anchors, and guides as specified herein
and/or indicated, conforming to manufacturer's standardization society
specification SP-69. Locate at changes in direction and at concentrated
loads. Hanger design shall permit vertical adjustment and lateral movement
to allow pipe expansion. Double nut hangers where piping is subject to
water hammer, i.e. near flush valves and solenoid valves.
B. Bear hot piping directly on hangers or on insulation shields and cold piping
on insulation, shielded as described under article for insulation.
Provide pipe hangers of ample diameter for cold piping insulation and
vapor barrier jacket.
C. Use carbon steel adjustable hangers as follows:
1. Steel and cast iron, 2 1/2" and larger. Grinnell Fig. 260, Fee and
Mason Fig. 239, Elcen Fig. 12.
2. Steel, plastic and cast iron, 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. 69, Fee
and Mason Fig. 400, Elcen Fig. 202.
3. Copper pipe 2" and smaller. Grinnell Fig. CT-69, Fee and Mason
Fig. 389, Elcen Fig. 389.
D. Three or more pipes may be supported on trapeze hangers using 2 clevis
hangers and a capped pipe cross member. Isolate copper pipe from bearing
on the cross member with an electrically insulating material.
15050 - 4
1. Where indicated trapeze hangers shall be "Unistrut" or equal,
double channel with drop rods. Where pipes are indicated to be
supported from the underside of trapeze hanger provide "Unistrut"
or equal speed clamps. Isolate copper pipe from cross member
same as specified above.
E. Support horizontal steel piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is more
stringent:
Pine Size
Rod Diameter
Maximum Spacing -
Up to 1 1/4"
3/8"
8 ft.
1 1/2" to 3 1/2"
1/2"
8 ft. —
4" & 5"
5/8"
12 ft. m
6"
3/4"
12 ft.
F. Support horizontal copper piping per SP-69 or as follows, whichever is _
more stringent:
Nom Tubing Size Rod Diameter Maximum Spacing
Up to 1 1/2" 3/8" 6 ft.
2" to 2 1/2" 3/8" 8 ft. —
3" 1/2" 9 ft.
G. Support horizontal hub and spigot pipe at every hub, 10 ft. max. spacing.
H. Support horizontal hubless cast iron pipe at every joint and at each
horizontal branch connection. Sway brace to prevent shear.
I. Support plastic every 4 feet.
J. Support vertical piping as follows:
1. Steel --Every other floor
2. Cast iron and Copper --Every floor, 10 ft. max. intervals
3. Plastic --Every floor plus 5' spacing between floors
K. In existing concrete frame structures, support pipe hangers from the sides
only of beams or joists using austempered ramset fasteners or Phillips red
head concrete anchors. Follow manufacturer's load recommendations.
L. In steel framed structures, support pipe hangers from beam clamps,
attachments and brackets bolted to steel joists or beams. Use steel washer
plates for pipe supported from steel joists, Grinnell Fig. 60, Elcen Fig. 84,
Fee and Mason Fig. 91. Hang near joist panel point, where possible.
Bolting to steel deck is prohibited. Hang pipes over 5" diameter from more
than 1 joist. Absolutely no piping shall be supported directly on the roof
joists.
15050 - 5
M. Hanging from one pipe to another is prohibited.
6. PIPING INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Pipe sizes shown on the drawings are nominal pipe sizes, not
outside diameters. Use straight round pipe reamed to full size after
cutting. Remove all chips from reaming.
2. Arrange pipe in group runs where feasible. Coordinate locations
with all trades. Avoid traps in piping.
3. The right is reserved to authorize minor changes in pipe location to
avoid conflicts with other trades at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Waste, Vent and Storm Piping
1. All waste, vent, and storm drain piping shall be properly pitched at
1/4 inch to the foot (or 2%) minimum for 4" and smaller pipe and
1/8 inch (or 1%) minimum for 5 inch and larger, unless otherwise
indicated. Piping shall be properly supported so that it will not sag
and form pockets. Exceptions must be approved in writing by the
Administrative Authority.
2. The manufacturer's recommendations shall be carefully followed
when installing pipe using neoprene gasketed joints.
7. EXCAVATING. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Excavation. Trenches for all underground pipe lines shall not be carried
below the required depths except as necessary for special pipe bedding or
to remove unstable soil or rock. Furnish and backfill with thoroughly
compacted sand -gravel mixtures or excavated materials approved by the
Engineer's representative, all excess excavation below required levels.
Rock will be encountered and shall be excavated to allow for 6" granular
bed between bottom of pipe and rock.
B. Trench Preparation. The bottom of the trench shall be accurately graded
and shaped to fit the lower 1/4 circumference so as to provide uniform
bearing and support for each section of the pipe except where necessary to
excavate for pipe jointing. Where pipe elevations run below the granular
fill in to natural soil, provide a minimum of six (6) inches of granular
material below the pipe, granular material equal to material specified
above.
15050 - 6
C. Shoring and sheeting required to protect the trench construction, adjacent
buildings and property, as well as the safety of employees and the public,
shall be constructed all in accordance with local, state, or federal safety —
regulations that apply or as specified herein.
1. The side of trenches in hard compact material five (5) feet or more in depth and eight (8) feet or more in length shall be securely held
by shoring and bracing or sloped to the angle of repose of the
material being excavated. -'
2. The sides of the trenches four (4) feet or more in depth in partly
saturated, filled or unstable soil, or where running material is
encountered, such as quicksand, loose gravel, loose shale, or
completely saturated material, shall be secured by the use of
continuous vertical sheet piping and suitable braces. Wooden sheet
piling shall be not less than two (2) inches in thickness. -
3. One horizontal cross brace, strut or trench jack, shall be furnished
for each four (4) feet in depth or major fraction thereof.
4. All sheeting in areas that are unstable shall be left in place as
directed by the Architect -Engineer, and shall be cut off 1-foot
above the top of the pipe in these areas. Sheeting shall not be _
removed until the trench is substantially backfilled. Any sheeting
left in place shall be included in the lump sum price of this Contract. _
D. Grading and Stacking. All grading in the vicinity of trench excavations
shall be controlled to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches. Any water accumulated in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or by ^
other approved methods. During excavation, materials suitable for
backfilling shall be stacked in an orderly manner a sufficient distance back -.
from edges of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. —
E. Crossing Protection. Provide adequate temporary crossovers for
pedestrian and vehicular traffic, including guard rails, lamps, flags, as
directed; remove same when necessary for such protection ceases.
F. Backfilling. After pipe lines have been tested, inspected and approved by the Architect -Engineer, and prior to backfilling, all forms shall be removed -,
and the excavation shall be cleaned of all trash and debris. Material for
backfilling shall consist of the excavated granular material, or borrow equal —
to that specified above, and shall be free of trash, lumber, or other debris.
Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers, not exceeding nine (9) inches in
thickness. Moisten and hand or machine compact to 95% of standard
proctor density. Bring fill to elevations indicated. If backfill fails the
proctor density test, conducted by an independent testing laboratory "
15050 - 7
Fl.
retained by the Owner, Contractor shall recompact and retest until
satisfactory density is reached. First backfill layer shall be coarse sand to
6" above top of pipe.
G. Restoration of Area. All areas disturbed by the Mechanical Contractor
shall be restored to their original condition unless otherwise indicated.
1. Replace pavement, curbs, sidewalks, other appurtenances removed
or damaged in connection with work and restore to original
conditions, unless otherwise directed.
DISINFECTING AND SPECIAL CLEANING
A. When a new system is indicated to be connected to an existing system,
isolate the new system for cleaning and flushing if applicable. Reaming
chips must be removed by flushing, cleaning strainers, etc.
B. Ductwork Systems
1. As the system of ductwork, supplying air to the building is put into
service in whole or in part, provide 1" or 2" pleated filters at fan
intake to keep the mechanical system and the building clean.
9. ELECTRICAL
A. Electric Motors.
1. Provide electric motors with all equipment furnished and installed
under Division 15, unless specified otherwise.
B. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls for
Division 15 equipment shall be furnished, set in place and wired in
accordance with the following schedule:
Set In
Power
Control
Furnished
Place
Wiring
Wiring
Under
Under
Under
Under
ITEM
Division
Division
Division
Division
Equipment Motors
15
15
16
-
Starters/Contactors:
Separate
15
16
16
15
Factory Mounted
and Wired
15
15
16
15
Pushbutton Stations:
Separate I5 16 - 15
In Starter Enclosure 15 16 15
15050 - 8
Disconnect Switches
16
Thermal Overload Switches
16
Control Relays
15
Control Transformers
15
Operating Switches
16
Line Voltage Thermostat
15
Low Voltage Thermostat
15
Sub -Base Low Voltage
15
Time Switches Not In
Control Panel
15
Thermostat and Controls
Integral with Equipment
of Directly Attached to
Ducts, Pipes, etc.
15
Equipment in Temperature
Control Panels
15
Valve Motors, Damper
Motors, Solenoid Valves,
etc.
15
Control Circuit Outlets
16
Smoke Detectors Including
Relays for Fan Control
16
Equipment Interlocks
15
16
16
-
16
16
-
15
-
15
16
16
15
16
16
-
15
-
15
15
-
15
15
-
15
15
16
15
15 - 15
15 - 15
15
-
15
16
16
-
15
16
15
15
-
15
END OF SECTION
15050 - 9
Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) for each calendar day or fraction
thereof that expires after the One Hundred Twenty (120) calendar day
period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is
Substantially Complete.
2) Final Acceptance:
After Substantial Completion, One Hundred ($100.00) for each calendar
day or fraction thereof that expires after the Thirty (30) calendar
day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready
for Final Payment and Acceptance.
ARTICLE 9. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($85,000.00), Eighty-
five Thousand Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and
incorporated herein by this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article
19 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by
ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of
the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as
recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below.
All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured
by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions
and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and
in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the
amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the
aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall
determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the
General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been
50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the
Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been
satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may
determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain
satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work
completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial
Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably
stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for
payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount
sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price,
less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance
7/96 Section 00530 Page 2
CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING
1. GENERAL
A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including
references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and
Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part
of this section of the specifications.
2. SCOPE OF THE WORK
A. The work involved in this specification and the accompanying drawings
consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material and equipment
necessary to install all complete systems listed below, including minor items
obviously necessary for complete and operating installation.
Storm Drainage System
B. Also included is the work involved to remove and/or relocate existing
associated equipment, remodeling of existing systems, including
connections between new and existing systems.
3. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Cleaning: At completion clean strainers, traps, aerators, and valves of
debris, sand and dirt. Thoroughly clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
4. PROTECTION
A. Protect fixtures and related components from damage before, during and
after installation to date of Final Acceptance or Owner move -in. Provide
protective coverings or other protection as required.
5. AREA DRAINS*
A. Provide floor drains of type specified herein. Sizes and locations shall be as
indicated. Drains specified herein are Zurn. Josam, Wade, or J.R. Smith
meeting specifications will be acceptable.
B. Area drains shall be cast iron with bottom outlet, seepage pan and
combination membrane flashing clamp and frame for medium -duty cast iron
slotted grate. 18 square inches grate open area, 9" dia.
15440 - 1
6. SUMP PUMP SP-1 *
A. Provide sump pump where indicated. Pumps shall be as manufactured by
Hydromatic, Weil, Swaby, Zoeller or prior approved equal.
B. Submersible sump pumps shall be constructed with a cast iron shell, bronze
impeller, factory sealed ball bearings, carbon/ceramic mechanical seals,
perforated strainer and overload protected motor. With high water alarm
and extra set of dry contacts for connection to DDC system.
1. Provide diaphragm pressure switch with piggyback 10' cord for
120 volt operation.
2. Capacity to be 30 GPM at 20 ft. head.
3. Hydromatic Model OSP33, 1/3 HP, 1750 RPM split phase. Motor
with thermal overload protection.
C.
1. Provide " No -hub" type connections for a 12" section of 2"
discharge pipe for easy removal of the pump.
2. Provide a check valve in the discharge pipe above the removable
pipe section.
D. Provide a 24"dia. galvanized steel culvert 60" long to be the sump. Cut
inlet and outlet openings where required. With Neenah Foundry #R-5901-
E open grate and frame to fit into culvert.
END OF SECTION
15440 - 2
CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
SECTION 15850 - VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
1. GENERAL
A. Section 15010, Mechanical Special Conditions, in its entirety, including
references to applicable provisions of the General Requirements, and
Section 15050, Materials and Methods, are hereby adopted and made part
of this section of the specifications.
2. SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work in this section of the specification and the accompanying
drawings consists of performing all labor and furnishing of all material and
equipment necessary to install air handling and air conditioning systems as
indicated on drawings and specified herein, including minor items obviously
necessary for complete and operating systems.
3. ACCESS PANELS*
A. Provide access panels to permit inspection and maintenance of all
automatic dampers, fire dampers, control equipment, coils and other
equipment requiring maintenance. Panels shall be located in position
dictated by the equipment such that maintenance may be performed.
Panels shall not be located in top side of ducts. Ceiling panels to be
compatible with type ceiling used.
B. Panels shall be attached to duct with zinc plated cam latches. 18" x 18"
and smaller panels shall have a minimum of two (2) latches. Larger panels
shall have a minimum of four (4) latches. Panels shall set in rigid frame
with sponge rubber gasketing to prevent air leakage. Panels may be of
single wall uninsulated construction.
C. Where duct size permits, access panels shall be minimum 18" x 16" or 2"
smaller than duct size, whichever is smaller.
4. BALANCING DAMPERS*
A. These dampers shall be the product of recognized manufacturers and shall
be installed upstream of each supply register or diffuser.
15850 - 1
B. For rectangular ductwork requiring a blade width greater than 8" use an
opposed blade damper with 3-1/2" x V x 16 gauge galvanized steel hat
channel frame. Blades shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel, maximum width —
8". Axles shall be 1/2" diameter galvanized steel. Bearings shall be heavy _.
duty nylon or bronze sleeve type. Actuator shall be 1/2" diameter manual —
locking quadrant.
C. For rectangular ductwork requiring a blade width 8" or less, use a single
blade damper with 3-1/2" x 5/8" x 16 gauge galvanized steel hat channel —
frame. Blade shall be center pivoting and single thickness 20 gauge
galvanized steel. Axles shall be 3/8" square plated steel with bearings and —
actuator as above.
D. American Warming and Ventilating Inc. VC-8, VC-9, VC-21, VC-23,
Louvers and Dampers, Inc. VCD-400, RBD-2 or Greenheck MBD-15. Or
prior approved equal.
5. SHEET METAL WORK - LOW VELOCITY SYSTEMS
A. Low velocity sheet metal work includes all ducts serving supply, return,
and exhaust air systems operating at a maximum of 2" W.G. of pressure. —
B. Construction. Construct ducts from zinc coated iron or steel sheets
conforming accurately to the dimensions indicated on the drawings. All —
ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints.
Construct ducts in accordance with the recommendations in the current
edition of the "SMACNA" duct construction standards, 2" W.G. pressure
class.
C. All ductwork transverse joints shall be made airtight by using duct sealer in
accordance with SMACNA standards. No open joints at the corners or
elsewhere will be allowed. All seams in horizontal ducts will be standing
seams with separate cleats mitering at the corners. All seams in vertical
duct or risers shall be self-supporting. All ducts shall be complete in
themselves. No single thickness partitions between ducts allowed. All _
ducts over 18" wide to be crossbroken.
6. DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Securely attach all ductwork to the building construction in a manner to be
free from vibration and swaying under all conditions of operation. Hanger
attachments shall be appropriate for the building structure and shall be
subject to the Engineer's approval. Hang ducts from beams and joists
whenever possible. ,
B. Ducts shall be substantially supported with hangers located at a maximum
of 8 feet on centers, or less as conditions dictate, for the length of the duct. —
15850 - 2
All hangers shall be made of I" wide galvanized iron straps, 18 gauge for
hangers spaced at 8 feet centers, 22 gauge for 4 feet centers, both for ducts
up to 96" semi -perimeter, or per latest edition of the SMACNA HVAC
Duct Construction Standards. Hanger straps to be secured to the bottom
of the duct using sheet metal screws. Additional screws to be added to
sides of ductwork as conditions dictate. Trapeze hangers per SMACNA
standards may also be used.
7. DUCT INSTALLATION
A. All ductwork will be run substantially as shown on the plans. Changes in
size or cross section shall be made with long tapers. The Engineer reserves
the right to slightly change the run of certain ducts without extra cost to
the Owner, if necessary to avoid unforeseen structural or other
interferences.
B. Where ducts run through ceiling spaces and structural, mechanical, or
electrical interference is encountered, maintain same cross sectional area as
indicated on plans with a maximum of 4 1/2 to I aspect ratio.
C. All openings in duct for grilles, registers, etc., shall be capped dust -tight
with G.I. metal caps during the construction period.
D. All rectangular branch takeoff ducts shall be the 45 deg. proportional type
unless specifically shown otherwise. Round branch duct connections to
rectangular mains shall be made with 45' take -offs with rectangular to
round transitions. See paragraph 4 for balancing dampers.
E. Where square turns are indicated, either round or rectangular duct, provide
and install square turn elbows with turning vanes. Vanes may be either
commercial type duct turns or approved equal, or shop fabricated to
conform to SMACNA standards. Vanes shall be double thickness type
preassembled on runners before installing in each elbow. Brace adequately
and avoid rough edges to prevent objectionable noise. Double thickness
turning vanes to have 4'/2" radius @ 3 1/4" spacing.
F. No obstructions will be allowed in ducts except places where absolutely
necessary and prior approval has been received from the Engineer. In such
cases they shall be installed so as to least interfere with the passage of air.
8. SOUND INSULATION
A. Sound insulation shall be applied to the interior of ducts provided under the
contract as listed below unless otherwise indicated on the plans:
I. All exhaust, relief and return ducts and all rectangular supply ducts.
15850 - 3
B. All internal sound insulation shall be V duct liner with a black fire resistant
skin surface and edge coating. Liner shall have overall density of 1.50
pounds per cubic foot. Installation shall meet NFPA 90A and 90B fire —
resistant requirements, and SMACNA standards. Liner shall have a noise
reduction coefficient (NRC) of 0.65 for a type "A" mounting.
C. Apply the insulation in fabricated pieces sized to the interior duct surfaces
with the black coated or denser surface exposed to the air stream.
Insulation shall be firmly held in place with B.F. 85-10 or 85-60, C.M.C. —
17-477, I-C 225 fire resistant adhesive covering no less than 100 percent
of the duct surface. Further secure insulation on the top and sides of
horizontal ducts and all sides of vertical ducts with Omark or KSM _
capacitor discharge studs and caps on 15" centers. Coat exposed -
longitudinal edges of insulation with a heavy layer of B.F. 60-30, C.M.C.
17-477, or I-C 102 fire resistant mastic prior to installation in the
ductwork. Secure transverse edges with capacitor discharge studs and
caps on 6 inch centers and coat caps and entire joint with the same mastic _
as for longitudinal edges.
D. Duct sizes indicated on the drawings are the internal sizes. Where _
insulation is applied to the inside of the ducts, the metal size of the duct
shall be increased by 2 inches to result in internal dimensions equal to that -
shown on the drawings. _
E. Where sound insulation is shown for ducts which require thermal -
insulation, the thermal insulation may be omitted on the outside of the
sound insulated ductwork.
9. REGISTERS GRILLES. AND DIFFUSERS*
A. Furnish and install registers, grilles, and diffusers, as manufactured by
Titus, Anemostat, Carnes, Krueger, Metal -sire, Tuttle and Bailey, or
approved equal, where indicated on the plans.
1. See Schedule on the plans for exact type, construction, and _
accessories.
2. Adjust air pattern controllers so that drafts are not created. ^
3. Selection based on NC less than 30. --
10. STATIONARY LOUVERS*
A. Provide stationary outside air intake and exhaust louvers where indicated
on the plans and as manufactured by American Warming and Ventilating,
Arrow, Industrial Louvers, Dowco, Louvers and Dampers, Inc., _
Greenheck, or approved equal.
15850 - 4
B. See schedule on the plans for exact type, construction, and accessories
C. Install louvers, where indicated on the plans, according to manufacturer's
recommendations. Provide anchor clips and caulk as required for a sound,
water -tight installation. Make airtight duct connections to installed
louvers.
11. EXPANSION TANK*
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Amtrol
2. Bell & Gossett
3. Taco
4. Approved Equal.
B. Tank shall be the elastomeric bladder type, with positive water and air
separation, pressurized, ASME rated.
C. Size as specified and as required for proper venting pressure.
D. With vertical mounting support feet, air charging valve, and air pressure
gauge.
E. Tanks will be furnished and installed by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
15850 - 5
certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
eistablly re"que requested by OWNER) which
CONTRACTOR and OWNED respeetivelrare is required
to purchase and maintain in accordance with
paragraphs 5.4, ` .
Preconstruction Conference:
2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to
run, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference
attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as
appropriate will be held to establish a working
understanding among the parties as to the Work and to
discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6,
procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other
submittals processing Applications for Payment and
maintaining required records.
Initially Acceptable Schedules:
2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, at least tea days befem submissien ef the first
before any work at the site begins,
a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER
and others as appaepriate designated by OWNER, will be
held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided
below the schedules submitted in accordance with
paragraph 2.6. and Division I - General Requirements.
CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make
corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit
the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to
CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and
acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The
progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as
providing an orderly progression of the Work to
completion within any specified Milestones and the
Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on
ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling
or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve
CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full
responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR'S schedule of
Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable
to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and processing the required submittals
CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to
ENGINEER as to form and substance.
ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire
agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are
complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if
called for by all. The Contract Documents will be
construed in accordance with the law of the place of the
Project.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof)
to be constructed in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may
reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or --+
from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to
produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When
words or phrases which have a well-known technical or --+
construction industry or trade meaning are used to
describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or -�
phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that
meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract --y
Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in
paragraph 9.4. -
3.3. Reference to Standards and, Specifications of
Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies:
3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications,.
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization
or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any
governmental authority, whether such reference be
specific or by implication, shall mean the latest
,..�
standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or
Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or,
on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were
no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically
r,
stated in the Contract Documents.
3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error,
ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract
Documents or between the Contract Documents and
any provision of any such Law or Regulation
applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any
^l
instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5,
'
"�
CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in
writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an
^'1
emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an
amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents
has been issued by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that
" 1
CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or
ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have
known thereof.
3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the
Contract Documents or as may be provided by
amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the
methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the
provisions of the Contract Documents shall take
precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity
or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract
Documents and:
3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard,
specification, manual, code or instruction (whether
or not specifically incorporated by reference in the -..i
Contract Documents); or
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the
remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said
paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the
Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws
and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or
furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and
tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the
General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes
responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to
supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may
affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR
considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract
Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of
paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the
accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by
CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the
General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors
or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written
7/96 Section 00530 Page 3
resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of `Contract
Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are
referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this
reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related
actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents
and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to,
the following:
7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4 Consent of Surety
7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2. 6 Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets with the following
general title:
Architectural - X1.1 Demolition, A1.1
Mechanical - M1.1 Mechanical Plan
Electrical - E1 Electrical Demolition,
Site Plan/Floor Plan, A1.2 Details
E2 Electrical Floor Plan
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any
revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 5, inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other
documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant
to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or
incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be
amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the
General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the
General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in
the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without
7/96 Section 00530 Page 4
limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be
assigned without such 'consent (except to the extent that the effect of this
restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the
contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or
discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract
Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document.
OWNER: CITY OF /F�ORT COLLINS
By: � 4. r4,v
JOHN F. FVSCHBACH, CITY MANAGER
BY: o W-
James Neill II, CPPO, FNIGP
DI TOR OF PURCHASING
AND RISK MAN�GEMET
Date., ti 12( Ir-- L_
ving notices:
P. 0, Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
Approved as to Form
Assistant Ci y ttcrney
CONTRACTOR: Work-`A-``Haulics Inc.
By: vidi VJ� rtn e
t
Title:
,yyti c{fYtlf yr,
Date: �ILOZ ray \.t�.,
(CORPORATE SEAL)
�m
Attest:
49
Address for giving notices:
920 6ek 58
Fort Collins �L010rado 305 44
LICENSE NO.:
SECTION 00530
7/96 Section 00530 Page 5
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE l; Bid No. 5683
To:
This notice is to advise you
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by
the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been
received by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby
authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from
receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement.
Dated this
day of
, 20
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be
and , 20 , respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day
of , 20
TRACTOR
Title:
7/96 Section 00530 Page 6
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm) Work-A-Haulics, Inc.
(Address)820 Ea
(an .Individua.l),
"Principal." and
�a earcnershi.p),
Bond No.P51105
r i �.v �.1 la1J, lu OU7LH
a Corporati.on), hereinafter referred to as
(Fiirm) Pioneer General Insurance
(Address) Denver
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of
Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of
Eighty Fly(, Thnusand and no/100 in lawful money of the United States, for the
payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 6th _ day of May ,
2002, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -
PHASE 1; Bid No. 5683.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its
duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said
Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may
be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life
of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands
incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the
OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do
so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the
OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
7/96 Section 00610 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and
it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in four (4) counterparts, each
one of whi_i:h shall be deemed an original, this 6th day of May
2m2
pIN�PRESENCE OF:
TP" ✓1-v� ���I�tS�-� 0117�� --
(CoYporaLe seal)
IN PRESENCE OF:
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Surety seal)
Pr'
`L� pal
(Title)
_
L-� sus e � No, g �y
(Address)
Other Partners
In
BE
S e ty
By:_
J n C. Beckett, Attorney in Fact
By:220 Smith, Fort Collins, CO 80524
(Address) --
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. if: CONTRACTOR
is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
7/96 Section 00610 Page 2
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No.P51105
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)Work-A-Haulics, Inc.
(Address) 82U East County Roador o ins,
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the
"Principal" and
(Firm) Pioneer General INsurance Company
(Address) Denver, CO
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Fort Collins 300 Laporte Ave Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in .the penal sum of
Eighty Five Thousand and nq/100 in lawful money of the United States, for
the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 6th day of May
2002, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -
PHASE 1; Bid No. 5683.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms,
subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in
the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized
extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials,
lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used
in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on
said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force
and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and
it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
7/96 Section 00615 Page 1
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in four (4)
one of which shall be deemed an original, this 6th day of
2002.
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF:
counterparts, each
May
PrincaTS�
By:�j�\j�
(Title) --
ba/ C
(Address
goTjy
Other Partners
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety C
By' n Rork }} a}}nrno-y--in FaCt
-------------- — By 22Q_Snu_th For} ollins,_CO 80524
(Surety Seal) (Address)
NOTE: Cate of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR
is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
7/96 Section 00615 Page 2
PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
Denver, Colorado
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
P 51105
That the PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Colorado has its principal office in the City of Denver, Colorado pursuant to the
following By-law, which was adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company in 1990, to wit:
'Ardde VI - Section 2 - RESIDENT OFFICERS AND ATTORNEYS -IN -FACT. The President or any Vice -President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall
have the authority to appoint Resident Vice -Presidents and Attomsys-In Fact, with the power and authority to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver on its behalf, as Surety:
Any and all undertakings of suretyship and to affix thereto the corporate seal of the corporation. The President or any Vice -President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant
Secretary, shall also have the authority to remove and revoke the authority of any such appointee at any time, does hereby make, constitute and appoint
* * * JOHN C. BECKETT, TIMOTHY D. BECKETT * * *
OF
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
its true and lawful Attorneys) -In -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as Surety:
And any and all undertakings of suretyship
And the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes,
as If they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its offices In Denver, Colorado, in their own persona.
The following Resoludon was adopted at the Regular Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Pioneer General Insurance Company, held on June 1, 1990.
'RESOLVED, That the signatures of officers of the Company and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney executed in accordance
with Article VI -'Section 2 of the Company By-laws; and that any such Power of Attorney bearing such facsimile signatures, Including the facsimile signature of a certifying
Assistant Secretary and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached.'
All authority hereby conferred shall remain in full force and effect until laminated by the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by Its President and its corporate seal to be hereunto
affixed this 1st day of February 2000
PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY
Secretary ✓� ���
State of Colorado )
County of Arapahoe ) ss By PRESIDENT
On this 1st day of February 2000 before mepersonally came Robert H. Warburton
to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that (s)he resides In the County of Adams. State of Colorado; that (s)he is Ne President of the PIONEER
GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, the corporation described in which executed the above Instrument; that (s)he knows the seal of the said corporation; thatthe seal affixed
to the said Instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation; that (s)he signed (his) (her) name by like order; and
that By-law, Article VI - Section 2, adopted by the Board of Directors of said County, referred to in the preceding instrument, is now in force.
My Commission Expires 1/18/2003
.E......
�P; pTA •!�`
•o
Notary Public
OF C04O U
I, M.J. Frick Secretary of PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and
foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney executed by said PIONEER GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, which is still in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed at the City of Denver, Colorado this C�, 7t�l day of �]�1.>�",.
P133 Secretary ///¢ %^ZCIZ
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: February 12, 2002
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred
to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on
March 15, 2002 for the CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE l; Bid No. 5683. If
delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2"6 Floor, Fort
Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed; the mailing address is P. 0. Box 580, Fort
Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly
received will be publicly opened and read aloud.
The Contract Documents provide for the demolition of existing solar tanks and
related system, miscellaneous other demolition, the construction of a new
stairwell, concrete vault for future HVAC equipment, and related
sitework/landscaping as detailed by the drawings.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City
of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
Contract Documents will be available February 15, 2002.
Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and
Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St., 2nd
floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80521 upon payment of a refundable fee of Thirty
Dollars ($30.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at:
1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division.
2. The Daily Journal, 2000 S. Colorado Blvd. Suite 2000, Denver, Colorado.
3. CMD Denver Plan Room, 9250 E Costilla Ave, STE 400, Englewood, CO
4. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado.
5. The Plan Room, 2176 South Jasmine St. Door "E"/Suite 219, Denver, Colorado.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will
be held at 10:00 a.m. on February 28, 2002 at 215 N. Mason, 2"d Floor, Conference
Room 2-A.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present theirquestions relative to this Bid
proposal at this meeting.
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3
of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as
specified in the Agreement.
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1
A
SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance.
7/96
Section 00630 Page 1
ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANC °"04/04 02
�2 oaioaio2
PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
MSC Insurance Agency ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
20-241064-AP-OC - XSA HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, E)(TEND OR
P.O. Box 29611 1 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Charlotte NC 28229
800-448-5462 704-921.4651
n. q; -
CIC fA-Haellic ' Inc. INSURERC
orrtEl.Dl ltT�n$ OUJL4 INSURER D:
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REGU1RE'MENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PEWA1N, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THETERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAW.
LTR.
TYPE OF INSURANCE...
_. POLICY NiHl48E61.DATE
iSIhG Y
TE MMOM'Y
- LIMITS......
GENERAL WIBLITY
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CLAMS MADE ❑ OCCUR
EACH OCCURRENCE
$
FIRE DAMAGE(Any Im lie)
$
MED EXP (MY w parson)
$
PERSONAL& ADV INJURY
$
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$
GEN'L AGGREGATE UNIT APPLIES PER:
POLICY LOC
PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG
S
AVFOMDBLE
UABBJTY
ANY AUTO
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEIXAF.D ADIOS
HIRED AUTOS
NON -OWNED AUTOS
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(EA eccioenp
$
BODILY
(Pm parsonO.))
$
BODILVINJURY
(Pa ectioVt)aM1J
$
PROPERTY DAMAGE
(Per eccitlea)
S
GARAGE DA81UTY
ANY AUTO
AUTO ONLY -EA ACCIDENT
$
EA ACC
OTHER THAN
AUTO ONLY: AGG
$
$
EXCESS LIABILITY
OCCUR CLAIMS MADE
DEDUCTI E
RETENTION $
EACH OCCURRENCE
S
AGGREGATE
$
E
S
$
A
WORKERS COMPENSATIDN AND
EMPLOYERS UASUM
20WECDM50
09/01/01
09/01/02
TW(M LINTS ER
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
$500,000
E.L DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$500,000
E.L DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT
$ 500. 000
OTHER
DESCBIPnON OF OPERATIONSILOCATRONHMVEHCLES/EXCLUMONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENDSPEUU- CPROVISIONS
Those Usual to insured's operations.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER Y I ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER, CANCELLATION
CITY058 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELIED BERME THE EXPIRAM
DATE M*WAEOF, THE ISSUING WBIRREA WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WWMN
"DIME TO THE CENIWCATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. SLIT FAKURE TO DO SO SMALL
City of Fort Collins IMPOSE NO COUGATRON OR LMSKM OF ANY KBX) UPON THE INSURER, HS AGEMM OR
PO Box 580 REPRESENTATIVES.
Fort Collins CO 80522-0580 -�yJ
slab Farm Faa aaa c.aUanYconwm
GoodevCOCO aom
22RS -2113 A
DIONNE, RANDY
DBA WORK A HAULICS
so
FORT COLCQk1KTVCq SS524-9546
III .dd.l
AUTO RENEWAL
FM 02M b AM"20a2
PLEASE PAY
FES 20 2002 --- —
_._
Covewgea and Limits _
995WTERmb6udmt7leJbfoarteq.. $Aofoarrrot,Qa11f1af1wragmaL
1995iNTEANAno VIN 1HTSHADl7SH233358
cleat 10600000
7 kwo of vuotob is yow houseba —
3oes not afieotoia:asfcabon-
?Mary we of while._
'onme Vetlilfe - famr use.
kddit MW
WWWAftn—
bw PAY QXWM an"dste due d premium is not paid.
A LWAY 1,000.000
P1 ��rs Damage
Loss {d Meftaf 5 0,000
In L
0 1000 Ded Comprehensive
G 1000 Dedlx*l)ie Collision
u tUnsmmW MoSDr Vehicle
Badly W*uy JOo OoWW 000
Amotme Due
.vat -" Y *"SNW PMTFCTk)U COVERAGE LRYNTS ARE AVAILABLE
tA'
7
• CERTFICATE OF NMRANCE,;-
2/22/02
91001KaA
_
1!•Y �Rl,i.1i�� O�ItY �A wM..CA V► ARVIYM�M..wR�A�
OONPFM NO TAMU UPON THE CO MWATE MOLOM. TIN CON"MATN
KISSOCK AND CRAM, INC
Does r� , UTIM oM ALTM TN! � TM 0Dw8 ae ArPoaosT T
181 N 8oerdlroik Or Ste 202
Ft Collins, CO 80525
COWANNS AFFOMI io COVERAGE
a.
970-225-38"
?CMWAwA
Colorado Casualty Insurance Company
aMAo
� tJ<TTFII
i10R146lVIR.ICS, INC
. C
820 F Cnty Rd 58
Ft Collins, CO 80524
i La D
�cowmv
� 8
aoNaEAaaw , ., ...
i. .."c•-:u�:: 1f s•ri-e •.f+-'G. .. t-,�-..• .
THIS IO16fNMfYTNATURP000ESOF USUPINCRURSDISLOM/MYF EMMSIMTOTIE 0 0000 MAYTiO ANOVE FORTIMPOLICYPM•OD
7001NanCONMRON or ANY CLHIM T OR oT11M1 DOONIaMTYRTMRESPECT TO TTMCH THq
OMIdTOD, MDTaATXSTAMMIIN MAY
CBM'1" 4' ME MOE MWLV ON MAT PERTA�{K11I, "0. NOUPANDE ARVIIDID NY THE POLICES DEECMM MOWN M SIM:ECT TO ALL TIE TMMNO.
eHCLLMpNt AND OONWTIONO OF S00N POMML LNNTS MIDI MAY MAV! NEEM REDUCED BY PAD
Aj IMl NOaI{NMQ + POtMT WIMMI
CLAWS.
FMR ^^l LINK•
alNa•LL.ASA.TY i
I00MMR{IIL ORMOKLMMII►T
' j iaEllERr AOO•EM1E Ii
.Ali ji
, .
2,000OOo_
+ i "CumaMNIF: lovami
IMpMwT&eSW
, iV01MINLaAM.MAM11 ;•
16000:000
!o�LlwraaDDNmMroROPAvr
4 XX Artisan Contractor: AP 0501784
EMa�+oaaP•IeRDE �:
111/16/01 �R"°°"""°aILT•°'•"I j•
1,000,000
�•000
,ii/16y02
N..NEFw.»M�.y;•6
000
-MIi{II{�NIPaNART
j 'AIwAMrO
'60MMUNIMMA
'
{
UM
IaLONINAOMt
(
ONLY DAIRY
a
ONlMNEO ADO•
}
rw /rMMIGOD
_..
R•NAORN
110NOIMSD AVME
j
I
MM
�
{
i
PHOPULT UAMINE
•
■I0OwM1/NY
'
i
tsun Y•CY•INPM
s
�WIMNAAP01.1
OIIMITIMN UINANAF/M•
i
I
' �
AONIAAIf'
-.� .__.�.. _..._. ..�_.�
... .
• ...._. ...
0•AIWIO CUMMAIM M !
I
I•TATUTDIM LM•TS
AIM
•ACH AC=M*
I
4
' WI.O/MM'MMM"
01S•AM-400LICT UMW
a .
�
`y,
'
D�NIiAOF-M011 WFiDY{E
{
I�
1
HN•IIPTIgIN IWI•
City of Ft Collins is IIa1Sld
additionally insured for IIM'k Undertaken by
waft-A-Mwlfcs. Inc. on behalf of the owed party,
7aRfW1CATE MDffm-- &.* A00 T ONAL MORM...••:.
TMaL :*; • ' .. hA- •••r' : •s�i�'!1Lr• .�'�,: r =.,.� ;, r,.
• . OHM" ANY OF THE AOOW T180CRN W POLICIES BE CANCMM BEFORE THE
City of Ft Collins
FXPMAnCff DATE THU40F. THE MW)M CompAW W LL WMAV IR To
P.O. Box Soo
NAIL 30 DAY* MRM1M1 MORCE TO TMS CSRUMATE MLOM NAMED To THE
Ft Collins, CO 80622
i2 LEA. OUT FANANE TO MAi 5M7N 11071CN WALL NMONE No oSLMMTRIN OR
.. LMNiRY OF AM WO OFOM THE COAMANY, M MEMM OR MEMAEMTATNES.
E
SECTION 00635 _
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE:
CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE l;
Bid No. 5683
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
0
CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
t
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized
representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or
specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be
substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This
list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not
alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees
to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time
indicated. �..
By:
CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
t
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substan-
tially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area
of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for
heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be -
as set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By:
OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
REMARKS:
7/96 Section 00635 Page 1
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
TO:
Gentlemen:
20
You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20, the City of
Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by
for the City of Fort Collins project, CABLE 27 STUDIO
AT CITY HALL -PHASE l; Bid No. 5683.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for
all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and
guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date:
Sincerely,
OWNER: Citv of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
7/96 Section 00640 Page 1
TO:
FROM:
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
(CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE 1; Bid No. 5683
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from
the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and
performed. by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR
voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited
to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop
notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the
CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any
work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents,
employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control
of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on
and appurtenances to the land improved by the project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished,
delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or
performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by
and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or
their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been
paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible
future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any
funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or
against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out
of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if
any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter
made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants,
agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers,
employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss,
damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result
of such claims.
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above -,
7/96 Section 00650 Page 1
constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to
which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that
this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by
the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds
for the project.
Signed this
ATTEST:
ecretary
STATE OF COLORADO
COUNTY OF LARIMER
day of
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
ss.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this
20 , by
Witness my hand and official seal.
My Commission Expires:
20
day of
Notary Public
7/96 Section 00650 Page 2
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY -
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado
(hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT: CABLE 27 STUDIO AT CITY HALL -PHASE 1;Bid No. 5683 --,
CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for
on bond of
(Surety)
_hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final
Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its
obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day
of
(Surety Company)
By
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorneys) -in -Fact.
7/96
J
J
Section 00660 Page 1
SECTION 00670
APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Insert State certificate here.
I
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a
Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and
obligations arising from the performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date
fixed for opening Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any
informalities and irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 50 of the total Bid must accompany
each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City
Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or _
personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer
or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority ._.
concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or
accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of
monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City
of Fort Collins is prohibited
City of Fort Collins Q
By
Ja es B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
P chasing/Risk Management Director
�.J
J
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2
DR 0172 (12/98)
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OP REVENUE
DENVER CO 80261
(303) 232-2416
CONTRACTOR APPLICATION
FOR
EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to Statute
Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(M)
I�
DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE
The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building
materials forthe exempt project described below. This exemption does not include orapply to the purchase or rental of equipment,
supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become a part of the
structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization.
Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided
by law.
A separate certificate is required for each contract.
Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime
contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side.)
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED.
Registraticn/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR) Period
89 - 0170-750 (999) $0.00
Owner, partner, or corporate name:
Mailing address (City, State, zip): Contact Person
E-Mail address: Federal Employer's Identification Number: Bid amount for your contract:
Fax number. Business telephone number. Colorado withholding tax account number:
,�1 �'�'*��"""'u"� ��`� '""` �' (l- Gopies"e&�nn tiara reemenk a s rtlenU rn the contracLn arfres
��.
tid??rtix v9`.A"mS r+tea ?GYtr�-:a.'"wi;3,.u' .,`anti �2COntE7lnIn,CJ.ISt rlai4J►eS7 CO 'irdctrR S�n3US8t4aC eCIn'; ,r '-.
ame of exempt organization (as shown on contract): � `-� " ' '��' -' � - ��• � �
Exempt organizatlon's number:
Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zi 98
PY
Principal contact at exempt organization: Principal contacts telephone number:
Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County (,as) where project is located)
Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Da Year
construction start date: y
completion date
4�t rp t J^y1, 4A
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and
comp/ate to the best of my knowledge.
Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer. Title of corporate officer:
Date;
nn Kln1 IA/01T= O11 r1.1
-1 •11111GuG"Wvv
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents
Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to
that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and
striking through text that has been deleted.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number & Title
DEFINITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page Article or Paragraph
Number Number & Title
1.1
Addenda.............................................I
1.2
Agreement ...........................................
1
1.3
Application for Payment.......................1
1.4
Asbestos,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
1.5
Bid.....................................................I
1.6
Bidding Documents. . .......... ..........
.1
1.7
Bidding Requirements..............1
1.8
Bonds ........................
1.9
Change Order., .................
I
1.10
Contract Documents .....................
]
1.11
Contract Price..,,,,,,,, ............................
1
1.12
Contract Times .............................
1.13
CONTRACTOR;,...
.1
1.14
defective - -
1.15
Drawings............................................1
1.16
Effective Date of the Agreement,,....,..,
1
1.17
ENGINEER .............................
1.18
ENGINEER'S Consultant ......................1
1,19
Field Order
1.20
General Requirements .........................2
1.21
Hazardous Waste
1.22.a
Laws and Regulations; Laws or
Regulations
2
1.22.b
Legal Holidays ...................................
2
1.23
Liens.................................................2
1.24
Milestone............................................2
1.25
Notice of Award..................................2
1.26
Notice to Proceed
1.27
OWNER.............................................2
1.28
Partial Utilization................................2
1.29
PCBs..................................................2
1.30
Petroleum...........................................2
1.31
Project................................................2
1.32.a
Radioactive Material .................. .
2
1.32.b
Regular Working Hours,,,,,_. ........2
1.33
Resident Project Representative,,,,._,....,
2
1.34
Samples..............................................2
1.35
Shop Drawings ................................
2
1.36
Specifications.....................................2
1.37
Subcontractor ....................
2
1.38
Substantial Completion ........................2
1.39
Supplementary Conditions ..................
2
1.40
Supplier ........................... ....................
2
1.41
Underground Facilities .....................2-3
1.42
Unit Price Work, ...... .........
3
1.43
Work.................................................3
1.44
Work Change Directive ....................
L45
Written Amendment
.3
3
Page
Number
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ................................
3
2.1
Delivery of Bonds .............................3
2.2
Copies of Documents ......................j
2.3
Commencement of Contract
Times; Notice to Proceed
3
2.4
Starting the World.,..,..., I
3
2.5-2.7
Before Starting Construction;
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
to Report; Preliminary Schediles;
Delivery of Certificates of
' Insurance...................................3-4
2.8
Preconstruction Conference .............
4
2.9
Initially Acceptable Schedules ...........
4
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE..........................................4
3.1-3.2
Intent
3.3
Reference to Standards and Speci-
fications of Technical Societies;
Reporting and Resolving Dis-
crepancies .................................
4-5
3.4
Intent of Certain Terms or
Adjectives .....................................
5
3.5
Amending Contract Docunents.........
5
3.6
Supplementing Contract
Documents., ........................... .
.... 5
3.7
Reuse of Documents .................5
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE
AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS ........................................
5
4.1
Availability of Lands.....................5-6
4.2
Subsurface and Physical
Conditions ....................................
6
4.2.1
Reports and Drawings......................6
4.2.2
Limited Reliance by CONTRAC-
TOR Authorized; Technical
Data.............................................6
4.2.3
Notice of Differing Subsurface
or Physical Conditions6
4.2.4
ENGINEER's Review
6
4,2.5
Possible Contract Documents
Change.........................................6
4.2.6
Possible Price and Times
Adjustments
6-7
4.3
Physical Conditions --Underground
Facilities,
7
4.3.1
Shown or Indicated _ ..............
.7
4.3.2
Not Shown or Indicated7
4.4
Reference Points...,.,,,.,,
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
W CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number & Title
Page Article or Paragraph
Number Number & Title
4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material 7-8
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE .................................
8
5.1-5.2
Performance, Payment and Other
Bonds..............................................
8
5.3
Licensed Sureties and Insurers;
Certificates of Insurance .....................
8
5.4
CONTRACTOR's Liability
Insurance..........................................9
5.5
OWNER's Liability Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9
5.6
Property Insurance ..........................9-10
5.7
Boiler and Machinery or Addi-
tional Property Insurance .... I .... I ........
10
5.8
Notice of Cancellation Prousion.........
10
5.9
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
for Deductible Amounts10
5.10
Other Special Insurance,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
10
5.11
Waiver of Rights................................11
5.12-5.13
Receipt and Application of
Insurance Proceeds .....................10-11
5.14
Acceptance of Bonds and Insu-
ance; Option to Replace ...................
11
5.15
Partial Utilization --Property
Insurance........................................11
6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...............11
6.1-6.2
Supervision and Superintendence .......
11
6.3-6.5
Labor, Materials and Equipment,,,
11-12
6.6
Progress Schedule..............................12
6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items;
CONTRACTOR's Expense;
Substitute Construction
Methods or Procedures;
ENGINEER's Evaluation .............
12-13
6.8-6.11
Concerning' Subcontractors,
Suppliers and Others;
Waiver of Rights,,,,,.,,, ................13-14
6.12
Patent Fees and Royalties....................14
6.13
Permits.............................................14
6.14
Laws and Regulations ........................14
6.15
Taxes...........................................14-15
6.16
Use of Premises .................................
15
6.17
Site Cleanliness ................................
15
6.18
Safe Structural Loading .....................
15
6.19
Record Documents .............................J5
6.20
Safety and Protection ....................15-16
6.21
Safety Representative .........................16
6.22
Hazard Communication Programs,,.,,,
16
6.23
Emergencies.....................................16
6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples..............16
Page
Number
6.25
Submittal Proceedures; CON-
TRACTOR's Review Prior
to Shop Drawing or Sample
'S�ubmittal....................................16
6.26
ShopvDrawing & Sample Submit-
tals Review by ENGINEER ......
16-17
6.27
Responsibility for Variations
From Contract Documents,,,..,,...,.17
6.28
Related Work Performed Prior
to ENGMEER's Review and
Approval of Required
Submittals...................................17
6.29
Continuing the Work......................17
6.30
CONTRACTOR's General
Warranty and Guarantee...............17
6.31-6.3 3
Indemnification .........................17-18
6.34
Survival of Obligations ...................18
7. OTHER WORK.................................................18
7.1-7.3
Related Work at Site.......................18
7.4
Coordination;18
8. OWNER'S
RESPONSIBILITIES .........................J8
8.1
Communications to CON-
TRACTOR.................................18
8.2
Replacement of ENGINEER ............
18
8.3
Furnish Data andPay Promptly
When Due..................................18
8.4
Lands and Easements; Reports
and Tests ................................
18-19
8.5
Insurance.......................................19
8.6
Change Orders„ .............................19
8.7
Inspections, Tests and
Approvals, ....................... ..........
19
8.8
Stop or Suspend Work;
Terminate CONTRACTOR's
Services......................................19
8.9
Limitations on OWNER'S
Responsibilities ... .........................19
8.10
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material....................19
8.11-
Evidence of Financhl
Arrangements .............................
19
9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION .............................................
19
9.1
OWNER's Representative,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
19
9.2
Visits to Site..................................19
9.3
Project Representative ......... ........
19-21
9.4
Clarifications and Interpre-
tations ........................................
21
9.5
Authorized Variations in V,6rk.._
..... 21
go
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
J
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Title
Number
Number & Title
Number
9.6
Rejecting Defective Work ..................21
13.8-13.9
Uncovering Work at ENGI-
9.7-9.9
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
NEER's Request .....................27-28
and Payments ..................... ...
21
13.10
OWNER May Stop the Work
9.10
Determinations for Unit Prices,,,,,,
21-22
13.11
......
Correction or Removal of
,,,.,28
9.11-9.12
Decisions on Disputes; ENGI-
Defective Work ..........................28
NEER as Initial Interpreter..............22
13.12
Correction Period,,,,,,..,.........,...28
9.13
Limitations on ENGINEER's
13.13
Acceptance ofDefective Work,.,,.,
28
Authority and Responsibilities,,,,
22-23
13.14
OWNER May Correct Defective
Work .....................................
2 8 -2 9
CHANGES IN THE WORK...................
....................
23
10.1
OWNER's Ordered Change................23
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
10.2
Claim for Adjustment ........................23
COMPLETION
....................................
29
10.3
Work Not Required by Contract
14.1
.............
Schedule of Values
Documents ..... ..............................
...
23
14.2
.........................29
Application for Progress
10.4
Change Orders„
...23
Payment ...............................
29
10.5
Notification of Surety ........................
23
14.3
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of
Title...........................................29
CHANGE OF
CONTRACT PRICE .............................23
14.4-14.7
Review of Applications for
11.1-11.3
Contract Price; Claim for
Progress Payments, .................
29-30
Adjustment; Value of
14.8-14.9
Substantial Completion,,,,.,,,,_.
30
the Work ......................__ ...........
23-24
14.10
Partial Utilization
30-31
11.4
Cost of the Work ..........................24-25
14.11
,.....................
Final Inspection ,,,,.........................3
11.5
Exclusions to Cost of the Work ...,,.
25
14.12
Final Application for Payment,,,,,,,,
31
11.E
CONTRACTORS Fee.........................z5
14.13-14.14
Final Payment and Acceptance.......31
11.7
Cost Records .............. ........
25-26
14.15
Waiver of Claims ......................
31-32
11.8
Cash Allowances ............. .
.....26
11.9
Unit Price World .............................
26
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
32
CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ...........................
26
15.1
OWNER May Suspend Work_....,.,.,
32
12.1
Claim for Adjustment
26
15.2-15.4
OWNER May Terminate
32
12.2
Time of the Essence ..........................26
15.5
CONTRACTOR May Stop
12.3
Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's
Work or Terminate,,,,,.,_,,.....,
32-33
Control ............................
26-27
12.4
Delays Beyond OWNER's and
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..................................
33
CONTRACTOR's Control... .............
27
17. MISCELLANEOUS,,,,,.
TESTS AND
INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,
17.1
.........33
Giving Notice,,,,,
33
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
17.2
Computation of Times
33
DEFECTIVE
WORK ..................................................
27
.
17.3
................
Notice of Claim
13.1
Notice of Defects ....................
27
17.4
..............................33
Cumulative Remedies33
13.2
Access to the Work ......... ,..
27
17.5
Professional Fees and Court
13.3
Tests and Inspections; P
Costs Included .....a........................33
CONTRACTOR's Cooperation.....,,,.
27
17.6
Applicable State Lws,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
33-34
13.4
OWNER's Responsibilities;
Intentionally
left blank ..................
35
Independent Testing Laboratory,.,,,,
27
...............
13.5
CONTRACTOR's
EXHIBIT GC -A:
(Optional)
Responsibilities...............................
27
Dispute Resolution
Agreement GC -AI
13.6-13.7
Covering Work Prior to Inspec-
16.1-16.6
.....................
ArbitrationGC-AI
tion, Testing or Approval ........ _.........
27
16.7
Mediation GC
...............................
-Al
1v EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index
Article or Paragraph
Number
Acceptance of --
Bonds and Insurance ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5.14
defective Work...........................10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13
final payment ......... I ..................... 9.12, 14.15
insurance.........................................................5.14
other Work, by CONTRACTOR ..........................7.3
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Itemg . ,. ......6.7.1
Work by OWNER..............................2.5, 6.30, 6.34
Access to the --
Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
responsibilities ............... .......... .. .................. 4.1
site, related Work .............................................. 7.2
Work . .......................................... 13.2,13.14, 14.9
Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions-- .
CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3
ENGINEER .......................................... 6.20, 9.13.3
OWNER................................................... 6.20, 8.9
Addenda --definition of (also see
definition of Specifications) ....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), 1.1
Additional Property Insurances,,, 5.7
Adjustments --
Contract Price or Contract
Times ..........................i.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2,
.............................4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4,
.........................................11, 12, 14.8, 15.1
progress schedule .............................................. 6.6
Agreement --
definition of......................................................1.2
"All -Risk" Insurance, policy form ............................5: 6.2
Allowances, Cash ................................................... 11.8
Amending Contract Documents,........ I ...................... 3.5
Amendment, Written --
in general., .............. J.10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2
............„(.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2
....................................12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2
Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR
intent to ........... ............... 9,10, 9,11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5
Application for Payment --
definition of.......1.3
..............................................:
ENGINEER's Responsibility .............................. 9.9
final payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15
in general ..........................2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5
progress payment,,,,.,. 14.1-14.7
review of..................................................14.4-14.7
Arbitration....................................................16.1-16.6
Asbestos --
claims pursuant thereto ..........................4 5.2, 4.5.3
CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work ......... ,4.5.2
definition of.......................................................1.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
OWNER responsibilityfor, ............................
4.5.1, 8.10
possible price and times change .........
...... 4.5.2
Authorized Variations in Work,,,.,,,.,
3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Availability of Lands .........................................
4.1, 8A
Award, Notice of --defined .......................................
L25
Before Starting Construction...............................2.5-2.8
Bid --definition of........................1.5
(1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3,
........................ 4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1)
Bidding Documents --definition
of...................................................1.6
(6.8.2)
Bidding Requirements --definition
of..........................................1.7
(1.1, 4.2.6.2)
Bonds --
acceptance of....................................................5.14
additional bonds..................................10.5,
11.4.5.9
Cost of the Work............................................11.5.4
definition of.......................................................1.8
delivery of...................................................2.1,
5.1
final Application for Payment .................14.12-14.14
general......................................1.10,
5.1-5.3, 5.13,
........................................9.13,
10.5, 14.7.6
Performance, Payment and Other...................5.1-5.2
Bonds and Insurance --in general.................................5
Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form ........................5.6.2
Cancellation Provisions, Insurance,,,,....
5.4.11, 5.8, 5.15
Cash Allowances....................................................11.8
Certificate of Substantial Completion,,,,,,,,
1.38, 6.30.2.3,
..................................................14.8,
14.10
Certificates of Inspection ...................9.13.4,
13.5, 14.12
Certificates of Insurance,,.., , 2.7,
5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13,
..............I........5.6.5, 5.8,
5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12
Change in Contract Price --
Cash Allowances ..............................................
11.8
claim for price
adjustment,.:,...,,,., 4.1, 4.2.6,
4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4
............ 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
10.5, 11.2, 13.9,
13.13, 13.14,
14.7, 15.1, 15.5
CONTRACTOR's fee.........................................11.6
Cost of the Work
general ...............................................
11.4-1 l .7
Exclusions to...............................................11.5
Cost Records.....................................................11.7
in general ,,,,,,.„....1.19, 1.44, 9.11,
10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11
Lump Sum Pricing..........................................11.3.2
Notification of Surety.........................................10.5
Scope of,....... ............................................
10.3-10.4
Testing and Inspection,
Uncovering the Work ..................................
13.9
v
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) i
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
J
Unit Price Work .......................................... 11.9
Article or Paragraph
Number
Value of Work..................................................11.3
Change in Contract Times--
Claim for times adjustment .........
4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15,
............ 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 10.5, 12.1,
...............13.9, 13.13, 13.14,
14.7, 15.1, 15.5
Contractual timelimits......................................12.2
Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's
control........................................................12.3
Delays beyond OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's control „.................
12.4
Notification of surety .............. I
...................... 10.5
Scope of change .... ....................................
10.3-10.4
Change Orders --
Acceptance ofDefective Work ...................
13.13
Amending Contract Documents
........................
Cash Allowances ,....., .....
.3.5
......................11.8
Change of Contract Price ....................
I I
Change of Contract Times ..........................
12
Changes in the Work..........................................10
CONTRACTOR's fee........................................11.6
Cost of the Work ........... ......... .......
............ 11.4-11.7
Cost Records....................................................11.7
definition of.......................................................1.9
emergencies....................................................
6.23
ENGINEER's responsibility .......
9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1
execution of ................... ...........................
Indemnifiction.................
....10.4
6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33
Insurance, Bonds and, ...............
.,.,.,5.10, 5.13, 10.5
OWNER may terminate ...............
15.2-15.4
OWNER's Responsibility,,,..,......
................ 8.6, 10.4
Physical Conditions --
Subsurface and,
4.2
Underground Facilities-- .................
q.3.2
Record Documents, ...... .
Scope of Change........................................10.3-10.4
Substitutes ................. .. ..........................
6.7.3, 6.8.2
Unit Price Work ....................... I.......................11.9
value of Work, covered by .................................
11.3
Changes in the Work..................................................10
Notification of surety,,,,._,.,.,,.,.,
10.5
OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's
responsibilities............................................10.4
Right to an adjustment_ .. .................................
10.2
Scope of change .... ........ ............................
10.3-10.4
Claims --
against CONTRACTOR.
against ENGINEER ...............................
6.32
against OWNER
Change of Contract Prig ...........................
9.4, 11.2
Change of Contract Times ...........
..... 9.4, 12.1
CONTRACTOR's .............. 4, 7.1,
9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
...........................11.2, 11.9,
12.1, 13.9, 14.8,
............................................15.1,
15.5, 17.3
CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6
Article or Paragraph
Number
CONTRACTOR's liability ........... 5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31
Cost of the Work.......................................11.4,
11.5
Decisions on Dispute$ ................. ..
9.11, 9.12
Dispute Resolution,,,...16.1
Dispute Resolution Agreement ....................16.1-16.6
ENGINEER as initial interpreto;.......................9.11
Lump Sum Pricing .........................................
11.3.2
Notice of .............................................................
17.3
OWNER'S,..,...,._..,,. .9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
11.2, 11.9
12 1 13 9 13 13
13 14 17 3
.... .............
OWNER's liability ... ................... .........................
.
.5
OWNER may refuse to make payment
.................14.7
Professional Fees and Court Costs
Included.....................................................
I T 5
request for formal decision on .........................
Substitute Items.............................................6.7.1.2
.9.11
Time Extension .............. I............,
.. ................
...12.1
Time requirements....................................9.11,
12.1
Unit Price Work ............................................
11.9.3
Value of ........... ...............................................
1,1.3
Waiver of --on Final Payment .................
14.14, 14.15
Work Change Directive
...........t0.2
written notice required ......................9.11,
11.2, 12.1
Clarifications and Interpretations.,.,,.,....,
3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11
Clean Site ................... .... .......... ...........................
6: 17
Codes of Technical Society, Organization
or Association ..................
............. ......... .........
3.3.3
Commencement of Contract Times ...........
Communications--
general..............................................6.2,
6.9.2, 8.1
Hazard Communication Programs .....................6.22
Completion—
Final Application for Payment ..................
........ 14.12
Final Inspection..............................................14,1
1
Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14
Partial Utilization
.I......14.10
Substantial Completion .....................,1.38,
14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims ...... .... ..................................
14,15
Computation of Times...............................17.2.1-17.2.2
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others ..................................................
6.8-6.11
Conferences-- ..
initially acceptable schedules,,,_.....,.,..,.
2.9
preconstruction.._...............................................
2.8
Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy--
CONTRACTOR to Report.,,.,.,,...,
2.5, 3.3.2
Construction, before starting by
CONTRACTOR
Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc .....
............. 6A
Continuing the Work
Contract Documents--
Amending..........................................................
3.5
Bonds
5
..... ....... .... .......................I..................l
....
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Cash Allowances..............................................11.8
Article or Paragraph
Number
Change of Contract Price....,....... I .......................
11
Change of Contract Times ...................................
12
Changes in the Work .... ................... ...... ....
10.4-10.5
check and verify .................................................
2.5
Clarifications and
Interpretations .........................3.2, 3.6,
9.4, 9.11
definition of.....................................................1.10
ENGINEER as initial interpreter of ..................
9.11
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative.,_ ...
I ...... 9.1
gencra13
Insurance...........................................................5.3
Intent........................................................
3.1-3.4
minor variations in the Work..............................3.6
OWNER's responsibility to furnish dat4...............8.3
OWNER's responsibility to make
prompt payment ..........................$.3, 14.4, 14.13
precedence................................................3.1,
3.3.3
Record Documents............................................6.19
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies....................................3.3
Related Work.....................................................7.2
Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ........
2.5, 3.3
Reuseof.............................................................
3.7
Supplementing..................................................
3.6
Termination of ENGINEER's Employment
.......... 8.2
Unit Price Work................................................11.9
variations .......................................... 3.6,
6.23, 6.27
Visits to Site, ENGINEER's................................
9.2
Contract Price --
adjustment of ............... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3,
11.2-11.3
Changeof'. .........................................................
11
Decision on Disputes........................................9.11
definition of....................................................1.11
Contract Times --
adjustment of ..........................3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12
Change of.................................................12.1-12.4
Commencement of ............................................
2.3
definition of....................................................1.12
CONTRACTOR --
Acceptance of Insurance ...................................
5.14
Communications .... .... ...........................:...6.2,
6.9.2
Continue Work......................................J.29,
10A
coordination and scheduling............................0..9.2
definition of.....................................................1.13
Limited Reliance on Technical
Data Authorized.........................................4.2.2
May Stop Work or Terminate.............................I5.5
provide site access to others .......................
7.2, 13.2
Safety and Protection .......... I ........ 4.3.1.2, 6,16, 6.18,
.............. .............. .......... 6,21-6.23,
7.2, 13.2
Shop Drawing and Sample Review
Prior to Submittal........................................6.25
Stop Work requirements ................................ 4.5.2
CONTRACTOR'sO
Article or Paragraph
Number
Compensation ........................ I.... I ..............
11.1-11.2
Continuing Obligation .................. I..................14.15
Defective Work ............................... 9.6, 13.10-13.14
Duty to correct defective Work ..........................13.11
Duty to Report --
Changes in the Work caused by
Emergency ...........................................
6.23
Defects in Work of Others .............................
7.3
Differing conditions...................................4.2.3
Discrepancy in Documents,...,,.. 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2
Underground Facilities not indicated,.,..,,,..
4.3.2
Emergencies.....................................................0.23
Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost
of the Work...........................................11.4.5.3
Fee --Cost Plus ........ ... ................11.4.5.6, 11.5.1,
11.6
General Warranty and Guarantee .......................6.30
Hazard Communication Programs ......................6.22
Indemnification .............. .....6.12, 6.16,
6.31-6.33
Inspection of the Work., .............................
7.3, 13.4
Labor, Materials and Equipment ....................0.3-6.5
Laws and Regulations, Compliance by...........,
6.14.1
Liability Insurance..............................................5.4
Notice of Intent to Appeal ........................9.10,
10.4
obligation to perform and complete
theWork....................................................0.30
Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by ................
6.12
Performance and Other Bonds, ............................
5.1
Permits, obtained and paid for by.......................0.13
Progress Schedule ...........................2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6,
..............I.........................6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Request for formal decisionon disputes ..............
9.11
Responsibilities --
Changes in the Work..................................10.1
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others......................................6.8-6.11
Continuing the Work ..........................6.29,
10.4
CONTRACTOR's expense ..........................
6.7.1
CONTRACTOR's General Warranty
and Guarantee.......................................6,30
CONTRACTOR s review prior to Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal................6.25
Coordination of Work ................................
6.9.2
Emergencies .................................. ... ..........
6.23
ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes
or "Or -Equal" Items..............................6.7.3
For Acts and Omissions
of Others.............................6.9.1-6.9.2,
9.13
for deductible amounts, insurance...................5.9
general........................................6, 7.2,
7.3, 8.9
Hazardous Communication Programs ...........
6.22
Indemnification ...................................
6.31-6.33
vii
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
J
Labor, Materials and Equipment,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.3-6.5
Laws and Regulations ................ _..6.14
............
Liability Insurance., ............................ 5.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
Notice of variation from Contract
Documents
6.27
Patent Fees and Royalties., ...... .....................6.12
Permits,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,, ,
6.13
Progress Schedule .................... I .....................
6.6
Record Documents,,,,..
6.19
related Work performed prior to
ENGINEER's approval of required
submittals .............................................
6.28
safe structural loading ............................
.6.18
Safety and Protection ..... ........6 20,
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative ............. ....................
„6.21
Scheduling the Work..................................6.9.2
Shop Drawings and Samples ........................6,24
Shop Drawings and Samples Review
by ENGINEER .....................................
6.26
Site Cleanliness ..........................................
6.17
Submittal Procedures ..........................
.6.25
Substitute Construction Methods
and Procedures ...............................
6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items.................6.7.1
Superintendence, ... ........ ......................
6,2
Supervision...................................................6.1
Survival of Obligations ...............................6.34
Taxes ................. ......................6.15
Tests and Inspections...................................13.5
To Report .....
Use of Premises.. ...................0.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4
Review Prior to Shop Drawing or
Sample Submittal ........................................
6.25
Right to adjustment for changes in the Work..,,
10.2
right to claim,.,......,, 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2,11.2,
....... ,,, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1,
15.5, 17.3
Safety and Protection ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6,20-6,22,
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative .......................................
6.21
Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals .....
6.24-6.28
Special Consultants........................................11.4.4
Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures.,6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items,
Expense .......................................... 6.7.1,
6.7.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others..,,.,.,,,
6.8-6.1 I
Supervision and Superintendence„....... 6.1,
6.2, 6.21
Taxes, Payment by...........................................6.15
Use of Premises.._ ....................................
6.16-6.18
Warranties and guarantees ............ ..............
6,5, 6.30
Warranty of Title
14.3
Written Notice Required --
CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ........
15.5
Reports of Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions .......................
4.2.3
Substantial Completion ..............................
14.8
viii
CONTRACTORS --other ................. ..............................7
Contractual Liability Insurance ......... ..................... 5'A. 10
Contractual Time Limits 12.2
Article or Paragraph
Number
Coordination_
CONTRACTOR's responsibility ........................h.9.2
Copies of Documents ........ . ......... .... ......
. . 2.2
Correction Period ........................:.........................
13.12
.
Correction, Removal or Acceptance
of Defective Work--
in general...................................10.4.1,
13.10-13.14
Acceptance of Defective Work .........................13.13
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work ............. ... ........ I .......
6.30, 13.11
Correction Period............................................13.12
OWNER May Correct Defective Work..............13.14
OWNER May Stop Work ........................
......... 13.10
Cost --
of Tests and Inspections ...................................
13.4
Records11.7
Cost of the Work --
Bonds and insurance, additional ..................11.4.5.9
Cash Discounts .............................. ................
.11.4.2
CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6
Employee Expenses..................................
4 ....11..5.1
Exclusions to ....................................................
11.5
General11.4-11.5
Home office and overhead expenses,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
11.5
Losses and damages.....................................11.4.5.6
Materials and equipment.................................11.4.2
Minor expenses ...........................................
11.4.5,8
Payroll costs on changes ..............................
11.4.1
performed by Subcontractors, ...........................
1.1.4.3
Records 11.7
Rentals of construction equipment
and machinery.......................................11.4.5.3
Royalty payments, permits and
license fees............................................11.4.5.5
Site office and temporary facilities................11.4.5.2
Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's.....
_..,...11.4.4
Supplemental.................................................11.4.5
Taxes related to the Work.............................11.4.5.4
Tests and Inspection ................................
13.4
Trade Discounts ..............................................
11.4.2
Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ...............
J 1.4.5.7
Work after regular hours .................................
11.4.1
Covering Work...,.,.,..._..,,,_ .............................
13.6-13.7
Cumulative Remedies ......................................
17.4-17.5
Cutting, fitting and patching....................................7.2
Data, to be furnished by OWNER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
............. 8.3
Day --definition of .................................................
17.2.2
Decisions on Disputes ................................
. 9.11, 9.12
defective --definition of ..............................
.1.14
defective Work --
Acceptance of, ......
................................
10.4.1, 13.13
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS
1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Correction or Removal of .....................10.4.1, 13.11
Correction Period .................... . ... .........13.12
in general........................................13, 14.7, 14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Observation by ENGINEER ................................
9.2
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
Prompt Notice of Defects ...................
........133
Rejecting...........................................................9.6
Uncovering the Work .......................................
13.8
Definitions................................................................
I
Delays ..................................... 4.1, 6.29,
12.3-12.4
Delivery of Bonds.....................................................2.1
Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................2.7
Determinations for Unit Prices .......... :......................
.10
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions --
Noticeof.........................................................4.2.3
ENGINEER's Review......................................4.2.4
Possible Contract Documents Change ........
...... 4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..............
.2.6
Discrepancies -Reporting
and Resolving................................2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Dispute Resolution--
Agreement................................................16.1-16.6
Arbitration .............. ..................................
16.1-16.5
general16
Mediation........................................................16.6
Dispute Resolution Agreement.........................16.1-16.6
Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ..................
9.11-9.12
Documents --
Copiesof...........................................................7.2
Record 6.19
Reuseof ...........................................................
3.7
Drawings --definition of..........................................1.15
Easements ................................... ................4.1
Effective date of Agreement -- definition of .............1.16
Emergencies...........................................................6.23
ENGINEER --
as initial interpreter on disputes .................9.11-9.12
definition of....................................................1.17
Limitations on authority and responsibilities ..... 9.13
Replacement of.................................................8.2
Resident Project Representative ...........................9.3
ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition cf..................1.18
ENGINEER's--
authority and responsibility, limitations on ........ 9. 13
Authorized Variations in the Work.....................9.5
Change Orders, responsibility for ....... 9.7,
10, 11, 12
Clarifications and Interpretations ...............3.6.3,
9.4
Decisions on Disputes ...............................
9.11-9.12
defective Work, notice of..................................13.1
Evaluation of Substitute Items ..........................6.7.3
Liability...................................................6.32,
9.12
Notice Work is Acceptable..............................14.13
Observations...........................................6.30.2,
9.2
OWNER's Representative....................................9.1
Payments to the CONTRACTOR,
Responsibilityfor.....................................9.9, 14
Recommendation of Payment ....................14.4, 14.13
Article or Paragraph
Number
Responsibilities --Limitations o4.................9.11-9.13
Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions.............................4.2.4
Shop Drawings and Samples, review
responsibility ........................ I ......................6.26
Status During Construction --
authorized variations in the Work..................9.5
Clarifications and Interpretations ...................9.4
Decisions on Disputes ............... I ...........
.11-9.12
Determinations on Unit Price........
.. J..10
ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter ..........
9.11-9.12
ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................9.1-9.12
Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority
and Responsibilities..............................9.13
OWNER's Representative..............................9..1
' Project Representative...................................9.3
Rejecting Defective Work ..............................9.6
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments....................................9.7-9.9
Visits to Site.................................................9.2
Unit Price determinations..................................9.10
Visits to Site ......................................................
9.2
Written consent required ..............................
7.2, 9.l
Equipment, Labor, Materials and ........................6.3-6.5
Equipment rental, Cost of the Work...................11.4.5.3
Equivalent Materials and Equipment.........................6.7
error or omissions..................................................6.33
Evidence of Financial Arrangements .......................8.I
I
Explorations of physical conditions .........
...... 4.2.1
Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus ...........................11.6
Field Order --
definition of.....................................................1.19
issued by ENGINEER ................................
3.6.1, 9.5
Final Application for Payment ..............................
14.12
Final Inspection ................................ I ..................14.11
Final Payment --
and Acceptance......................................14.13-14.14
Prior to,.for cash allowances ..............................
11.8
General Provisions..........................................17.3-17.4
General Requirements --
definition of.....................................................1.20
principal references to..............2.6, 6.4,
6.6-6.7, 6.24
Giving Notice.........................................................17.1
Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR ........
6.30, 14.12
Hazard Communication Programs ..........................
6.22
Hazardous Waste --
definition of.....................................................1.21
general.............................................................
4.5
OWNER's responsibility for ...............................
8.10
ix
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) 1
_J
Indemnification .................... 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6,33
Initially Acceptable Schedules_ 2.9
................................
Inspection --
Certificates of ................ 9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12
Final ......... .....................14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Special, required byENGINEER,,,.,..._...,..,
9.6
Tests and Approval, ........ .......
g 7, 13.3-13.4
Insurance --
Acceptance of, by OWNER ................................
5.14
Additional, required by changes
in the Work............................................11.4.5.9
Before starting the Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2.7
Bonds and --in general,,..
5
Cancellation Provisions
5.8
Certificates of ................. 2.7, 5, 5.3,
5.4.11, 5.4.13,
........................5 6.5, 5.8, 5.14,
9.13.4, 14.12
completed operations ....................................
5.4.13
CONTRACTOR's Liability .....................
. 5.4
CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage
.............5.14
Contractual Liability......................................5.4.10
deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's
responsibility................................................5.9
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Licensed Insurers...............................................5.3
Notice requirements, material changes ........
5.8, 10.5
Option to Replace.............................................5.14
other special insurances
...............................
......5.10
OWNER as fiduciary for insureds,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
5.12-5.13
OWNER's Liability............................................5.5
OWNER's Responsibility ....................................
8.5
Partial Utilization, Property Insurance...............5.15
Property.................................................... ............
Receipt and Application of Insurance
Proceeds... ..................... . ... ... .. ..
..... 5-12-5.13
Special Insurance ........._...5.10
...............................
Waiver of Rights. . ............ ........ .......................
5.11
Intent of Contract Documents .....................
3.1-3.4
Interpretations and Clarifications .............._....3.6.3,
9A
Investigations of physical conditions ..................
Labor, Materials and Equipment...........................
.4.2
.3-6.5
Lands --
and Easements...................................................8.4
Availability of.............................................4.1,
8.4
Reports and Tests ............ ... ................................8.4
Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations --
Bonds........ ... .............................................
5.1-5.2
Changes in the Work........................................10.4
Contract Documents.........................._....._._.,,...3.1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities.....................0.14
Correction Period, defective Work....................13.12
Cost of the Work, taxes,,,,,... .............
11.4.5.4
definition of ......................_....... ........ .............
. .
1.22
general6.14
Indemnification ... .....................................
6.31-6.33
x
Insurance .................................
3
Precedence ...............................................
3.1, 3.3.3
Reference to .............................. ..................
....3.3.1
Safety and Protection,. _ _,..... _.....
6.20, 13.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............
6.8-6.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Tests and Inspections ...........................
..13.5
Use of Premises,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Visits to Site
9.2
Liability Insurance--
CONTRACTOR's ...............................................
5.4
OWNER's...........................................................
5.5
Licensed Sureties and Insurers ...........................
5.3
Liens --
Application for Progress Payment ................
14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ,,,,,,,,,,,,,„.....14.3
Final Application for Payment,,,,,,.. ..................
14.12
definitionof..............................l.......................1.23
Waiver of Claims............................................14.15
Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and
responsibilities.................................................
9.13
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized
Maintenance and Operating Manuals--
Final Application for Payment ..................
.1.4.12
Manuals (of others) --
Precedence ...................................................
3.3.3.1
Reference to in Contract Documents .................
3.3.1
Materials and equipment --
furnished by CONTRACTOR ...........................
63
not incorporated in Work,,,,...
14.2
Materials or equipment--equivalen_ t ..............,,,
6.7
Mediation (Optional) ................................. _...........16.7
...
Milestones --definition of ......................
1.24
Miscellaneous --
Computation of Times. _................... _...............17.2
Cumulative Remedies .........................................
17.4
Giving Notice....................................................17.1
Notice of Claim.................................................17.3
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included
..........
17.5
Multi -prime contracts ................................................
J
Not Shown or Indicated.....,,,_ .................
4 3.2
Notice of --
Acceptability of Project ..................................
..14.13
Award, definition of.........................................1.25
Claim............................................................17.3
Defects,13.1
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions....,,
4.2.3
Giving............................................................).7.1
Tests and Inspections._,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 13.3
Variation Shop Drawing and Sample.................6,27
Notice to Proceed --
definition of ..................................................... L26
givingof ........................................................... 2.3
E]CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Notification to Surety..............................................10.5
Observations, by ENGINEER...........................6.30,
9.2
Occupancy of the Work ...................
5.15, 6,30.2.4, 14.10
Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR...............0.9, 9.13
Open Peril policy form, Insurance ..........................5.6.2
Option to Replace...................................................5.14
Article or Paragraph
Number
"Or Equal" Items......................................................6.7
Other work 7
Overtime Work --prohibition of................................6.3
OWNER --
Acceptance ofdefective Work ..........................13.13
appoint an ENGINEER......................................8.2
as fiduciary...............................................5.12-5.13
Availability of Lands, responsibility ....................4.1
definition of....................................................1.27
data, furnish......................................................8.3
May Correct Defective Work...........................13.14
May refuse to make payment.............................1.4.7
May Stop the Work.........................................13.10
May Suspend Work,
Terminate............................$.8, 13.10,
15.1-15.4
Payment, make prompt ..................... $ 3, 14.4,
14.13
performance of other work ..................................
7.1
permits and licenses, requirementg....................6.13
purchased insurance requirements ... I............
5.6-5.10
OWNER's--
Acceptance of the Work..............................6.30.2.5
Change Orders, obligation to execute ..........
8.6, 10.4
Communications ................................................
8.1
Coordination of the Work ...................................
7.4
Disputes, request for decisiori ............................
9• I1
Inspections, tests and approvals..................8.7,
13.4
Liability Insurance .............................................
5.5
Notice of Defects..............................................13.1
Representative --During Construction,
ENGINEER's Status......................................9.1
Responsibilities --
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous
Waste or Radioactive Material...............8.10
ChangeOrders..............................................8.6
Changes in the Work...................................10.1
communications............................................8.1
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities ..................
8.9
evidence of financial arrangements ...............
$.11
inspections, tests and approval* ........ ............
$.7
insurance. .....................................................
8.5
lands and easements.....................................8.4
prompt payment by................I.......................8.3
replacement of ENGINEER ................
........... $ 2
reports and tests............................................8.4
stop or suspend Work..................$.8,
13.10, 15.1
terminate CONTRACTOR's
services..........................................8.8,
15.2
separate representative at site .............................
9.3
testing, independent..........
use or occupancy
of the Work ..................
written consent or approval
required... ....................
...............................
13.4
.......5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
..................9.1, 6.3, 11.4
xi EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
J
Article or Paragraph
Number
written notice required ........................
7.1, 9.4, 9.11,
....................................11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4
PCBs --
definition of......................................................1.29
general..............................................................
4.5
OWNER's responsibility for ..................
...... .... ...g.10
Partial Utilization --
definition of......................................................1.28
general6.30.2.4, 14.10
Property Insurance............................................5.15
Patent Fees and Royalties ................................
. 6.12
Payment Bonds,,,,,,._
.....,5.1-5.2
Payments, Recommendation of ...... ........
14.4-14.7, 14.13
Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion
--
Application for ProgressPayments ......................
14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ...................14.3
Final Application for Payment.,,,,,,,.
14.12
..................
Final Inspection . ................. ...............
.............. 14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance ................14.13-14.14
general............................................
...... .......$ 3, 14
Partial Utilization ............................................
14.10
Retai nage.......................................................14.2
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments,,,,, .........................,
14.4-14.7
prompt payment..................................................8.3
Schedule of Values .................. I .........
_ 14.1
Substantial Completion ..........................
.1.4.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims
14,15
when payments due .................................
14.4, 14.13
withholding payment,,,,,,, .................................
14.7
Performance Bonds ... .........................................
5.1-5.2
Permits
Petroleum --
definition of......................................................1.30
general.................................
4.
OWNER's responsibility for,_ ....................
8.10
Physical Conditions --
Drawings of, in or relating to ....... _..........
_.... .2.1.2
ENGINEER's review ........................................
4.2.4
existing structures ..,....„....4.2.2
.....................
..........
general 4.2.1.2 ..............................
Notice of Differing Subsurface or__....
....4.2.3
Possible Contract Documents Change................4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4 .2.6
Reports and Drawings., ....................................
...............
4.2.1
Subsurface and....................................................
4.2.
Subsurface Conditions
.4.2.1.1
Technical Data, Limited Reliance by
CONTRACTOR Authorized
4 2.2
Underground Facilities--
general........................................................
4.3
n or Indicd
Not Showed,._._......__. _...._..._...4.3.2
Protection of .........................................
4.3, 6.20
Article or Paragraph
Number
Shown or Indicated ...................... I ..........................
4.3.1
Technical Data ...............................................
4.2.2
Preconstruction Conference ...........................
2.8
Preliminary Matters,,,..,.,.,. ...........................................
2
Preliminary Schedules ..............................................
2.6
Premises, Use of .............................................
6.16-6.18
Price, Change of Contract ....................
11
Price, Contract --definition of ..................................
1.11
Progress Payment, Applications for ........_..........._...14.2
Progress Payment--retainage...................................
14.2
Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's............2.6,
2.8, 2.9,
.............................._- 6.6, 6.29,
10.4, 15.2.1
Project --definition of...............................................1.31
Project Representative—
ENGINEER's Status During Construction.............9.3
Project Representative, Resident --definition of ......... 1.33
prompt payment by OWNER ......................................
g3
Property Insurance --
Additional .........................................................5.7
general5.6-5.10
Partial Utilization ....................
.5.15, 14.10.2
receipt and application of proceeds..........
,.5.12-5.13
Protection, Safety and ............................
6.20-6.21, 13.2
Punchlist ..............................................
14.11 ..............
Radioactive Material_
defintion of .......................................................
132
general4.5
OWNER's responsibility for ..........................
8.10
Recommendation of Payment ........... 14
4, 14.5, 14.13
Record Documents .........................
6.19, 14.12
Records, procedures for maintaining ...............
.......... 2.8
Reference Points..... ,. ......
...............................................
4.4
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies ..............................
3.3
Regulations, Laws and(or)......................................6.14
Rejecting Defective Work ..........................................
9.6
Related Work --
atSite ........................................................
7.1-7.3
Performed prior to Shop Drawings
and Samples submittals review ...........
„..,,.,.6.28
Remedies, cumulative......................................17.4,
17.5
Removal or Correction ofDefective Work ,.,,,,,,,,._.„13.11
rental agreements, OWNER approval required..„.11.4.5.3
replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER .....................
8.2
Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies., ............................... 2.5,
3.3.2, 6.14.2
Reports --
and Drawings ..................... ............ .....
...... '.....4,2.1
and Tests, OWNER'S responsibility,.„
............... J.4
Resident and Project Representative --
definition of....................................................1.33
provision for ...9.3
...........................................................
xii
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR'g............... 6.2
Responsibilities—
CONTRACTOR's-in general..................................6
ENGINEER's-in general........................................9
Limitations oR............................................9.13
OWNER's-in general ............................................
8
Retainage............................................................1.4.2
Reuse of Documents .................................................
3.7
Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings
and Samples Prior to Submittal, .........................
6.25
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments ................. ....... ....
......... 14.4-14.7
Right to an adjustment..........................................10.2
Rightsof Way..........................................................4.1
Royalties, Patent Fees and......................................6.12
Safe Structural Loading..........................................6.18
Safety --
and Protection................................4.3.2,
6.16, 6.18,
..........................6.20-6,21, 7.2, 13.2
general ....................................................
6.20-6.23
Representative, CONTRACTOR's...............I.......6.21
Samples --
definition of .....................................................
1.34
general....................................................
6.24-6.28
Review by CONTRACTOR ...............................
6.25
Review by ENGINEER..............................6.26,
6.27
related Work.....................................................6.28
submittal of...................................................46.24.2
submittal procedures.........................................0.25
Schedule of progress.............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.6,
................1............6.29,
10.4, 15.2.1
Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample
Submittals...............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values...............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules --
Adherence to..............................4...................15.2.1
Adjusting...........................................................6.6
Change of Contract Times.................................10.4
Initially Acceptable ........................
... ....... .... 2.8, 2.9
Preliminary........................................................2.6
Scope of Changes.. ........... ..............
............ 10.3-10.4
Subsurface Conditions........................................4.2.1.1
Shop Drawings --
and Samples, general ................................
6.24-6.28
Change Orders & Applications for
Payments, and ................................
4........ 9.7-9.9
definition of ................... .. .... ..............................1.35
ENGINEER's approval of.................................3.6.2
ENGINEER's responsibility
for review .....................................
9.7, 6.24-6.28
related Work.....................................................6.28
review procedures... .. .......... I................2.8,
6.24-6.28
Article or Paragraph
Number
submittal required ....................... I ........................
6.24.1
Submittal Procedures.........................................6.25
use to approve substitutions.............................6.7.3
Shown or Indicated...............................................4.3.1
Site Access......................................................7.2,
13.2
Site Cleanliness.......................................................6.17
Site, Visits to --
by ENGINEER ..........................................
9.2, 13.2
byothers..........................................................13.2
"special causes of loss" policy form,
insurance........................................................5.6.2
definition of.....................................................1.36
Specifications—
defination of....................................................1.36
of Technical Societies, reference t9...................3.3.1
precedence......................................................3.3.3
Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies ...............................
I........ 3.3
Starting Construction, Before........................I......2.5-2.8
Starting the Work.....................................................2.4
Stop or Suspend Work --
by CONTRACTOR.......................................I...15.5
by OWNER ..................................... 8.8, 13.10, 15.1
Storage of materials and equipment .....................4.1,
7.2
Structural Loading, Safety........................................6.18
Subcontractor--
Concerning ................................................
6.8-6.11
definition of. ....................................................1.37
delays.............................................................12.3
waiver of rights................................................6.11
Subcontractors --in general .. .. ................. ............
6.8-6.11
Subcontracts --required provision5......... 5.11, 6.11,
11.4.3
Submittals --
Applications for Payment..................................14.2
Maintenance and Operation Manuals ..............
14.12
Procedures.......................................................6.25
Progress Schedules......................................2.6,
2.9
Samples...................................................6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values.....................................2.6,
14.1
Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples
Submissions......................................2.6,
2.8-2.9
Shop Drawings .........................................
6.24-6.28
Substantial Completion --
certification of............................6.30.2.3,
14.8-14.9
definition of.....................................................1.38
Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures........16.7.2
Substitutes and "Or Equal" Item;...............................6.7
CONTRACTOR's Expense .............................6
7.1.3
ENGINEER's Evaluation,...,.,..... I....................6.7.3
"Or-Equal".......................I......................
_...6.7.1.1
Substitute Construction Methods
J
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) r"'7
Article or Paragraph
Number
or Procedures ..............................................
6.7.2
Substitute Items . .. .................... I....................6.7.1.2
Subsurface and Physical Conditions--
Drawings of, in or relathg to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.1.2
ENGINEER's Review.,....,,.
..............................
4.2.4
general................................. ............................
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
,4.2
Authorized .................................................4.2.2
Notice of Differing Subsurface or
Physical Conditions.........................................4.2.3
Physical Conditions.......................................4.2.1.2
Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments .....
I ......... 4.2.6
Reports and Drawings,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ...............
4.2.1
Subsurface and... ..................................................
4.2
Subsurface Conditions at the Site...................4.2.1.1
Technical Data.................................................4.2.2
Supervision--
CONTRACTOR's responsibility,.,.......,.
6,1
OWNER shall not supervise ...................
8,9
ENGINEER shall not supervise ................
9.2, 9.13.2
Superintendence .............................................
6 2
Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident...............6.2
Supplemental costs ...............................................
11.4.5
Supplementary Conditions --
definition of......................................................1.39
principal references to.................1.10, 1.18,
2.2, 2.7,
.......................4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3,
5.4, 5.6-5.9,
................. .11,6.8,6,13,7A,8.11,9.3,9.10
Supplementing Contract Documents .........................
3.6
Supplier--
definition of......................................................1.40
principal references to ............ 3.7, 6.5. 6.8-6.11.
6.20_
.......................................... P., J.I" 3Y.1G
Waiver of Rights.... . .. . .. . 6.l1
Surety --
.......
consent to final payment ................
14.12, 14.14
ENGINEER has no duty to,_,... ......
..........
......9.13
Notification of..................................10.1,
10.5, 15.2
qualification of ................_....._., ..................
5.1-5.3
Survival of Obligations ...............................
Suspend Work, OWNER May,,.,.,...
13.10, 15.1
Suspension of Work and Termination-- ................
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
.15
or Terminate_ .............................................
15.5
OWNER May Suspend Work
15.1
OWNER May Terminate ................
15.2-15.4
Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR
6.15
Technical Data --
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR .................4.2.2
Possible Price and Times Adjustments................4.2.6
Reports of Differing Subsurface and
Physical Conditions.,.,,,_............................4.2.3
xiv
Temporary construction facilities 4.1
Article or Paragraph
Number
Termination --
by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5
by OWNER........................................8.8,
15.1-15.4
of ENGINEER's employment ...................
8.2
Suspension of Work-in general .................
15
Terms and Adjectives,,.........................3
q
Tests and Inspections --
Access to the Work, by others,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
13.2
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .....................
13.5
cost of 13.4
covering Work prior to .................
13.6-13.7
Laws and Regulations (or) .........
.., 13.5
Notice of Defects ................
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
OWNER's independent testing__ ..............
13.4
special, required by ENGINEER ................
9.6
timely notice required,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
.........13.4
Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's
request .............................................
I ...13. 8-13.9
Times --
Adjusting...........................................................6.6
Change of Contract..............................................12
Computation of .................................................
17 2
Contract Times --definition of .................
1.12
day.........................................................17.2.2
Milestones ............... _.............. ........................
Requirements--
...12
appeals .................................................
9.10, 16
clarifications,
claims and disputes .......... ......9,11,
11.2, 12
Commencement of Contract Times„
.............. 2.3
Preconstruction Conference
schedules ........ ... ..................._.........2.6,
2.9, 6.6
Starting the Work ..............................
2.4
Title, Warranty of ...................................................
14.3
Uncovering Work ....... ................ .....................
13.8-13.9
Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions --
definition of .....................................................
1.41
Not Shown or Indicated...................................4.3.2
protection of ...............4.3,
...............................
6.20
Shown or Indicated..._...................._...............4.3.1
Unit Price Work-- '
claims...................................................
11. 9.3
definition of .....................................................
_....
1 42
general11.9, 14.1, 14.5
Unit Prices --
general l 1.3.1
Determination for,,..
9.10
Use of Premises ............. ........ ...I... 6,16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4
Utility owners ....................... _.6,13, 6.20,
7.1-7.3, 13.2
Utilization, Partial 1.28, 5.15, 6.30._9
, 4, 14.10
Value of the Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
I ].3
Values, Schedule Of .............................. 2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8
(1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Variations in Work --Minor
Authorized ....................................... 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Article or Paragraph
Number
Visits to Site --by ENGINEER....................................9.2
Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
14.15
Waiver of Rights by insured partiq..................5.11,
6.11
Warranty and Guarantee, General --by
CONTRACTOR ...............................................
6.30
Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR's........................14.3
Work --
Accessto..........................................................13.2
byothers, . .. ......... .. ............. . . . *
.. ...... ............ 7
Changes in the.....................................................10
Continuing the..................................................6.29
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate ................................................
15.5
Coordination of.
Cost of the.................................................11.4-11.5
definition of ...................
......................... .........
... 1.43
neglected by CONTRACTOR...........................13.14
otherWork............................................................7
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
OWNER May Suspend Work ...................
j3.10, 15.1
Related, Work at Site ................ ... ....
.............. 7.1-7.3
Startingthe........................................................2.4
Stopping by CONTRACTOR..................I..........15.5
Stopping by OWNER ... ..............................
15.1-15.4
Variation and deviation authorized,
minor ........... 3.6
Work Change Directive --
claims pursuant to.............................................10.2
definition of......................................................1.44
principal references to.......................3.5.3,
10.1-10.2
Written Amendment --
definition of ........................................................
1.45
principal references to...............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15.12,
........................6.6.2, 6.8.2,
6.19, 10.1, 10.4,
..........................11.2, 12.1,
13.12.2, 14.7.2
Written Clarifications and
Interpretations.................................3.6.3,
9.4, 9.11
Written Notice Required--
by CONTRACTOR............................7.1,
9.10-9.11,
......... ........ I ... I ...... I..........
10.4, 11.2, 12.1
by OWNER ....................9.10-9.11,
10.4, 11.2, 13.14
cv
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) p
(This page left blank intentionally)
XV1 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other
Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated which are applicable to both the
singular and plural thereof:
IA. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or
change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
1.2. Agreement --The written contract between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement
and made a part thereof as provided therein.
1.3. Application for Payment —The form accepted by
ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
1.4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one
percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers
into the air above current action levels established by the
United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration,
1.5. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted
on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work
to be performed.
1.6. Bidding Documents —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and
the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda
issued prior to receipt of Bids).
1.7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form.
1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other
instruments of security.
1.9. Change Order —A document recommended by
ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in
the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
1.10. Contract Documents --The Agreement, Addenda
(which pertain to the Contract Documents),
CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation
accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation
submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as
an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the
Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary
Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
same are more specifically identified in the Agreement,
together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders,
Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's
written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective
Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals
approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the
reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 are not Contract Documents,
1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in
the Agreement (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 1 1.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
1,12. Contract Times —The numbers of days or the
dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial
Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is
ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's
written recommendation of final payment in accordance
with paragraph 14.13.
1,13. CONTRACTOR --The person, firm or corporation
with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
1.14defective--An adjective which when modifying
the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty
or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract
Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any
inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to
in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed
by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope,
extent and character of the Work to be furnished and
performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been
prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to
in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined.
1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,
but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which
the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the
two parties to sign and deliver.
LIT ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation
named as such in the Agreement.
1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant --A person, firm or
corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to famish
services as ENGINEER's independent professional
associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who
is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.
1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by
ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in
accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve
a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
1.20. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of
the Specifications.
1.21. Hazardous Waste --The tern Hazardous Waste shall
have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended
from time to time.
1.22.a. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations —Any
and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
1 22 b Legal Holidays --shall be those holidays observed
by the City of Fort Collins.
1.23. Liens —Liens, charges, security interests or
encumbrances upon real property or personal property.
1.24. Milestone --A principal event specified in the
Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work.
1.25. Notice of Award —A written notice by OWNER to
the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance
by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions
precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified,
OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.
1.26. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER)
fixing the date on which the Contract Times will
commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start
to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the
Contract Documents.
1.27. OWNER —The public body or authority,
corporation, association, firm or person with whom
CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for
whom the Work is to be provided.
1.28. Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a
substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.29. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphmyls.
1.30. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any
fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of
temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and
14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil,
petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene
and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude
oils.
1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work
to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the
whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
1.32.a. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from
time to time.
1 32 b Regular Worldne Hours —Regular working hours
are defined as 7:00 in to 6700pm unless otherwise
specified in the General Requirements.
1.33. Resident Project Representative —The authorized
representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the
site or any part thereof.
1.34. Samples —Physical examples of materials,
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by which such portion of the Work will be
judged.
1.35. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for
CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
1.36. Specifications —Those portions of the Contract
Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
1.37. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation
having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the
Work at the site.
1.38. Substantial Completion —The Work (or a
specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where,
in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by
ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified
part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is
intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the
Work is complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of
final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The
terms "substantially complete" and "substantially
completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to
Substantial Completion thereof.
1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the
Contract Documents which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
1.40. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract
with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the
Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
1.41. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits,
ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or
other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the
Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990
ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The
term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -
bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means
the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on
basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The
term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the
Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents
may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids;
neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or
misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding
Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410,
00420, and 00430 fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available
on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the
Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.
3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must
submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of
qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience,
previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the
jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence
of Bidder's qualification to do business in .the state where the Project is
located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the
contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form
provided in Section 00420.
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-159 of the Code of the City of Fort
Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall
be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform
the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can
7/96 Section 00100 Page 1
materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum
products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other
control systems or water.
1.42. Unit Price Work --Work to be paid for on the basis
of unit prices.
1.43. Work —The entire completed construction or the
various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes
and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into
the construction, and performing or furnishing services and
furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract
Documents.
1.44. Work Change Directive --A written directive to
CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended
by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision
in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen
physical conditions under which the Work is to be
Performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to
emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract
Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the
change directed or documented by a Work Change
Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its
effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as
provided in paragraph 10.2,
1.45. Written Amendment —A written amendment of the
Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering
or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related
aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may
be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary
Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably
necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies
will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed:
2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or,
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the
Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at
any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement. i
AefflffleBsp to Run iatef the day
e1 Rid enenins r, ti a a
o£.t,., n.....,,,..., t_.
s
Starting the Work:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work
on the date when the Contract Times commence to run,
but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on
which the Contract Times commence to run.
Before Starting Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent
figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in
writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and
shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to
OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review:
2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating
the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the Work, including
any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals which will list each required
submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and
processing such submittal;
2.6 2 1 In no case will a schedule be
acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar
days for each review by Engineer.
2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of
the Work which will include quantities and prices of
items aggregating the Contract Price and will
subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient
detail to serve as the basis for progress payments
during construction. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable
to each item of Work.
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started,
CONTRACTOR a_a ^�R shall eaeh deliver to the
Either OWNER, with copies to enph Add identi 9.4„ ..Ie ff,.e...c:, .n a.. ENGINEER,
3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or
Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work (unless such an interpretation of the
provisions of the Contract Documents would result
in violation of such Law or Regulation).
No provision of any such standard, specification, manual,
code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties
and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants,
agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER,
ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or
employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as
ordered" "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as
approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper"
or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement, direction, review or
judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that
such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be
solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for
compliance with the requirements of and information in the
Contract Documents and conformance with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there
is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of
any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to
ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to
provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or
more of the following ways:
3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment,
3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4),
or
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to
paragraph 10.1).
3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract
Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations
and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or
more of the following ways:
3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5),
3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or
3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or
clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse ofDoeuments:
3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other person or organization performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect
contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any
title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings,
Specifications or other documents (or copies of any
thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of
such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies
on extensions of the Project or any other project without
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER.
ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
Availability of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed, rights -of -way and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the
use of CONTRACTOR.
9WN =w..n c ...H: h t- r
a coffee
of er filinlien agi"'t-Z
OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions
not of general application but specifically related to use of
lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have
to comply in performing the Work. Easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If
CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on
entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments
in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of
any delay in OWNER's frnishing these lands, rights -of -
way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and
access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to
the Supplementary Conditions for identification of.
4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by
ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents;
and
4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of
physical conditions in or relating to existing surface
or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site
(except Underground Facilities) that have been
utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract
Documents.
4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized;
Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in
the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on
such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon
or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and
drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by
CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions
and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of
or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any such data, interpretations, opinions or
information.
4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical
Conditions. If CONTRACTOR believes that any
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site
that is uncovered or revealed either:
4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that
any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is
entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a
change in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
indicated in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs
materially from conditions ordinarily encountered
and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contract
Documents; then
CONTRACTOR shall, prelnptly immediately after
becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing
conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in
connection therewith (except in an emergency as
permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing about such condition.
CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions
or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as
aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will
promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the,..
necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or -
tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing.
(with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's
findings and conclusions.
4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets
one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work
Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as
provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the
consequences of such change.
4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the
Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that
the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition
causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost
of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject,
however, to the following:
4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or
more of the categories described in
paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive;
4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents
pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an
automatic authorization of nor a condition
precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment;
4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for
on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract
Price,. will be subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and
4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled
to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times
if;
4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of
the existence of such conditions at the
time CONTRACTOR made a final
commitment to OWNER in respect of
Contract Price and Contract Times by the
submission of a bid or becoming bound
under a negotiated contract; or
4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such
condition could reasonably have been
discovered or revealed as a result of any
examination, investigation, exploration,
test or study of the site and contiguous
areas required by the Bidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be
conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior
to CONTRACTOR's making such final
commitment; or
4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to
give the written notice within the time and
as required by paragraph 4.2.3.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on
entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in
Articles I 1 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to
CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any
other project or anticipated project.
4.3. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shawn or Indicated: The information and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site is based on information and data
furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of
such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is
otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary
Conditions:
4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data; and
4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be
included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR
shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and
checking all such information and data, (n) locating
all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work
with the owners of such Underground Facilities
during construction, and (iv) the safety and
protection of all such Underground Facilities as
provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any
damage thereto resulting from the Work.
4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly
immediately after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or
perforating any Work in connection therewith (except
in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23),
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and
ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the
Underground Facility and determine the extent, if
any, to which a change is required in the Contract
Documents to reflect and document the consequences
of the existence of the Underground Facility, If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a
Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10
to reflect and document such consequences. During
such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
the safety and protection of such Underground
Facility as provided in paragraph 6,20.
CONTRACTOR shell may be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable
to the existence of any Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could
not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or
to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR
are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However,
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for
any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection
with any other project or anticipated project.
Reference Points:
4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to
establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable
CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the
Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without
the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR
shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point
is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of
such reference points by professionally qualified
personnel.
4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material:
4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site
which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or
Specifications or identified in the Contract
Documents to be within the scope of the Work and
which may present a substantial danger to persons or
property exposed thereto in connection with the Work
at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any
such materials brought to the site by
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or
anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible.
-----------------
M
iMllmlfl
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance, Payment and Other Bonds:
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall fumish Performance and
Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the
Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect
at least until one year after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds
shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents
except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and
shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the
current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of
Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of
Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be
accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority
to act.
5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by
CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes
insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any
state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to
meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR
shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond
and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of
Insurance:
5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the
Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained
from surety or insurance companies that are duly
licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the
Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies
for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety
and insurance companies shall also meet such
additional requirements and qualifications as may be
provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER,
with copies to each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER or any other additional insured) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain
in accordance with paragraph 5.4. ^"" R ghAll
del'. e.. to CONTD A CTOP with cepies tR eaph
additional insured identified in the Supplernewaij
pe_e
CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance:
5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such
liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work
being performed and furnished and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out
of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and
furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to
be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable:
5.4.L claims under workers' compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts;
5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of
CONTRACTOR's employees;
5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
CONTRACTOR's employees;
5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work
itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use
resulting therefrom; and
5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising out of
the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor
vehicle.
The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4
to be purchased and maintained shall:
5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by
paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4.9,
include as additional insureds (subject to any
customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability), OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S
Consultants and any other persons or entities identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be
listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for
the respective officers and employees of all such
additional insureds;
5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written
for not less than the limits of liability provided in the
Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or
Regulations, whichever is greater;
5.4.9. include completed operations insurance;
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance
covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations
under paragraphs 6,12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33;
5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the
coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially
changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days'
prior written notice has been given to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom
a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the
certificates of insurance furnished by the
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so
provide);
5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment
and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may
be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work
in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and
5.4.13. with respect to completed operations
insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a
claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two
years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall
furnish OWNER and each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom
a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence
satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional
insured of continuation of such insurance at final
payment and one year thereafter).
OWNER's Liability Insurance:
5.5. In addition to insurance required to be provided
by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4, OWNER, at
OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at
OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as
will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from
operations under the Contract Documents.
Property Insurance:
]Ffflitod to feoq and ehafgeg of engineers and
OWN
5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing
and maintaining any property insurance to protect the
interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in
L. xl 1. Rmtent Fan),ded st ble a s that afe
<.acnaxxmin the st el amFy C;o .d'o.,mt ons. Th.^ss Alf
I h id d deE ♦:6le af..eton Will bg bom
sueh less and if of*, of theno wishes prep ' . ifie
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
10 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds:
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the
insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the
requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of
paragraph 5.13, OWNER shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received, and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the
damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so
received applied on account thereof and the Work and the
cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment.
5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days
after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this
power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary
shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with
such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no
such agreement among the parties in interest is reached,
OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with
the insurers and, if Feq ired g b• .............- .:aster-eaRr-a,
intevest, OWNER fidueiary shall r
b
Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace:
5.14. If either p rnunacn ,._ CO _ _ n
OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or
other provisions of the Bondse insurance required to be
purchased and maintained by the ether—pat4�
CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the
Obi.:..,,.,,_.. shall ^ .�� OWNER will
notify CONTRACTOR in writing within ten fifteen days
after eeeeipt delivery of the certificates (ef other evide„ne
requested) to OWNER as required by paragraph 2.7,
Pfa�ided as the hef r a
iflsufanca
, qitifig of sueh r'� ti of h
W k £ r Y
eth-
440faig �
Y J Y
the expense ef the
Partial Utilization —Property Insurance:
5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may
be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10;
provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence
before the insurers providing the property insurance have
acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shall consent by
endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on
account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervision and Superintendence:
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and
direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and
expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification
of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in
and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all
times during its progress a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment:
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,
suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and
construct the Work as required by the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise
required for the safety or protection of persons or the
Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and
except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents,
all Work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit
overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday,
Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written
consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER
no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be
performed on Saturday Sunday Holidays or outside the
Regular Workine Hours
11
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume
full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery,
tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other
facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
6.4.1. Purchasing Restrictions: CONTRACTOR
must comply with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the
offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management
Division or the City Clerk's office.
6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins
Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers
of cement or products containing cement to certify that
the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn
hazardous waste as a fuel.
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good
quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly
run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER,
CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and
quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected,
used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress
schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it
maybe adjusted from time to time as provided below: _
6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER
for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress
schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or
Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally
to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally
will comply with any provisions of the General
Requirements applicable thereto.
6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule
that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones)
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements
of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be
made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in
accordance with Article 12.
6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal "Items:
6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular Supplier, the specification or description is
intended to establish the type, function and quality
required. Unless the specification or description
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
12 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
contains or is followed by words reading that no like,
equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is
permitted, other items of material or equipment or
material or equipment of other Suppliers may be
accepted by ENGINEER under the following
circumstances:
6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally
equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that
no change in related Work will be required, it may
be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal"
item, in which case review and approval of the
proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole
discretion, be accomplished without compliance
with some or all of the requirements for
acceptance of proposed substitute items.
6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment...
proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as -
an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it
will be considered a proposed substitute item.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient
information as provided below to allow
ENGINEER to determine that the item of material
or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to
that named and an acceptable substitute therefor.
The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will
include the following as supplemented in the
General Requirements and as ENGINEER may
decide is appropriate under the circumstances.
Requests for review of proposed substitute items
of material or equipment will not be accepted by
ENGINEER from anyone other than
CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to
furnish or use a substitute item of material or
equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make
written application to ENGINEER for acceptance
thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will
perform adequately the functions and achieve the
results called for by the general design, be similar
in substance to that specified and be suited to the
same use as that specified. The application will
state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation
and acceptance of the proposed substitute will
prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of
Substantial Completion on time, whether or not
acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work
will require a change in any of the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with OWNER for work on the
Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute and whether or not incorporation or use
of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
All variations of the proposed substitute from that
specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement
service will be indicated. The application will
also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly from
acceptance of such substitute, including costs of
redesign and claims of other contractors affected
by the resulting change, all of which will be
considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the
proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about
the proposed substitute.
6.7.1.3. CONTRACTORS Expense: All data to be
provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any
proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at
CONTRACTORS expense.
6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or
Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence or procedure of construction is shown or
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a
substitute means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to
allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to
determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to
that expressly called for by the Contract Documents.
The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be
similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2.
6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be
allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposal or submittal made pursuant to
paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the
sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or
substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without
ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be
evidenced by.either a Change Order or an approved
Shop Drawing. OWNER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTORS
expense a special performance guarantee or other
surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute.
ENGINEER will record time required by
ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in
evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and
6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct
contract with OWNER for work on the Project)
occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER
accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such
proposed substitute item.
6_8. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and
Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
(including those acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether
initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or
ENGINEER may have reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom
CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
uM
CONTRACTOR shall Perform not less than 20
percent of the Work with its own forces (that is
without subcontracting) The 20 percent requirement
shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of
wluch totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract
Price.
6.8.2. Tf • a.pr o , Bidding
Documents require the identity of certain
Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or
organizations (including those who are to furnish the
principal items of materials or equipment) to be
submitted to OWNER
date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for
acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, and 'r
CONTRACTOR CTn submitted
OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in
writing or by failing to make written objection thereto
by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in
the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of
en th
h Gn
will 19p, will
constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the
use of the named subcontractors suppliers or other
persons or organization on the Work unless prior
written approval is obtained from OWNER and
ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or
ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization shall constitute a waiver
of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject
defective Work.
6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to
OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions
of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons
and organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is
responsible for CONTRACTORS own acts and
omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization any
contractual relationship between OWNER or
ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization, nor shall it create any
obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to
pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any
such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization except as may otherwise be required by
Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may
furnish to anv subcontractor supplier or other person
or organization evidence of amounts paid to
CONTRACTOR in accordance with
CONTRACTOR'S Applications for Payment"
13
perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time
specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity,
reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the
quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5)
the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances
relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial '
resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the
service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials
and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder
to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the
contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's
performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work
so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be
accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair .J
his ability to perform or finance this Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract
with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due
to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to
(a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to
familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect J
cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with
federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may
in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study
and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents,
and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification
of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
J
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of
this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing
and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be ^.
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract
Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey "r
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of
the Work.
..J
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to
be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or
clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be
7/96 Section 00100 Page 2
6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible
for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through
CONTRACTOR.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the
Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the
Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWNER and ENGINEER. "- •ene of _ atteh . __emen
,nwpm-nl MOWN
.3L
IN
W.
..
Patent Fees and Royalties:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and
royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work
of any invention, design, process, product or device which
is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
If a particular invention, design, process, product or device
is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of
OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights
or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or
royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be
disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the
fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants
of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,
losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any
infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the
use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product or device not specified in the Contract
Documents.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
14 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Permits:
6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist
CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such
permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all
governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for
the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the
time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall
pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the
Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant
investment fees.
6.14. Laws and Regulations:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except
where otherwise expressly required by applicable
Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor
ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring
CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or
Regulations.
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary
to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by,
arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall
not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to
make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are
in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this
shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of
CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer,
use and other similar taxes required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project which are
applicable during the performance of the Work.
6.15. 1 OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and
local sales and use taxes on materials to be
permanently incorporated into the project Said taxes
shall not be included in the Contract Price.
the proiect.
Address:
Colorado Department of Revenue
State Capital Annex
1375 Sherman Street
Denver, Colorado, 80261
Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado
Regional Transportation District (RTD1 and certain
Colorado counties are collected by the State of
Colorado and are included in the Certification of
Exemption
All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State
collected taxes) on any items other than construction
and bmidmg materials physically incorporated into the
protect are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to
be included in appropriate bid items
Use ojPremises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction
equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the site and land and areas
identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any
damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be
made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly
settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution
proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
hold hamiless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or
occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based
upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR
shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the
Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR
shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from
and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery and surplus
materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and
ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial
Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to
original condition all property not designated for alteration
by the Contract Documents.
6,18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part
of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject
any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or
pressures that will endanger it.
Record Documents:
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at
the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work
Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to
paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record
documents together with all approved Samples and a
counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be
available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion
of the Work, and prior to release of final payment these
record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be
delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.
Safety and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be
affected by the Work;
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off
the site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws
and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for
safety of persons or property or to protect them from
damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property
and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall
cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation
and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or
loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or
6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the
Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or
loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications
or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them).
CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety
and protection of the Work shall continue until such time
as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a
15
notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance
with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as
otherwise expressly provided in connection with
Substantial Completion).
6.21. Safety Representative:
CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety representative at the site whose duties
and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and
the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and
programs.
Hazard Communication Programs:
6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or
other hazard communication information required to be
made available to or exchanged between or among
employers at the site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
Emergencies:
6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or
authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to
act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written
notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant
changes in the Work or variations from the Contract
Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive
or Change Order will be issued to document the
consequences of such action.
6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples:
6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings
to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals
will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in
the number of copies specified in the General
Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings
will be complete with respect to quantities,
dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the
materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to
provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the
information for the limited purposes required by
paragraph 6.26.
6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified
clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as
catalog numbers and the use for which intended and
otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable
ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
16 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
r-,
purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers
of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in -
the Specifications.
6.25. Submittal Procedures:
6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or
Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and
verified:
6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities,
dimensions, specified performance criteria,
installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar information with respect
thereto,
6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended
use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage,
assembly and installation pertaining to the
performance of the Work, and
6.25.1.3. all information relative to
CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect
of means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto.
CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and
coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other
Shop Drawings and Samples and with the
requirements of the Work and the Contract
Documents.
6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied
CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review
and approval of that submittal.
6.25.3. At the time of each submission,
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific
written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop
Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice
to be in a written communication separate from the
submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and
Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and
approval of each such variation.
6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop
Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of
Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by
ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's
review and approval will be only to determine if the items
covered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work, conform to the information
given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not
extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction (except where a particular
means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate
item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in
which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make
corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and
submit as required new Samples for review and approval.
CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by
ENGINEER on previous submittals.
6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop
Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for any variation from the requirements
of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in
writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such
variation at the time of submission as required by
paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written
approval of each such variation by a specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by
ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility
for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1.
6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by
the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing
and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as
required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed
prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent
submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
Continuing the Work:
6.29, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as
OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in
writing.
6.30. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and
Guarantee:
6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants
that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective.
CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder
excludes defects or damage caused by:
6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper
maintenance or operation by persons other than
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal
usage.
6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following
will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release
of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents:
6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or
final payment by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of
Substantial Completion or any payment by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract
Documents;
6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any
part thereof by OWNER;
6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any
failure to do so;
6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a
notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant
to paragraph 14.13;
6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by
others; or
6.30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by
OWNER.
Indemnification:
6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S
Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including,
but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by,
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage:
(i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than the Work itself), including the loss of use
resulting therefrom, and (it) is caused in whole or in part
by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform
or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused
in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity
indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed
upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations
regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity.
6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or
ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents,
officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
17
R
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not
be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or
type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization under workers' compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.33. The indemnification obligations of
CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to
the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants,
officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the
professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them.
Survival of Obligations:
6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties
and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance
with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing
obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will
survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the
Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK
Related Work at Site:
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the
Project at the site by OWNERS own forces, or let other
direct contracts therefor which shall contain General
Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed
by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be
performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then:
(i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR
prior to starting any such other work and
(ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes
that such performance will involve additional expense to
CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties
are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor
who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility
owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the
additional work with OWNERSs employees) proper and
safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and
the execution of such other work and shall properly connect
and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that
may be required to make its several parts come together
properly and integrate with such other work.
CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and
will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of
ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected.
The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under
this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and
other contractors to the extent that there are comparable
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
18 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said
direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners
and other contractors.
7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of
CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall
inspect such other work and promptly report to
ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies
in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable
for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's
Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will
constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and
proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work
except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies
in such other work.
Coordination:
7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the.
performance of other work on the Project at the site, they
following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified;
7.42. the specific matters to be covered by such
authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
7.4.3. the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided.
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General
Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of
ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against
whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that
of the former ENGINEER.
8.3. OWNER shall fumish the data required of
OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when
they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNERS duties in respect of providing lands
and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1
and 4.4, Paragraph4.2 refers to OWNERSs identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing
i
IJ
structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized
by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4.
8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain
inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in
paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or
suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1.
Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate
services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances.
8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have
control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences
or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and
Programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations
applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work.
OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
11 Milli .1-.-
ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
OWNER's Representative:
9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative
during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and
shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER
and ENGINEER.
Visits to Site:
9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction as
ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
that has been made and the quality of the various aspects
Of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations,
ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER
will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -
site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the
Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward
providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that
the completed Work will conform generally to the
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on -
site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEERS
visits and on -site observations are subject to all the
limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility
set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without
limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site
visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work
ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have
authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
furnishing or performance of the Work.
Project Representative:
9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of
the Work. The responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in
paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 '
6enditiens of these General Conditions. If OWNER
designates another representative or agent to represent
OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant,
agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of such other person will be as
provided in sl r!v'� .eno`xs vamgranh 9.3
9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities Representative
wtll:
9.3.2.1. Schedules - Review the progress
19
schedule and other schedules prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and consult with the
ENGINEER concerning acceptability.
9 3 2 2 Conferences and Meeting - Attend
meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as
preconstruction conferences, progress meetings
and other iob conferences and prepare and
circulate copies of minutes of meetings.
9.3.2.3. Liaison
9.3.2.3.1. Serve as ENGINEER'S liaison
with CONTRACTOR, working principally
through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to
assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding
the Contract Documents.
9 3 2 3 2 Assist in obtaining from OWNER
additional details or information, when
required for proper execution of the Work
9.3.2.3.3. Advise the ENGINEER and
CONTRACTOR of the commencement of
any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or
sample submission if the submission has not
been approved by the ENGINEER
9 3 2 4 Review of Work Reiection of Defective
Work Inspections and Tests -
9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of
the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER
in detemtining that the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9 3 2 4 3 Accompany visiting inspectors
representing public or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the Project record the results
of these inspections and report to the
ENGINEER.
9 3 2 5 Interpretation of Contract
Documents Report to ENGINEER when
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents are needed and transmit to
CONTRACTOR clarification and mtemretation
of the Contract Documents as issued by the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.6. Modifications. Consider and
evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for
E]CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-811990 Edition)
20 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
modification in Drawings or Specifications and
report these recommendations to ENGINEER.
Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR
decisions issued by the ENGINEER.
9.3.2.7. Records.
9.3.2.8. Reports.
9 3 2 8 1 Furnish ENGINEER periodic
reports as required of the progress of the
Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S
compliance with the progress schedule and
schedule of shop Drawing and sample
submittals.
9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in
advance of scheduling major tests,
inspections or start of important phases of the
Work.
9 3 2 8 3 Draft proposed Change Orders
and Work Directive Changes, obtaining
backup material from the CONTRACTOR
and recommend to ENGINEER Change
Orders Work Directive Changes and field
orders.
9 3 2 8 4 Report irmnediately to
ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of
any accident.
9 3 2 9 Payment Requests Review applications
for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance
with the established procedure for their
submission and forward with recommendation to
ENGINEER noting particularly the relationship of
the payment requested to the schedule of values
work completed and materials and equipment
delivered at the site but not incorporated in the
Work.
9.3.2.10. Completion
9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a
Certificate of Substantial Completion submit
to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items
requiring correction or completion
9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the
company of the ENGINEER OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of
items to be corrected or completed
9.3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the
final list have been corrected or completed and
make recommendations to ENGINEER
concerning acceptance
9.3.3. Limitation of Authority The Representative shall
not:
9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the
Contract Documents or accept any substitute
inatenals or eom men, unless authorized by the
ENGINEER.
9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S
authority as set forth in the Contract Documents.
9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities
of the CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or
CONTRACTOR'S superintendent
9.3.3.4. Advise on or issue directions relative
to or assume control over any aspect of the
means methods techniques sequences or
procedures for construction unless such is
specifically called for in the Contract Documents
9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions
regarding or assume control over safety
precautions and programs m connections with the
Work.
9.3 3 6 Accent Shoo Drawin s or sample
submittals from anyone other than the
CONTRACTOR.
9.3.3.7. Authorze OWNER to occupy the
Work m whole or in part
9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or
laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others
except as specifically authorized by the
ENGINEER.
Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF PORT COLONS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of
Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such
written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or
interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price
or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree
to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
Authorizer) Variations in Work:
9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in.
the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order
and will be binding on OWNER and also on
CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved
Promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a
Field Orderjustifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article I 1 or 12.
Rejecting Defective Work:
9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective,
or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed
Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that
will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by
the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the
Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the
Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Droppings, Change Orders and Payments
9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through
6.28 inclusive.
9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.
9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
Determinations for Unit Prices:
9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with
CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendering a written
decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application
21
for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision
thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and
CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of
any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR
delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of
intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an
appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time
limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered
into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to
Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement
has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by
the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may
have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless
otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the
procedures of paragraph 9.11.
Decisions on Disputes:
9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or
the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract
Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of
the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be
referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request
for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph.
Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter
will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the
other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event
later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or
event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will
be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within
sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the
submission of additional or more accurate data in support
of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party
shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant
within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last
submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).
ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within
thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will
be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR
unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken
within the time limits and in accordance with the
procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (it) if no such
Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a
written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's
written decision is delivered by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within
thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal
proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of
competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies
as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws
and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
22 w/ CITY OF PORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER
and CONTRACTOR.
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under
paragraphs9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show
partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be
liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of
a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or
9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other
matter (except any which have been waived by the making
or acceptance of final payment as provided in
paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or
remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
such claim, dispute or other matterTw-sua^'.�� ^ ^zi�.
9.13. Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and
Responsibilities:
9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or
responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision
made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the
undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority
or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose
or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,
any other person or organization, or to any surety for
or employee or agent of any of them.
9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct,
control or have authority over or be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the famishing or
performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be
responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform
or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the
acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or
organization performing or furnishing any of the
Work.
9.13.4, ENGINEER's review of the final Application
for Payment and accompanying documentation and
all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests
and approvals and other documentation required to be
delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to
determine generally that their content complies with
the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests and approvals that the results
certified indicate compliance with, the Contract
Documents.
9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and
responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also
apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project
Representative and assistants.
ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without
notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from
time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the
Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be
authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a
Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such
document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed under the
applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided).
10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that
should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive,
a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or
Article 12.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
with respect to any Work performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and
supplemented as providedin paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except
in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23
or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in
paragraph 13.9.
10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER
(or Written Amendments) covering:
10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered
by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required
because of acceptance of defective Work under
paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under
paragraph 13,14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which are agreed to by the parties; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to
paragraph 9.11;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order,
an appeal may be taken from any such decision in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents
and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such
appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in
paragraph 6.29.
10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
E1CDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be
given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be
CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total
compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable
to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties,
responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken
by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense
without change in the Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no
event later than thirty days) after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the
general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty
days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit
- additional or more accurate data in support of the claim)
and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement
that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to
which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the
Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount
involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this
paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change
Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be determined as follows:
11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit
prices contained. in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the
items involved (subject to the provisions of
23
issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to
the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions
answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed
to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed
to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the
OWNER as having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in
the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be
in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a
Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by
a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety
bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such
Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract
security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful
Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required
contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul
the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited.
The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable
chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of
the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-
first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such
Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive
will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be
substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the
Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment
described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without
consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is
7/96 Section 00100 Page 3
paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive);
11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by
unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a
mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and
profit not necessarily in accordance with
paragraph 11.6.2);
11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement to a lump sum is not reached under
paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work
(determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5)
plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit
(determined as provided in paragraph 11.6).
Cost of the Work:
11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all
costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in
the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall
be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the
locality of the Project, shall include only the following
items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in
paragraph 11.5:
11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct
employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed
upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such
employees shall include without limitation
superintendents, foremen and other personnel
employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full-time on the Work shall
be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll costs shall i-e',,,�.aa�" =yet be limited to,
salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits
which shall include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers'
compensation, health and-retiremea3t benefits -,` noses
iek ' -a z,^' a� pa applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work after regular
working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays,
shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by OWNER.
11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished
and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field
services required in connection therewith. All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless
OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with
which to make payments, in which case the cash
discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade
discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of
surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to
OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions
so that they may be obtained.
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the
Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER,
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
24 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from
Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to
OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of
ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If
any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to
be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,
the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be
determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's
Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
paragraphs 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All
subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of
the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but
not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants)
employed for services specifically related to the
Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following:
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary
transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in
discharge of duties connected with the Work.
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and
maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office and
temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the
performance of the Work, and cost less market
value of such items used but not consumed which
remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction
equipment and machinery and the parts thereof
whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in
accordance with rental agreements approved by
OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the
costs of transportation, loading, unloading,
installation, dismantling and removal thereof —all
in accordance with terms of said rental
agreements. The rental of any such equipment,
machinery or parts shall cease when the use
thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes
related to the Work, and for which
CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
11.4.15.5. Deposits lost for causes other than
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any
of them may be liable, and royalty payments and
fees for permits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related
expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained
by CONTRACTOR in connection with the
performance and furnishing of the Work (except
losses and damages within the deductible amounts
of property insurance established by OWNER in
accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they
have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable. Such losses shall include
settlements made with the written consent and
approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages
and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of determining
CONTRACTOR's fee. If, however, any such loss
or damage requires reconstruction and
CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee
Proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams,
long distance telephone calls, telephone service at
the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in
connection with the Work.
11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the
Work.
11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of
the following:
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of
CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers,
engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors,
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel
employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in
CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically
included in the agreed upon schedule of ob
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or
specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4 all of which
are to be considered administrative costs covered by the
CONTRACTOR's fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR' principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at
the site.
11.5.. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital
expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S
capital employed for the Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required
by the Contract ocuments to purchase and maintain
the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable, including but
not limited to, the correction of defective Work,
disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied
and making good any damage to property.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to
CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee
based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under
paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the
CONTRACTOR' fee shall be fifteen percent;
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under
paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall
be five percent;
11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of
subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
Plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the
intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and
11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually
performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier,
will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs
incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs
11.4.1 and 11A.2 and that any higher tier
Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be
paid a fie
th�ie,t-lower tier F to be negotiated
in ,good faith with the OWNER but not to exceed
five percent of the amount paid to the next lower
tier Subcontractor.
11.6.2.4no fee shall be payable on the basis
of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, l 1.4.5
and 1 L5;
11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the
amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a
deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount
equal to five percent of such net decrease; and
11,6.2.6. when both additions and credits are
involved in any one change, the adjustment in
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the
basis of the net change in accordance with
paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive.
11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be
25
determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5,
CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records
thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting
practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an
itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
Cash Allowances:
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered
to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR
agrees that:
11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to
CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances
to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2, CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and
handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the
allowances have been included in the Contract Price
and not in the allowances and no demand for
additional payment on account of any of the foregoing
will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.9. Unit Price Work:
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all
or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially
the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all
Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the
established unit prices for each separately identified
item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity
of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The
estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are
not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of
comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract
Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate
to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for
each separately identified item.
11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in
accordance with Article 11 if.
11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs
materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
26 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
and
11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and
11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in
Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or OWNER believes that
OWNER is. entitled to a decrease in Contract Price
and the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount of any such increase or decrease.
11 9 3 4 CONTRACTOR acknowledges that
the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in
the Bid or change quantities at OWNER'S sole
discretion without affecting the Contract Price of
any remaining item so lone as the deletion or
addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of
the original total Contract Price.
ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be
changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment.
Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by
the party making the claim to the other party and to
ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty
days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the
claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be
accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the
claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of
the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in
the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by
ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if
OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree.
No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or
Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance
with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1.
12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement.
12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will
be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such
delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in
paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts
or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and
within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR.
12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the
Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the
time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole
and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall
OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any
surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for
damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or
(ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but
not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners
or other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7.
ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;
CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1. Notice of Defects:
Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or
ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to
CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected,
corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
Access to Work:
13.2. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants,
other representatives and personnel of OWNER,
independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies
with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at
"feAgariable firne for their observation, inspecting and
testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and
safe conditions for such access and advise them of
CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so
that they may comply therewith as applicable.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely
notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of
an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract
Documents except:
13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered
by paragraph 13.5 below;
13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests
or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
below shall be paid as provided in said
paragraph 13.9; and
13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the
Contract Documents.
13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically
to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or
other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and
obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs
in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the
required certificates of inspection, or approval.
CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging
and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with
any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER'S
and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs,
or equipment submitted for approval prior to
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in
the Work.
13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be
inspected, tested or approved is covered by
CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of
ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for observation.
13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6
shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of
CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and
ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
Uncovering Work.
13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by
ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation
and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.
13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable
that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or
inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at
ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise
make available for observation, inspection or testing as
ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in
question, famishing all necessary labor, material and
equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing
and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction,
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price,
and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in
Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
(or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
27
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Stop the Work:
13,10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a
way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop
the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such
order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER
to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part
of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party.
Correction or Removal of Defective Work:
13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the
site and replace it with Work that is not defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by or resulting from such correction or
removal including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others .
13.12. Correction Period.
13.12.1.If within one—year two year after the date of
Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the
terms of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of
the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost
to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written
instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage
to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the
terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where
delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage,
OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from
such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of
others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular
item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the
correction period for that item may start to run from an
earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by
Written Amendment.
13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
28 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the
correction period hereunder with respect to such Work
will be extended for an additional period of ene-year
two year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
Acceptance of Defective Work:
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and
determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to
be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any
such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the.
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after
such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER May Correct Defective Work:
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time
after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective
Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required
by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails
to comply with any other provision of the Contract
Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written
notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such
deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In
connection with such corrective and remedial action,
OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of
the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and
suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take
possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere.
CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other
contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All
claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by
OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will
be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and
damages will include but not be limited to all costs of
repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction, removal or replacement of
CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall
not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the
Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's
rights and remedies hereunder.
ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
Schedule of Values:
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of Application for
Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on
account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed.
Application for Progress Payment:
14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for
each progress payment (but not more often than once a
month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by
CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the
date of the Application and accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but
delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another
location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment
shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other
documentation warranting that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be
satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with
respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER
shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR
with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or
custodianship By executing the application for payment
foam the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the
benehts of Colorado Revised Statutes Section 24-91-I01
et seq,
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the
Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time
of payment free and clear of all Liens.
Review of Applications for Progress Payment:
14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191M (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
recommendation of payment and present the Application
to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR
indicating in writing ENGMER's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR
may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. Ten days after presentation of the
Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's
recortunendation, the amount recommended will (subject
to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7)
become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR.
14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a
representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on
ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work
as an experienced and qualified design professional and on
ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and
the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of
ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief:
14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated,
14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results
of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract
Documents, to a final determination of quantities and
classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated
in the recommendation), and
14.5.3. the conditions precedent to
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is
ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.
However, by recommending any such payment
ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site
inspections have been made to check the quality or the
quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities
specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents or (ii) that there may not be other matters or
issues between the parties that [night entitle
CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or
entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment,
including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER
is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or
the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of Work, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it
would be incorrect to make the representations to
29
OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may
also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of
subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment
previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER
from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by
Written Amendment or Change Order,
14.7.3. OWNER has been .required to correct
defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
paragraph 13.14, or
14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because:
14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on
account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing
of the Work,
14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a
specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the
satisfaction and discharge of such Liens,
14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-
off against the amount recommended, or
14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1
through 15.2.4 inclusive;
but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate
written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the
reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR
the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed
to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when
CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the
reasons for such action.
Substantial Completion:
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work
is substantially complete (except for items specifically
listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that
ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.
Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER,
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection
of the Work to determine the status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially
complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
30 wl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER
will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate
of Substantial Completion whichshall fix the date of
Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven
days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which
to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after
considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that
the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will
within fourteen days after submission of the tentative
certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said
fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be
completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the
tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division
of responsibilities pending final payment between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,
operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance
and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and
CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform
ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the
definitive certificate of Substantial Completion,
ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding
on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of
Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow
CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list.
Partial Utilization:
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any
substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
(ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree
constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended
purpose without significant interference with
CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the
Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request
CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use
any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to
be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of
the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR
will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such
part of the Work is substantially complete and request
ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work.
CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use
and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that
part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either
such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and
ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of
the Work to determine its status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of
the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of
the Work and the division of responsibility inrespect
thereof and access thereto.
14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part
of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance
with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of
property insurance.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR
shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such work or remedy such deficiencies.
Final Application for Payment:
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such
corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered
in accordance with the Contract Documents all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of
insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of
inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in
paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR
may make application for final payment following the
Procedure for progress payments. The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13,
60 consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and
(iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed
in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or
waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR may famish receipts or releases in hill
and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and
receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment
for which a Lien could be filed, and (it) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER'
property [night in any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
to furnish such a release or receipt in full,
CONTRACTOR may famish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against
any Lien. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of
the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on
forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard
forms bound in the Project manual
Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment
and accompanying documentation as required by the
Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the
Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents have been
fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing
ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present
the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same
time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject
to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise,
ENGINEER will return the Application to
CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for
refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to
OWNER of the Application and accompanying
documentation, in appropriate form and substance and
with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of
acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER
will become due and will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph 17 6 2 of these
General Conditions.
14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final
completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of
CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating
the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not
fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been
famished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent
of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work filly completed and accepted shall be
submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the
Application for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of
claims.
Waiver of Claims:
14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
14,15,1.a waiver of all claims by OWNER against
CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from
unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after
31
final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from
failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the
terms of any .special guarantees specified therein, or
from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under
the Contract Documents; and
14.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR
against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNER May Suspend Work:
15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not
more than ninety days by notice in writing to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date
on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly
attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Terminate:
15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events:
15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established
under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to paragraph 6.6);
15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of
ENGINEER; or
15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any
substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the
surety, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent
permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services
of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site
and take possession of the Work and of all
CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to
the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR
(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or
conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and
equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 Edition)
32 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs,
losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of
or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be
paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and
damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR
shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs,
losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed
by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so
approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order,
provided that when exercising any rights or remedies
under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to
obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of OWNER against
CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due
CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release
CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or
remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without
duplication of any items):
15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed
in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to
the effective date of termination, including fair and
reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such
Work;
15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective
date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required
by the Contract Documents in connection with
uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for
overhead and profit on such expenses;
15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages
incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and
15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable
to termination.
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of
anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such termination.
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the
Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days
by OWNER or under an order of court or other public
authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application
for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or
OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any
sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR
may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and
ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not
remedy such suspension or failure within that time,
terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4.
In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to
act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it
is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due,
CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to
OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of
all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest
thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not
intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim
under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price
or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage
directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR
have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving
disputes between them that may arise under this
Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure,
if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a
part hereof: If no such agreement on the method and
procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached,
and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and
9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such
rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any dispute.
ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice:
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract
Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of
the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the
last business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.2. Computation of Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such
period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday
by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will
be omitted from the computation.
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a
day.
Notice of Claim:
17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury
or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or act of the other party or of any of the other
party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the
other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing
to the other party within a reasonable time of the fist
observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute
for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute
of limitations or repose.Cumulative Remedies:
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these
General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but
without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and
obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by
paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13,12, 13.14,
14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available
to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition
to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation
of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them
which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or
Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions
of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with
each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which
they apply.
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included:
17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs,
losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not
be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs.
17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado a I to this
Agreement Reference to two Pertinent Colorado statutes
are as follows;
17.6.2. If a claim is filed OWNER is required b
law (CRS 38-26-l07) to withhold from all payments to
CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the
payment of all claims for labor materials team hire
sustenance. provisions Provender or other supplies
used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his
33